THE 
 
 CHINESE 
 LANGUAGE 
 
 AND 
 
 HCW TO LEARN IT 
 
 r* 
 
 if
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE
 
 * ii 
 
 HI A 
 
 <*> 
 
 a* 
 
 ff 
 
 1 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 i 
 fit 
 
 14- 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 0ft 
 
 4 
 
 Jb 
 
 4 
 
 -si 
 
 t 4. 
 
 **)
 
 THE 
 
 CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 AND 
 
 HOW TO LEARN IT 
 
 A MANUAL FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 BV 
 
 SIR WALTER HILLIER, K.C.M.G., C.B. 
 
 LATE PROFESSOR OF CHINESE, KING'S COLLEGE, LONDON, 
 
 FORMERLY CHINESE SECRETARY TO H.M.'S LEGATION AT PEKING 
 
 AND SOMETIME H.M.'S CONSUL-GENERAL IN KOREA 
 
 SIXTH EDITION 
 
 LONDON 
 
 KEGAN PAUL, TRENCH, TRUBNER & CO. LTD. 
 BROADWAY HOUSE, 68-74, CARTER LANE, E.G. 
 
 IQ2I
 
 PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY 
 
 HEADLEY BROTHERS. 
 
 J, DEVONSHIRE ST., BISHOPSOATE, K.C.; 
 AND ASHFORD, KENT.
 
 PBEFACE TO SECOND EDITION 
 
 THE issue of a second edition of this volume has afforded the writer 
 an opportunity of making certain alterations which it is hoped will 
 add to the utility of the work and secure continuity between this 
 and the second volume of the Course whioh was issued in 1909. 
 
 The last 180 characters in the List under Section XII. of the first 
 edition have been struck out and others substituted for them. These 
 are embodied in three stories contained in Section XI. of the present 
 volume, in which exactly one thousand characters are now made 
 use of. 
 
 In deference to a suggestion made by various critics, the Chinese 
 text has now been placed in one section near the end of the volume, 
 and the index of characters under their radicals has been changed 
 by the substitution of reference numbers for the meanings given in 
 the first edition. 
 
 Reference has been made towards the close of the first edition to 
 a vocabulary which it was intended to embody in Volume II. After 
 this vocabulary had been practically completed the writer came to the 
 conclusion that the needs of the student would be more adequately 
 met by the compilation of a comprehensive dictionary of Northern 
 colloquial Chinese. The vocabulary was accordingly discarded, and 
 
 2010938
 
 vi PREFACE 
 
 its place has been taken by an Anglo-Chinese Colloquial Dictionary* 
 containing over twenty thousand separate expressions. 
 
 This will enable students to find Chinese equivalents for a number 
 of expressions which they would otherwise have great difficulty in 
 rendering, at any rate for many years. 
 
 WALTER C. HILLIER 
 
 PSKTNG, 1910. 
 
 * Anglo-Chinese Dictionary of Peking Colloquial Sir W. Hillier. Presby- 
 terian Mission Press, Shanghai.
 
 PKEFACE TO FIRST EDITION 
 
 THE present work is intended to meet the wants of those who think 
 they would like to learn Chinese but are discouraged by' the sight 
 of the formidable text-books with which the aspiring student is 
 confronted. It is especially intended for the use of Army Officers, 
 of Missionaries, and of young business men connected with trade 
 interests in China who wish to commence the study of the language 
 in England with a view to continuing it in the country itself. 
 
 The exercises contained in this volume, with a total capital of 
 one thousand words, should be mastered in six months by any one 
 who will devote an hour or so a day to the task, and the student 
 who has mastered a thousand words, with some of the many com- 
 binations they can be made to form, will have a sufficient stock 
 at his command to make his ordinary wants known. If he wishes 
 to do more than this he must turn to the larger text-books which 
 he will then find to be much less formidable than they appear to be 
 at first sight. 
 
 With a stock of from fifteen hundred to two thousand of the right 
 words, if he knows how to use them, any one can speak Chinese 
 intelligibly, and a good knowledge of the thousand words which thi? 
 book contains will take the student, theoretically at any rate, at least 
 a third of the distance. He will find the remaining two-thirds some- 
 what stiff climbing, but with the start that this volume will give
 
 riii PREFACE 
 
 him he will be in a position to decide when he has gone through it 
 whether or no it is worth his while to proceed farther. 
 
 I am indebted to His Excellency Wang, the Chinese Minister in 
 London, for the introductory page and for the inscription which 
 appears on the cover of the book. 
 
 My thanks are also due in no small measure to Mr. Keginald Lake, 
 of Messrs. Gilbert & Kivington, for the courteous attention he has 
 devoted to the production of a work that has called for an exceptional 
 amount of care and patient revision. 
 
 WALTER C. HILLIER, 
 
 K-INO'S COLLRGB (UNIVERSITY OP LONDON). 
 
 April, 1907
 
 CONTENTS 
 
 PAOB 
 
 THE WRITTEN LANGUAGE . . ... V . . . 1 
 THE SPOKEN LANGUAGE . . . . . . .16 
 
 TABLE OF SOUNDS . . . 25 
 
 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES 37 
 
 CHINESE TEXT OF EXERCISES . .... . . 153-217 
 
 THE EADICALS . .221 
 
 A LIST OF ONE THOUSAND CHARACTERS. . . ... 234 
 
 INDEX OF CHARACTERS ARRANGED UNDER THEIR RADICALS 285
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 i. 
 
 THE WRITTEN LANGUAGE. 
 
 IT is commonly asserted that there are two languages in China 
 the written and the spoken. This statement requires qualification, 
 but it is sufficiently accurate to justify the treatment of the two 
 branches as separate and distinct when attempting a popular 
 exposition of the subject. Of the difficulty of both there can be no 
 doubt, but as the written language presents more difficulties than 
 the spoken, it will be convenient to reverse the usual order of 
 things and to deal first with the former. 
 
 The genesis of the written language of China is largely a matter 
 of conjecture, hut Chinese scholars from time immemorial have been 
 almost unanimous in the opinion that it was pictorial in origin. The 
 subject has been dealt with by numerous Chinese writers, and 
 those who are interested in a more scientific treatment of the matter 
 than the following chapter is intended to present are referred to an 
 elaborate and learned article on the subject by the late Mr. 
 T. Watters, a profound Chinese scholar, who, in his Essays on the 
 Chinese Language, deals at length with this complicated question.* 
 It will be sufficient for present purposes to refer to the most widely 
 known of the Chinese authors, a scholar called Tai T'ung, who lived 
 six hundred years ago, and wrote a treatise which is often cited as 
 an authority in the great Lexicon of Kang Hsi, the standard 
 dictionary of the Chinese ; it is also quoted by most foreign authors 
 of works on the Chinese language, f 
 
 * Essays on the Chinese Language, by T. Watters, Shanghai. Presbyterian 
 Mission Press, 1889. See also an Article entitled Prehistoric China, by Dr. E 
 
 Faber, published in Vol. xxiv. Part 2 of the Journal of the North China 
 Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society. 
 
 f A translation of the work of this author, under the title of The fi 
 
 Scripts, has been made by Mr. L. C. Hopkina, H.M.'s Consul-Genera] at 
 Tientsin 
 
 B
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 This is what Tai T'ung says with regard to the Chinese written 
 character : 
 
 " Spoken sounds preceded written figures, and before the invention 
 of written symbols, dealings by means of knotted cords came into 
 existence. These were followed by cutting notches on wooden 
 materials, which gave. way,-tiT~turn, to figures "representing natural 
 objects, and forms indicative of actions, states or relations, cut out 
 into lines to serve as counterparts -eiMile spoken names 1 " of "the same 
 objects, actions, states or relations. With these came graving 
 knives, and tablets for graving upon, and this was writing, the whole 
 object of which was to make speech visible." 
 
 In tracing the evolution of the written character, Chinese scholars 
 divide its progress into six marked stages : 
 
 1. Pictorial. 
 
 2. Indicative. 
 
 3. Suggestive compounds. 
 
 4. Deflected characters. 
 
 5. Phonetic. 
 
 6. Adoptive, or characters which are used in place of others. 
 Pictorial characters are those in which the forms of objects are 
 
 copied, such as 
 
 rt ^ 
 
 O J) & 7 A- 
 
 sun moon hills child horse 
 
 now written 
 
 + 
 
 Indicative characters are those which are formed by indicating 
 tho essential features of physical action, state or relation, such as 
 
 abov 
 
 J: 
 
 dawn evening (the rising moon) above below 
 
 iww written
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 Suggestive compounds are figures pointing out some property or 
 relative circumstance. Thus, the union of the sun and moon 
 expresses brightness; a tree or piece of wood in a doorway, 
 obstruction ; two trees, a grove, or forest ; two men on the ground, 
 the act of sitting ; the sun seen through the trees, east. 
 
 bright obstruction a wood to sit 
 
 now written 
 
 Deflected characters are represented by inverted delineations of 
 symbols, either in whole or in part. 
 
 i 1 
 
 right hand left hand sundered threads continuous 
 
 now written 
 
 To each of these idiograms a certain sound was attached, and the 
 next and greatest step, the phonetic stage, was the invention of 
 compound characters in which symbols representing sounds by which 
 objects were named were combined with other symbols giving an 
 indication of the sense or meaning.* 
 
 The following example will be sufficient to illustrate this idea. 
 Let it be taken for granted that the accompanying combination of 
 strokes 3 is pronounced chiao. It means, when taken singly, to 
 blend, unite or join, though it has some eight or ten other distinct 
 meanings in combination. Place J, an insect or reptile, at the side 
 of it, and it becomes J$, a species of dragon ; substitute fa, a fish, 
 
 * Professor Giles, China and the Chinese, p. 29. Columbia University 
 Press, 1902.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 and it is |(, a shark ; %, a dog, and it is % w ily, or crafty ; -fc, a 
 woman, and we have ^, handsome ; $* , silk thread, and we get |, 
 to bind around, also to strangle. Now, all these characters, and 
 many more with the same sound symbol, are read chiao, but, as is 
 shown, they each have a different meaning in accordance with the 
 character which is added to the symbol. "We thus divide Chinese 
 characters into two parts one, the sound indicator, to which the 
 name " phonetic " is generally given ; the other, the idea indicator, 
 which is commonly called the " radical." Every character in the 
 Chinese language, unless it happens to be a radical itself, is divisible 
 into these two parts. The radicals are limited in number, there being 
 only 214 of them altogether. Some of them, such as J mouth, 
 ^ man, ^ son, jf^ fish, jl| hill, sun, /J moon, are obviously 
 pictorial, but a large number are certainly not pictorially suggestive. 
 The character J|, pi, for instance, is a radical, and means a nose, 
 but neither in this, its modern, nor in its primitive form can it be 
 said to have the slightest resemblance to that organ. Yet we know, 
 when we see it in combination, that the compound character must 
 have something directly or indirectly to do with the no.se. Thus, 
 |p| hou, to snore, fj| nung, a cold in the head, ||| nang, to speak 
 through the nose ; the radical on one side giving the clue to the 
 meaning, the phonetic on the other giving the clue to the sound. 
 One or two more instances will suffice. Radical jf^ y-ii, a fish ; 
 jjijif chi, a mullet; j|f! shan, an eel. Radical JU, feng, wind ; HJ, p'mo, 
 to be blown about. It will be noticed in this last character that 
 the radical is on the right hand side, and not on the left. It seema 
 probable that at one time it was always in a fixed position, but that 
 variations were adopted for the sake of symmetry. There are now 
 many Chinese characters the radical of which is placed at the top, 
 below, or at one or other side, and in a few instances its position i& 
 determined by the fancy of the writer. 
 
 Besides being an indicator of the meaning, the radical has a 
 further, and most important, value. By its aid it is possible to find 
 any character in a dictionary of the Chinese language, 
 whether purely native, or prepared for the use of the 
 foreign student. Let us take the character Ifjj for an ex- 
 ample, the radical of which is ML, a nose. Now count the 
 number of strokes in the phonetic. If we look up the radical J|L in
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 the list of radicals at the beginning or end ol the dictionary, as the 
 case may be, where it will be placed in the numerical order of the 
 strokes of which it is composed, we shall be able to trace it to 
 its place in the body of the volume, and there we shall find the 
 character we are in search of placed in the list of characters of 
 five strokes ranged under that radical. In an Anglo-Chinese 
 dictionary the sound will naturally be given as well as the 
 meaning, but as the Chinese have, obviously, no system of 
 spelling such as is supplied in an alphabetical language, they 
 have to adopt another method of indicating the pronunciation. 
 By this method of spelling, if it can be so called, which was intro- 
 duced by Buddhist monks from India,* the sound of a character is 
 given by means of two other characters of which the first is the 
 initial and the second the final ; these two are manipulated in such 
 a way as to yield the sound required. It might here be mentioned 
 that each Chinese word sound belongs to one of four (in composition, 
 five) gradations of tone which can also be indicated by the above 
 method, but an explanation of the tone system will find a more 
 appropriate place in the remarks which follow on the spoken 
 language. 
 
 To illustrate the Chinese method of spelling the reader is referred 
 once more to the character $||, an eel, which will be found in the list 
 of phonetics of twelve strokes under the radical ^, a fish. 
 Immediately below this character in the dictionary we shall find 
 two others : one pronounced shang, and the next yen. Place 
 them together shangyen; eliminate the termination of the 
 first and the initial sound of the second sha(ngye)n and we get 
 shan, which is the sound of the character we are looking for. In the 
 case of characters of a complicated nature in which the radical is 
 not easily distinguishable, the dictionaries supply a further 
 assistance by furnishing a list of these characters arranged in order 
 of the total number of strokes, including the radical, which is shown 
 against the character. Where characters are formed by a com- 
 bination of two or more radicals there is nothing to do but try them 
 all until the right one is discovered. 
 
 To return for a moment to the phonetics. A Chinese gets to 
 
 * Probably about 610 A.D.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 learn these by practice at school, and knows them intuitively, but 
 European investigators have discovered that their number is limited, 
 for practical purposes, to something between 1,600 and 1,700, from 
 which, by the addition of one or other of the 214 radicals, at least 
 seven-eighths of the characters in the Chinese language, variously 
 estimated at forty or fifty thousand, are found. It is possible, 
 therefore, by learning these phonetics, or primitives as they are 
 sometimes called, to make a very close guess at the sound of any 
 Chinese character, though it must be admitted that there are many 
 exceptions to the rule. 
 
 Illustrations have been given above of the primitive and modern 
 forms of certain Chinese characters. The former, it may be well 
 to repeat, are more or less conjectural, for there is probably no 
 genuine specimen in existence of a purely pictorial character. The 
 so-called modern form is modern only by comparison, for it dates 
 from at least the 2nd century B.C. It probably has remained 
 unchanged from the time of the invention of printing in China, 
 which, according to Mr. Watters, dates from the Sui Dynasty 
 (A.D. 589-619), and we are safe in assuming that the written 
 language of to-day "is to all intents and purpovses the written 
 language of twenty-five hundred years ago." * The earliest genuine 
 specimen of connected Chinese writing is to be found on certain 
 stone blocks or cones, commonly called the " Stone Drums," f which 
 are now deposited in the Confucian Temple at Peking. There are 
 isolated specimens of an undoubtedly earlier date than the stone 
 drums which have been copied from old coins and vases, but for the 
 purposes of this chapter they need not be taken into consideration, 
 as the originals are now probably not in existence. The exact age of 
 the " Stone Drums " cannot be positively determined, but Chinese 
 writers, with a few exceptions, agree in assigning them to the period 
 of Hsiian Wang, in the Chou Dynasty, two centuries before the time 
 of Confucius, which would make them about 2,700 years old. The 
 inscriptions consist of poetry, written in what is known as the 
 old seal character, commemorating one of the hunting expeditions of 
 
 * Professor Giles, China and the Chinese. 
 
 t An exception should, perhaps, be made in favour of a bronze tripod in a 
 temple on " Silver Island," in the river Yangtsze, which is also assigned by 
 many Chinese experts to the same date as the Stone Drums.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 Hsiian Wang, who is supposed to have reigned from B.C. 827 to 781. 
 Only a small portion of these inscriptions is legible, but a facsimile 
 is appended of a rubbing taken from one of the stones in the Sung 
 Dynasty (A.D. 960-1127).* 
 
 It is not until a much later period that anything like examples of 
 a thoroughly systematized form of writing can be found. Silk 
 preceded paper as a material for writing upon, and it was in the first 
 century A.D. that paper was invented. The introduction of a hair 
 pencil or brush is ascribed to a general of the Emperor Shih Huang 
 Ti (B.C. 221). 
 
 The various styles of writing recognized as orthodox by the 
 Chinese may be reduced to six, if we exclude a fanciful ancient form 
 
 * I am indebted to Dr. S. W. Bushell, C.M.G., for permission to use this 
 specimen. An article on the Stone Drums of Peking, by Dr. Bushell, was 
 published in Vol. viii. of the Journal of the North China Branch of the 
 Royal Asiatic Society, New Series, 1873.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 known as the " tadpole-headed," in which all the characters are made 
 to terminate in a form similar to the tail of a tadpole. Of this latter 
 form few, if any, genuine examples exist, though tradition has it 
 that a copy of a portion of the Chinese Classics written in the 
 "tadpole" script was discovered about the year 150 B.C. hidden 
 away in the walls of the house originally occupied by Confucius, 
 where it had been placed by some of his descendants to escape the 
 burning of all written records by the Emperor Shih FTuang Ti in 
 B.C. 213. The first of the above mentioned six styles is known as 
 the Chuan Shu, commonly called the " Seal character " by Europeans. 
 It is said to date from the reign of King Hslian (B.C. 827) whose 
 hunting exploits are supposed to be recorded on the Stone Drums. 
 
 n % 
 
 The next is the Li Shu, or style of official attendants or clerks. 
 It was used by writers in the public offices, and possibly dates from 
 the time of Chi'n Shih Huang Ti (B.C. 213). 
 
 n if & it 
 
 The third is the Gh'iai Shu, or pattern style, from which all 
 modern forms have originated. This probably dates from the 
 beginning of the Christian Era. 
 
 The fourth, the Hsing Shu, may be translated as the " running 
 hand," the pencil being carried from stroke to stroke without being 
 raised from the paper, but no abbreviations unauthorized by the 
 dictionaries appear to have been introduced. Date, about A.D. 200.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 The fifth style, Ts'ao tzti, or " grass characters," dating from about 
 the game period, is a freer style of the running hand than the 
 foregoing, and is full of abbreviations which render it very difficult 
 even to an educated native. It is still in common use, and is largely 
 employed in Japan and Korea 
 
 The sixth and last class, known as the Sung T'i, or style of the 
 Sung Dynasty, is the printed style introduced under the Dynasty 
 whose name it bears. It was adopted in the early part of the tenth 
 century, and since that period it has undergone no material 
 alterations. 
 
 A description has been given of the method of looking up 
 characters in a dictionary by counting the number of strokes the 
 character contains, exclusive of the radical. Some knowledge of 
 the mode of writing is necessary for an accurate calculation of the 
 number of strokes. The pencil, it may be well to explain, is held in 
 a vertical position between the thumb on one side and the fore- 
 finger and second finger on the other. The following character 
 is said to include the elements of all the strokes required in Chinese 
 writing : 
 
 Horizontal strokes are drawn before perpendicular ones ; central 
 strokes before those on each side ; and those on the left before those 
 on the right. A single stroke often takes one, and sometimes two,
 
 10 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 curves, as on the left side of the above character, which is formed 
 of six strokes, in the following order : 
 
 ^ - } 
 
 The above brief description will, it is hoped, enable the reader to 
 understand something of the form and structure of this marvellous 
 script, which has been for ages past, and still continues to be, the 
 medium of communication between a vast proportion of the human 
 race. In its present form it is read and understood, not only 
 throughout the whole dominions of an Empire embracing to take 
 the popular estimate three hundred and sixty millions of human 
 beings, but it is also extensively used in adjacent kingdoms. In 
 Korea, the Chinese Classics are studied in all the schools and exert 
 no inconsiderable influence on the character of the nation, while 
 Chinese is the common vehicle of official correspondence ; in the 
 Loochoo Islands many of the inhabitants read it fluently ; in 
 Tonking a knowledge of it is possessed by the educated classes ; 
 while in Japan it still constitutes the basis of the written language. 
 Ever since the days of Confucius it has practically remained 
 unchanged in construction, and the style of books published two 
 thousand years ago differs little from the written language of the 
 present day. It is hardly to be wondered at that so ancient and 
 so widely diffused a script should be an object of veneration to the 
 Chinese scholar, who regards it, from its universality and its 
 adaptability to any system of speech, as vastly superior to all others. 
 He admires it not less for its intrinsic beauty and excellence than 
 for the vast stores of knowledge and wisdom which he considers it to 
 embrace. To many thoughtful Chinese it is a matter of surprise 
 that this script has not been adopted as a common medium of 
 communication throughout the world. " Attach," they say, " what 
 sound or pronunciation to the character you like, the meaning 
 will still remain invariable. Why multiply scripts and invent 
 complicated systems when you have ready to hand a language free 
 from grammatical intricacies, a language that has stood the test of 
 ages, and in which it hu.o been found that no changes were necessary 
 or desirable ? It can keep pace with modern requirements, for when
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 11 
 
 a new word or term has to be employed it is perfectly easy to 
 invent a symbol to indicate it, while there is not a single thought, 
 phrase or idea that is not capable of expression in Chinese/' * 
 
 All this is, theoretically, true enough, but what the Chinese 
 enthusiast loses sight of is the immense amount of study required to 
 obtain a working knowledge of even the small proportion of the 
 forty odd thousand characters that are required for practical purposes, 
 while nothing but constant practice will enable any one to write 
 these characters correctly. Chinese caligraphy is an art in which 
 few, if any, Europeans have ever become proficient. It is possible 
 to acquire facility in writing, but elegance of style can only be 
 arrived at by those who have commenced to learn in childhood and 
 have practised daily throughout the years of their educational life. 
 There is another point overlooked by the Chinese enthusiast which 
 is at the root of the supreme difficulty attending anything 
 approaching to proficiency in the written language. It is not 
 impossible to obtain a working knowledge of three, four, or five 
 thousand symbols, which is all that a man of average education 
 need have at his command a knowledge of 2,000 characters would 
 be sufficient to take one through the whole Chinese Penal Code, for 
 instance and if each character expressed only one word or idea, 
 and was always limited to that one word, the difficulty would be 
 comparatively small. But this is not the case. Almost every 
 character, by being placed in a different position in a sentence, 
 or used in a different combination, assumes, in some instances 
 a different shade of meaning, and in others expresses an 
 entirely new idea. The absence of grammar, which the language 
 is popularly supposed to enjoy, does not present such a difficulty 
 to the student as might be supposed. Indeed, it may be said 
 to be somewhat of a luxury to find oneself untrammelled by the 
 forms and accidents of grammatical rule. Number, case, mood, 
 tense, &c., can be indicated by particles, while the value of the word 
 which does duty impartially for noun, preposition, or verb can 
 generally be discovered by a study of the context. The real 
 
 * "The works of Darwin and Mill were soon rendered into Japanese, 
 equivalents for the many novel terras they contained being manufactured from 
 the ideographic vocabulary, far the most elastic and capable instrument of 
 peech that exists." Tokio Correspondent, The Times, Jan. 18th, 1904.
 
 12 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 difficulty in the comprehension and use of the written language for 
 anything beyond the simplest purposes lies in the fact that it 
 abounds in metaphor and allusion. The elegant writer loves to 
 display his erudition by the employment of quotations from the 
 books, canonical and historical, the study of which is a necessary 
 part of his education. If he wishes to express a thought out of the 
 common, or a complex idea, he dives into his store of recollection 
 and quotes a word or two from the sayings of some ancient sage 
 which are suggestive rather than perspicuous. If he wanted to 
 speak, for instance, of the " uses of adversity " in an English 
 composition, he would refer to a " toad's jewel," and pre-suppose the 
 reader to be fully acquainted with the passage in Shakespeare that 
 compares adversity to the precious jewel in the head of the toad. 
 It is this that makes it impossible for the ordinary foreigner to do 
 more than spell his way through a modern official document, or to 
 understand anything but an ordinary note. In fact, it may safely 
 be said that the average educated Chinese is incapable of 
 expressing himself elegantly in his own language. He can under- 
 stand what he reads, but he cannot write a polished letter, or turn 
 out a finished despatch. The ancient forms of Chinese verse, or the 
 writings of Confucius or Mencius, are child's play compared with 
 the works of later authors, while an elegant essay, composed for an 
 examination for example, would be almost unintelligible to an 
 ordinary individual without the aid of a dictionary of reference or 
 the explanations of a well-read scholar who had history at his 
 fingers' ends, and could supply the context from which the numerous 
 quotations are taken. In almost all Chinese composition, again, 
 measured periods, not unlike blank verse, abound, and are esteemed 
 by the scholar as a capital beauty of the language. Ideas, it may 
 be said, often form the secondary object of consideration, the mode 
 in which they are expressed claiming first attention. Thought also 
 is stereotyped, and all the ideas which the Chinese wish to cherish 
 or indicate are contained, as stated above, in those records which 
 have come down to them from the sages of antiquity. Excellence in 
 composition, therefore, consists in arranging anew orthodox phrases 
 which are to be found in the ancient classics or in the formidable 
 list of historical or poetical works that the scholar delights to 
 study. Each branch, moreover, of Chinese literature possesses a 
 peculiar style of its own. Any one who could read official Chinese,
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 13 
 
 of which the Peking Gazette may be taken as a typical exemplar, 
 would not necessarily be able to understand an historical work, while 
 books on philosophy, on Buddhism or on Taoism would be almost 
 unintelligible without a special study of their style. Modern 
 literature can hardly be said to exist, and novels, as we understand 
 them, are almost all placed under the ban of Imperial prohibition. 
 They are to be found in limited numbers, it is true, but there are no 
 modern society novels. Those which are procurable place the scene 
 in a bygone dynasty, and few are free from objectionable episodes. 
 The educated classes profess to despise fiction, but I suppose that 
 there is not a single Chinese of the lettered class who has not read 
 the few historical novels that are not in the " Index Expurgatorius," 
 and are considered to be classics in their particular line. 
 
 I close these necessarily condensed remarks on the written language 
 with a few examples illustrative of various styles of Chinese composition. 
 
 The first is the opening verse of an ode in which a gentleman 
 deplores his disappointment in not meeting a lady according to 
 engagement. It is selected, more or less at random, from the 
 Shih Ching, or Book of Odes, collected by Confucius. The date is 
 not known, but it must have been composed long before the time of 
 Confucius, who was born B.C. 552. Against each character the 
 meaning is placed, in order to show how it is that the Chinese 
 language is, to a certain extent, independent of grammar or 
 grammatical particles, and also how easy it is to arrive at the 
 meaning of many passages of primitive Chinese. It should be noted 
 that Chinese characters are written in columns, commencing on the 
 right hand side of the page. 
 
 scratch ^ love |5 wait | quiet ^ 
 head "t yet fig I ft girl 
 
 undecided $fl not ^ at Jfc her ^ 
 
 . halt Gff see j| city wall fc beauty g 
 
 corner [>$ 
 
 Here is the rendering given in Dr. Legge's translation * : 
 
 How lovely is the retiring girl, 
 She was to await me at a corner of the wall. 
 Loving and not seeing her 
 I scratch my head and am in perplexity. 
 * 77* Chinese Classics, Dr. Legge, Vol. i., Part 4, p. 68.
 
 14 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 All this is simple enough. Any one with a knowledge of the 
 radicals and with the aid of a dictionary could make it out for 
 himself, filling in the grammatical lacunae as suited his fancy. 
 The same may be said of the following, taken from the Lun Yii, or 
 collected sayings of Confucius, called by Dr. Legge the Confucian 
 " Analects." Their antiquity is beyond question, and we may safely 
 consider them to date from some time before the Christian Era. 
 
 yet 
 
 happy, 
 
 rich, 
 
 yet 
 
 like 
 
 propriety 
 
 person 
 
 terminal particle 
 
 n; 
 m 
 
 proud, JJH 
 
 how fpf 
 
 as - #0, 
 
 master ^p 
 
 say, 
 
 can, pj" 
 
 final i 
 
 i i Hla" 
 
 particle I 
 
 not 5fc 
 
 poor 
 
 Tsze = 
 Kung Jl' 
 say 
 poor, ^ 
 
 y et M 
 
 not fa 
 flatter, , 
 rich, ^ 
 
 yet M 
 
 not 4ffi 
 
 Dr. Legge translates as follows, supplying, as before, the gaps : 
 Tsze Kung said, " What do you pronounce concerning the poor 
 man who yet does not flatter and the rich man who is not proud?" 
 The master said, " They will do, but they are not equal to him, 
 who, though poor, is yet cheerful, and to him who, though rich, 
 loves the rules of propriety." 
 
 I treat my third and last example in the same manner as the 
 foregoing, placing the more or less elementary meaning of the word 
 against each character. 
 
 yellow 
 
 cart 
 
 attendant 
 
 one, 
 
 bright 
 
 the 
 
 filled 
 
 door, 
 
 red 
 
 JK 
 * 
 
 ffl 
 
 fi 
 
 drive, jp. 
 
 hundred "g" 
 
 insects ^ 
 
 take 7 ^ 
 
 army, ^;. 
 
 brightness ^ 
 
 ft s ^ 
 
 burning ^jj 
 
 few, ^, 
 
 at ^5- 
 
 this Jl 
 
 control ^ 
 
 heat jig 
 
 inform ^ 
 
 order, /^, 
 
 m 
 
 po ^ 
 
 front BIT
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 15 
 
 room. J! finish ijk cloud, ff-, 
 
 then ~)j rise ^g 
 
 fly fjl and ffij 
 
 and fljj roll up ^ 
 
 rise ^f* mist, H^ 
 
 The above passage is taken from a letter in the published 
 collection of the correspondence of one Yuan Tzu-ts'ai, a scholar 
 holding office at Nanking in A.D. 1716, whose style is held in high 
 esteem. The writer condoles with a friend on the occasion of his 
 house being burnt down. The elementary meanings of the various 
 characters are given, as stated above, but many of these have various 
 significations either singly or in combination, and any one with 
 a knowledge of Chinese would be assisted in his selection by 
 experience, as well as by examples quoted in the dictionary. Even 
 so, there is certainly no European scholar, and probably very few 
 Chinese, who could understand the passage without the assistance 
 of a commentary. It consists of eight sentences, and eight elliptical 
 quotations from various authors, none of which could be intelligibly 
 rendered without considerable amplification of the context from 
 which they were derived, accompanied by copious notes. It should 
 of course be understood that the passage has been selected as an 
 illustration of the difficulties with which the Chinese can, if they 
 like, beset their own language. Happily it is by no means necessary 
 for any one, even a Chinese himself, to indulge in this literary 
 jugglery. The modern style of Chinese composition that is daily 
 gaining ground, partly in consequence of the revised system of 
 education, which is placing classics and poetry somewhat in the back- 
 ground, and also through the influence of the newspapers, which 
 are now read by millions of people, is bringing a much simpler form 
 of composition into vogue which can be read with comparative 
 ease.
 
 16 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 n. 
 
 THE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 
 
 DURING its progress through a long series of ages the Chinese 
 spoken language, it may readily be supposed, underwent many 
 changes. To refer to one proof alone, the specimens of ancient 
 poetry still in existence establish this fact by the rhyming of words 
 which have now, in many instances, no uniformity of sound. Its 
 origin is, and must remain, a mystery in spite of the array of 
 opinions and judgments concerning it, and as none of them can 
 possibly be conclusive, or indeed more than purely speculative, it 
 seems advisable to leave theory alone, and to pass on at once to 
 modern fact. Those who are interested in the attempts to trace the 
 origin of the language to its source, and to establish its family 
 relationship with the great clan of human tongues, are referred 
 once more to Mr. Watters' Essay on the Chinese Language, and 
 particularly to the chapter entitled " Some Western Opinions." 
 They will there find that it has been regarded by some as a special 
 creation, by others as the language spoken by Noah, and Shem, the 
 son of Noah, who moved into China in time to escape the confusion 
 of tongues ; that others, again, discover a relationship between the 
 language of China and that of ancient Egypt, while some inves- 
 tigators try to prove that there is a connection between Chinese and 
 the Hebrew tongue. 
 
 Wherever it sprang from originally, we know that the pronuncia- 
 tion of the language in the days of Confucius and that of the present 
 day is so dissimilar as to make it a matter of certainty that 
 Confucius would understand nothing of the speech that now prevails 
 at his native place in the province of Shantung. He might, 
 probably, according to Mr. E. H. Parker,* an eminent authority, be 
 more at home in Korea, or Annam, or, possibly, Canton, but he 
 certainly would be unable to understand his own remarks as recited 
 by the modern school-boy in any part of the Empire. And it may 
 
 * Pioft ssor of Chinese at Owen's College, Manchester.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 17 
 
 be as well at this stage to state that China, which, during the early 
 part of her history was often divided into small states, is not a 
 country in which one spoken language prevails, varied only by 
 provincialisms, but, to quote again from Professor Giles, there are 
 about eight well-marked dialects, all clearly of a common stock, but 
 go distinct as to constitute eight different languages, any two of 
 which are quite as unlike as English and Dutch. These dialects, 
 as pointed out by Professor Giles,* fringe the coast line of China, and 
 between Canton, on the extreme south, and Shanghai, near the 
 mouth of the Yangtsze, we encounter no less than seven dialects, 
 each so different from the other as to be quite unintelligible to any 
 but a native of the particular district in which the dialect prevails. 
 Throughout the region of the Yangtsze Valley, as it has now come 
 to be called, and from thence northwards, we " come into the range 
 of the great dialect, popularly known as ' Mandarin,' which sweeps 
 round behind the narrow strip of coast occupied by the various 
 dialects above mentioned, and dominates a hinterland constituting 
 about four-fifths of China proper." Throughout this region, 
 " Mandarin," or the official dialect, will be understood, and Mandarin 
 in its purest form is now the Mandarin of Peking, or the Court 
 dialect, which is to other forms of Mandarin somewhat as Parisian 
 French is to the provincial dialects of France. It is to Mandarin, 
 therefore, and especially to Pekingese Mandarin, that the following 
 remarks will apply. 
 
 Theoretically, Chinese colloquial is not a difficult language to 
 acquire. The street " coolie " of Peking, whose speech is practically 
 the same as that of the highest official, has a vocabulary of a few 
 hundred words at the outside which are amply sufficient for his 
 wants. He can say anything he wishes to say with this stock of 
 words, and is never at a loss for an expression. A foreign child 
 brought up under the charge of a Chinese nurse will pick up 
 Chinese words with much greater facility than it will imbibe 
 English, and will be talking fluently in the vernacular long before 
 it can do more than babble in the language of its parents, and yet a 
 foreign adult may spend a lifetime in the country and not know ten 
 words of Chinese. No traveller can pass two months in Japan 
 
 * China and the Chinese, p. 7.
 
 18 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 without acquiring, without effort, a sufficient stock of words to make 
 his wants easily known, whereas in China the stranger would leave 
 the country after several months' sojourn with no idea of the 
 language whatever beyond a few abusive epithets which had 
 fastened themselves on his memory from their constant reiteration in 
 his hearing. 
 
 "Pidgin" English, as the barbarous English spoken by the 
 Chinese coolie or servant in Hong Kong is called, is nothing more 
 or less than a literal translation of Chinese into English. The 
 Englishman will pick it up in a week, and yet, if he tries to turn 
 " pidgin " English into Chinese, he will find that at the end of twelve 
 months he has made lamentably little progress. It may safely be 
 said that any young Englishman of average intelligence and 
 education who lived in France or in Germany for two years and 
 devoted the whole of his time to the study of either language, would 
 become a fluent speaker and writer at the end of that period. The 
 Chinese Consular Service of Great Britain is officered by men who 
 pass a severe competitive examination before admission, and must 
 consequently be above the average standard of education and ability. 
 The first two years of their career are spent in Peking, where the 
 whole of their time is devoted to the study of the language under 
 experienced supervision, and yet, at the end of this two years' 
 course, there is not one of them who could personally conduct a 
 correspondence in Chinese, translate an official document without 
 the aid of a dictionary, or speak with sufficient fluency to act as an 
 interpreter where important negotiations were concerned. Before 
 they can reach this standard of proficiency they have at least five 
 or six years of work before them. 
 
 What is the reason ? There is nothing specially complicated 
 about the language. Far from this being the case, its construction 
 is fairly simple, much more so than that of a scientific language, 
 German for instance, and in the matter of the expression of simple 
 wants there is nothing difficult whatever. Yet it is not too much to 
 say that not ten per cent, of Europeans who have devoted several 
 years to the study of the language speak really well ; that it 
 requires from five to ten years constant practice to speak fluently, 
 and that there is probably hardly a living instance of a European 
 speaking Chinese so well as to be undistinguishable from a native.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 19 
 
 On the other hand, any one who will take the trouble can acquire 
 a sufficient vocabulary at the end of a few months to make his 
 ordinary wants known, or to travel anywhere without the aid of an 
 interpreter. If he wishes to get beyond this elementary stage he 
 must make up his mind for some very up-hill work. In later 
 chapters an attempt is made to assist the student in acquiring such 
 a knowledge of the spoken language as will enable him to carry qn 
 an ordinary conversation. At the present stage it will suffice to 
 indicate in general terms a few of the difficulties with which the 
 learner has to contend, together with certain marked differences 
 between the written and the spoken language. 
 
 The first of these difficulties is undoubtedly intonation, which, as 
 stated above, is also an important feature in Chinese composition. 
 
 The Chinese language is restricted in the matter of sounds, 
 of which there are, in the Peking dialect, about four 
 hundred. It follows therefore that many words must have the 
 same sound. In writing, this deficiency could naturally be ignored, 
 as each ideograph speaks for itself, but, in speaking, it is evident 
 that unless some means were devised by which words of the same 
 sound could be distinguished, much confusion would result. But 
 there is a system by which these sounds are sub-divided. In the 
 first place, a considerable multiplication is effected by the expedient 
 of duplicating many sounds having certain initial consonants by 
 the interposition of an aspirate between the initial consonant and 
 the vowel. By many Irishmen such a word as " chair " would be 
 pronounced ch'air, with a strong aspirate after the ch. So, in 
 Chinese, we have Chi and Ch'i, tang and fang, pa and p'a, and 
 very many others, adding a large percentage to the number of 
 sounds. But this number is still more appreciably increased by the 
 pronunciation of the same sounds in different tones or inflections of 
 the voice. Take, for instance, the sound chi. Under this sound 
 are ranged no less than 135 characters, all pronounced chi. 
 Although the number of conversational words pronounced chi is 
 not so numerous as the written words, there is, none the less, a 
 considerable number. We have, to quote a very few, chi, a chicken, 
 chi, excited, chi, to push, chi, to remember. How are we to know 
 which is which ? The way they are distinguished is by intonation. 
 The first chi is pronounced in an absolutely even tone, the voice
 
 20 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 neither rising nor falling, and this it is customary to indicate by 
 chi 1 . The second, which we will call c/u 2 , is pronounced in 
 a rising tone something like an interrogative chi 2 ?. The third, 
 in a falling tone, chfi, something like a tone of reproof with a rise at 
 the end ; and the fourth, chi*, in an abrupt and somewhat dictatorial 
 manner. To a Chinese, these tones come naturally, but to a foreign 
 ear and tongue they present a great difficulty, to some an insur- 
 mountable difficulty, and yet, unless accurately pronounced, the 
 word is not only as discordant as a false quantity would be in Latin, 
 but is also extremely liable to be misunderstood. 
 
 If we wished to remark that we did not require chicken, we ought 
 to say pu l yao 4 chi 1 . If we said instead, pu l yao? chi 1 , it would 
 mean " do not bite the chicken," pu l yao* chi, 2 " do not be 
 impatient," pu l yao 4 " chi* " don't shove," pu l ydo* c/ii 4 , " don't 
 want to make a note of." It is evident, therefore, that tones are a 
 very important element in the spoken language, indeed an all 
 important one, and neglect or misuse of these tones will land the 
 speaker in many and sometimes awkward, difficulties. A fluent and 
 correct speaker will play upon these tones as the fingers of a 
 violinist play up and down the strings of his instrument, and a 
 false tone, apart from conveying a false meaning, is like a false note 
 in music. 
 
 This tonic system plays a part also in Chinese composition. In 
 poetry, and generally in prose composition, only words of a 
 certain tone can occupy fixed places in a clause or line of a certain 
 length, and any deviation from rule will set the line out of tune, 
 though a regard for these rules is not necessary for purposes of 
 clearness ; rather the reverse, and they can be ignored in a document 
 of an official or business nature. 
 
 A further aid to definiteness in conversation consists in the use of 
 prefixes and suffixes in connection with certain nouns that stand 
 alone in writing, and in the use of two or more words in speaking 
 where one is used in writing. And here we come to the essential 
 difference between the written and the spoken language. The 
 former can be fairly called monosyllabic; the latter is undoubtedly 
 syllabic. 
 
 To begin with the prefix. The sound jen 2 means man, but it 
 also means benevolence. In speaking, we distinguish the former
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 21 
 
 from the latter by the pre-position of what, for want of a better word, 
 may be called a classifying article. The most common of these is 
 Ko, best translated by the word "piece/' In writing, man (or men), 
 is indicated by one character; in speaking, it is i ko jen, one 
 "piece" man, or chi ko jen, some "piece" man. So again, ping, a 
 soldier, also ice, but in speaking, i ho ping, one piece soldier, 
 i k'uai ping, a bit of ice. There are several dozen of these 
 classifiers, each of which takes a certain number of nouns under its 
 protection. Again, in the written language the character yin 2 is 
 silver; in speaking, we distinguish this yin from many other similar 
 sounds, and indicate that it is a substantive, by calling it yintzu ; 
 so also, in writing, inao, a hat, in speaking, maotzu. This rule holds 
 good of a large number of nouns, but not of all, and there are other 
 suffixes besides the one mentioned. As a further illustration of 
 the syllabic nature of the spoken language a few more examples 
 may be given. To be willing in written Chinese is yuan ; in 
 colloquial it is yuam ' ; i, intention, colloquial, issu; li, a hedge, 
 colloquial, lipa ; huan, to rejoice, colloquial, hsihuan. Other 
 expressions in the spoken language are entirely different from those 
 in writing, as jih, sun, colloquial, t'aiyang or jiht'ou, but it may be 
 said generally that there is a close analogy between the two, the 
 essential difference lying in the fact that whereas redundancy is 
 necessary in speaking to ensure intelligibility, the written language 
 aims at conciseness and the elimination of all superfluity of words. 
 
 Pronunciation, apart from intonation, is a further serious 
 impediment in the way of the speaker, such sounds as chih, jih, 
 tzu, ssu, tz l u, ch'u, etc., which are incapable of exact reproduction 
 by any recognized system of spelling, requiring months of practice 
 before they can be uttered correctly. And, finally, it is necessary to 
 forget one's own idiom when trying to talk Chinese, and to remember 
 that what in the one language seems a complicated sentence can 
 often be rendered with great simplicity in the other. The Chinese 
 language abounds in proverbial and idiomatic expressions. It is 
 in the discovery of these, and the right use of them, coupled with 
 the appropriate gestures, mannerisms and intonations, that the 
 secret of successful speaking lies. 
 
 As a final demonstration of the distinction that is drawn between 
 the written and the spoken languages, it may be stated that the
 
 22 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 Chinese do not read books of a high-class character aloud to an 
 audience. One could not imagine, for instance, a public reading of 
 the poems of a Chinese Milton, Browning or Tennyson, or of 
 Macaulay's Essays, for the simple reason that they would not be 
 understood if they had not been studied beforehand by the 
 audience, letting alone the fact that half the so-called beauties 
 of Chinese composition gain nothing by recitation. The only 
 instance of recitation in book language is to be found on the stage. 
 There, historical plays are presented in which the actors talk like 
 books, but as the audience have either read the books or know 
 all about the incidents represented, they can follow the dialogue and 
 understand the plot. It is quite possible to write down colloquial 
 Chinese, but it is never so written except in a few novels or in 
 the minutes of evidence taken in a court of Law. If a Chinese 
 were called upon to record a conversation he would inevitably 
 transpose it into literary form. 
 
 From what has been said above it will be realized that the 
 popular estimate of the supreme difficulty of the Chinese language 
 is not far wide of the mark. Fluency in speaking, as has been 
 shown, is attainable by most people who will devote the necessary 
 labour to its acquisition, and translation of written Chinese into a 
 foreign language is not beyond the capacity of any diligent 
 student, but it may safely be asserted that there is no living 
 European who can reverse the process and turn out unaided an 
 original Chinese composition of sufficient elegance to command the 
 respect of a Chinese scholar. Proficiency in this direction would 
 necessitate a life-long devotion to the study of Chinese literature 
 to the exclusion of everything else. The late M. Stanislaus Julien 
 might, perhaps, alone of Chinese students have laid claim to this 
 distinction, and he, curiously enough, was unable to speak 
 intelligibly, had never been in China in his life, and was entirely 
 self-taught.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 III. 
 
 IT has been suggested in the previous section that the vocabulary 
 of the ordinary Chinese working man does not exceed a few hundred 
 words, and it is obvious that any one who could secure a knowledge 
 of these words would be on the high road to an understanding 
 of the language spoken by the Chinese coolie. A thorough working 
 acquaintance with the vocabulary of a coolie in all its varied com- 
 binations would be sufficient for most people, as the coolie, to all 
 intents and purposes, speaks the language which his master speaks, 
 and if his stock of Chinese words could be handled in the way that he 
 handles them the person who possessed this faculty would have little 
 left to desire. The full possession of this facility is more than the 
 few succeeding chapters profess to offer the student, but at least it is 
 possible to supply him with a fairly representative list of words and 
 to indicate a few of the numberless combinations which they can be 
 made to form. If he will take the trouble to make this list his own 
 he will find it comparatively easy to enlarge his vocabulary by the aid 
 of text books and dictionaries. Of the former, the two most in use 
 are the Tzu Erin, Chi, by the late Sir Thomas Wade, and Mandarin, 
 Lessons, by the Eev. C. W. Mateer. An Anglo-Chinese glossary of 
 words in common use will be furnished in a separate volume. The 
 written language would require a somewhat larger stock of 
 characters, which cannot be used in precisely the same way, but this 
 subject will be dealt with separately. The present and succeeding 
 chapters will deal exclusively with the colloquial form of Chinese. 
 
 It may be as well to repeat at this point that Chinese do not write 
 as they speak, and that when we write down words as they are spoken 
 we are, so to speak, treading on the susceptibilities of the Chinese 
 scholar, who regards written colloquial as unscholarly, but for 
 educational purposes the prejudice of the Chinese pedant may well 
 be ignored. It may be asked, " Why, in this case, is it necessary for 
 the student of colloquial Chinese to learn the character at all ? Would 
 not a transliteration of the sounds as in an alphabetical language 
 satisfy all requirements ? " The experiment has been tried, but it ha.i 
 never been a success, owing, amongst other causes, to the complications 
 presented by the four intonations referred to in the previous chapter, 
 while it is most unsatisfactory to find one's horizon limited by ignor-
 
 24 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 ance of the symbols used by the people themselves. There is probably 
 no short cut to a knowledge of any language, and certainly none to 
 Chinese. If a student will not take the small amount of trouble 
 necessary to master eight hundred to a thousand symbols he had 
 better leave Chinese alone. 
 
 The question of pronunciation must be faced at the outset. If the 
 learner goes far wrong in his initial appreciation of the value of 
 Chinese sounds he will find it difficult to correct his mistakes later on. 
 Some Chinese sounds are incapable of production by any alphabetical 
 combinations, and nothing but oral demonstration will make them 
 clear, but, happily, these are few, and most of them can be spelt in 
 such a way that any one should be able to pronounce them fairly 
 correctly. If it were a question merely of inventing a vocabulary for 
 the use of the English student alone the matter would be compara- 
 tively simple, but what has been aimed at by those who have tried to 
 work out a system of spelling is to produce something of a cosmo- 
 politan nature that shall be understood by all. The result has been 
 that no one can understand any of the various systems elaborated 
 without divesting himself of preconceived notions as to how certain 
 combinations of letters should be pronounced, and beginners often go 
 astray because they have not carefully studied the directions as to the 
 way to read the vocabularies. Of these there are several, but the 
 best system of transliteration is undoubtedly that elaborated by Sir 
 Thomas Wade. It is, necessarily, not perfect, but it is probably as 
 good as any that can be made, and in spite of much antagonism it 
 has held its own and has outlived various systems which other 
 scholars have endeavoured to force upon the public. All English- 
 speaking people accept it, and though other nationalities spell many 
 Chinese sounds in their own way, they have to fall back on the Wade 
 system when writing for universal imformation. 
 
 The sounds as expressed in the Wade system are given below, and, 
 in order to make them as intelligible as possible, alternative spellings 
 in simple English form are added to each sound. If the reader will 
 bear in mind that A is always pronounced ar, that I is ee or i as in 
 French, and U oo, he will be saved much confusion. Other peculiari- 
 ties will, to a certain extent, be indicated by the alternative spellings, 
 and an attempt is made to show how the specially difficult sounds 
 can be reproduced.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 25 
 
 TABLE OF SOUNDS. 
 
 Wade 
 
 Approximate sound in Eng- Wade 
 
 Approximate sound in Eng- 
 
 system. 
 
 lish spelling. 
 
 system. 
 
 lish spelling. 
 
 A 
 
 are 
 
 Ch'ien 
 
 ch'eeyen 
 
 Ai 
 
 aye, as in kite 
 
 Chih 
 
 chih. No combination 
 
 An 
 
 arn, as in yarn 
 
 
 of letters will exactly 
 
 Ang 
 
 arng 
 
 
 produce this sound. 
 
 Ao 
 
 ow, as in how 
 
 
 The nearest approach 
 
 Cha 
 
 char, as in charge 
 
 
 to it will be found in 
 
 Ch'a 
 
 ch'ar 
 
 
 hi, of the word chi- 
 
 Chai 
 
 chy, as in shy 
 
 
 valry 
 
 Ch'ai 
 
 ch'y 
 
 Ch'ih 
 
 ch'ih 
 
 Chan 
 
 charn 
 
 Chin 
 
 chin, as in English 
 
 Ch'an 
 
 ch'arn 
 
 Ch'in 
 
 ch'in 
 
 Chang 
 
 charng 
 
 Ching 
 
 ching, as in sing 
 
 Ch'ang 
 
 ch'arng 
 
 Ch'ing 
 
 ch'ing 
 
 Chao 
 
 chow, as in how 
 
 Chiu 
 
 cheeoo 
 
 Ch'ao 
 
 ch'ow 
 
 Ch'iu 
 
 ch'eeoo 
 
 Che 
 
 cher, as in church 
 
 Chiung 
 
 cheeoong 
 
 Ch'e 
 
 ch'er 
 
 Ch'iung 
 
 ch'eeoong 
 
 Chen 
 
 chunn, as in run 
 
 Cho 
 
 chore 
 
 Ch'en 
 
 ch'unn 
 
 Ch'o 
 
 ch'ore 
 
 Cheng 
 
 chung, as in bung 
 
 Chou 
 
 chowe, as in owe 
 
 Ch'eng 
 
 ch'ung 
 
 Ch'ou 
 
 ch'owe 
 
 Chi 
 
 chee, as in cheese 
 
 Chu 
 
 chew, as in English 
 
 Ch'i 
 
 ch'ee 
 
 Ch'u 
 
 ch'ew 
 
 Chia 
 
 cheear, as in c(hurc)h- 
 
 Chua 
 
 chwarr ; arr, as in tar 
 
 
 yar(d) 
 
 Ch'ua 
 
 ch'warr 
 
 Ch'ia 
 
 ch'eear 
 
 Chuai 
 
 eh why ; why, as in Eng- 
 
 Chiang 
 
 cheearng 
 
 
 lish 
 
 Ch'iang 
 
 ch'eearng 
 
 Ch'uai 
 
 ch'why 
 
 Chiao 
 
 cheeyow ; ow, as in how 
 
 Chuan 
 
 chwarn ; arn, as in yarn. 
 
 Ch'iao 
 
 ch'eeyow 
 
 Ch'uan 
 
 ch'warn 
 
 Chieh 
 
 cheeay ; ay, as in hay 
 
 Chuang 
 
 chwong 
 
 Ch'ieh 
 
 ch'eeay 
 
 Ch'uang 
 
 ch'wong 
 
 Chien 
 
 cheeyen; yen, as in hen 
 
 Chui 
 
 choey; oey, as in Joey
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 Wadp 
 
 syst.win. 
 
 Approximate sound in Eng- 
 lish spelling. 
 
 Wade 
 system. 
 
 Approximate sound in Eng- 
 lish spelling. 
 
 Ch'ui 
 
 ch'oey 
 
 Fei 
 
 fay, as in favour 
 
 Chun 
 
 choon ; approximately, 
 
 Feu 
 
 funn 
 
 
 as in moon, only a 
 
 F6ng 
 
 fung, as in fungus 
 
 
 little shorter 
 
 Fo 
 
 for 
 
 Ch'un 
 
 ch'oon 
 
 Fou 
 
 fowe, as in owe 
 
 Chung 
 
 choong 
 
 Fu 
 
 foo, as in fool 
 
 Ch'ung 
 
 ch'oong 
 
 Ha 
 
 har 
 
 Chii 
 
 chu, the French u ; the 
 
 Hai 
 
 high, as in English 
 
 
 u as pronounced in 
 
 Han 
 
 harn 
 
 
 Devon, as "vule," for 
 
 Hang 
 
 harng 
 
 
 fool. The lips must 
 
 Hao 
 
 how, as in English 
 
 
 be pursed, and the 
 
 Hei 
 
 hay 
 
 
 tip of the tongue 
 
 Hen 
 
 hunn 
 
 
 placed close to the 
 
 Heng 
 
 hung, as in English 
 
 
 front teeth 
 
 Hou 
 
 hoe, as in English 
 
 Ch'ii 
 
 ch'ii 
 
 Hsi 
 
 hsee, something be- 
 
 Chiian 
 
 chiiarn 
 
 
 tween she and see 
 
 Ch'iian 
 
 ch'iiarn 
 
 Hsia 
 
 seeare; are, as in Eng- 
 
 Cliiieh 
 
 chliay ; ay, as in hay 
 
 
 lish 
 
 Ch'iieh 
 
 ch'iiay 
 
 Hsiang 
 
 seearng 
 
 Chiin 
 
 chiin; iin, as "moon," 
 
 Hsiao 
 
 seeow ; ow, as in how 
 
 
 in Devon " miine." 
 
 Hsieh 
 
 seeay ; ay, as in hay 
 
 
 The French u. 
 
 Hsi en 
 
 see-enn 
 
 Ch'un 
 
 ch'tin 
 
 Hsin 
 
 hsin, something be- 
 
 fin 
 
 unn 
 
 
 tween sin and shin 
 
 fcrh 
 
 errh, the errh, like the 
 
 Hsing 
 
 hsing 
 
 
 er of her, as pro- 
 
 Hsiu 
 
 seeyou; you, as in Eng- 
 
 
 nounced in Devon. 
 
 
 lish 
 
 
 The tip of the tongue 
 
 Hsiung 
 
 seeyoong 
 
 
 should point to the 
 
 Hsu 
 
 hsii, the French u 
 
 
 roof of the mouth, 
 
 Hsiian 
 
 hsiiarn 
 
 
 which should be 
 
 Hsiieh 
 
 hsiiay 
 
 
 slightly open 
 
 Hsvin 
 
 hsiin 
 
 Fa 
 
 far 
 
 Hu 
 
 who, as in English 
 
 Fan 
 
 farn 
 
 Hua 
 
 hwar; hw, as in wh'ich 
 
 Fang 
 
 farng 
 
 Huai 
 
 hwhy
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 Wade 
 
 Approximate sound in Eng- Wade 
 
 Approximate sound in Eng- 
 
 s j stem. 
 
 lish spelling. 
 
 system. 
 
 lish spelling. 
 
 FTuan 
 
 hwarn ; arn, as in tarn 
 
 K'e-n 
 
 k'unn 
 
 Huang 
 
 hwong 
 
 Keng 
 
 kung, as in hung 
 
 Hui 
 
 hway 
 
 K'eng 
 
 k'ung 
 
 Hun 
 
 hwoon 
 
 Ko 
 
 kore, as in core 
 
 Huo 
 
 hwor K'o 
 
 k'ore 
 
 i 
 
 ee, as in see 
 
 Kou 
 
 kowe, as in owe 
 
 Jan 
 
 jan, as in the French K'ou 
 
 k'owe 
 
 
 Jeanne. The initial Ku 
 
 koo, as in coo 
 
 
 j is sounded as the 
 
 K'u 
 
 k'oo 
 
 
 French j, with a 
 
 Kua 
 
 kwar, as in car 
 
 
 slight tendency to- 
 
 K'ua 
 
 k'war 
 
 
 wards an r 
 
 Kuai 
 
 kwaye ; aye, as in kite 
 
 Jao 
 
 jao 
 
 K'uai 
 
 k'waye 
 
 Jo 
 
 jor 
 
 Kuan 
 
 kwarn, as in tarn 
 
 Jih 
 
 jih ; the ih as the i in 
 
 K'uan 
 
 k'warn 
 
 
 chivalry; j as in 
 
 Kuang 
 
 kwong, as in long 
 
 
 French 
 
 K'uang 
 
 kw'ong 
 
 Jou 
 
 jowe ; owe, as in Eng- 
 
 Kuei 
 
 kway, as in way 
 
 
 lish 
 
 K'uei 
 
 k'way 
 
 Ju 
 
 joo 
 
 Kun 
 
 kwoon, between coon 
 
 Juan 
 
 jooarn 
 
 
 and kwoon 
 
 Jui 
 
 jowy, as in showy 
 
 K'un 
 
 k'woon 
 
 Jun 
 
 joon 
 
 Kung 
 
 koong 
 
 Jung 
 
 joong 
 
 K'ung 
 
 k'oong 
 
 Ka 
 
 kar, as in car 
 
 Kuo 
 
 kwor 
 
 K'a 
 
 k'ar 
 
 K'uo 
 
 k'wor 
 
 Kai 
 
 kaye, as in kite 
 
 La 
 
 lar 
 
 K'ai 
 
 k'aye 
 
 Lai 
 
 laye, as in lie 
 
 Kan 
 
 karn 
 
 Lan 
 
 larn 
 
 K'an 
 
 k'arn 
 
 Lang 
 
 larng 
 
 Kang 
 
 karng 
 
 Lao 
 
 low, as in allow 
 
 K'ang 
 
 k'arng 
 
 Lei 
 
 lay, as in English 
 
 Kao 
 
 kow, as in cow 
 
 Leng 
 
 lung 
 
 K'ao 
 
 k'ow 
 
 Li 
 
 lee 
 
 Kei 
 
 kay, as in hay 
 
 Lia 
 
 leear, as in yard 
 
 K6n 
 
 kunn 
 
 Liang 
 
 leearng
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 Wade 
 system. 
 
 Approximate sound in Eng- 
 lish spelling. 
 
 Wade 
 system. 
 
 Approximate sound in Eng- 
 lish spelling. 
 
 Liao 
 
 leeaou, as in "mee- 
 
 Nai 
 
 nigh, as in English 
 
 
 aow" 
 
 Nan 
 
 narn 
 
 Lieh 
 
 leeay ; ay, as in hay 
 
 Nang 
 
 narng 
 
 Lien 
 
 lee-enn 
 
 Nao 
 
 now, as in English 
 
 Lin 
 
 lin, as in pin 
 
 Nei 
 
 nay, as in English 
 
 Ling 
 
 ling, as in sing 
 
 Ne-n 
 
 nun 
 
 Liu 
 
 leeyou, as in you 
 
 N6ng 
 
 nung, as in hung 
 
 Lo 
 
 lore 
 
 Ni 
 
 nee, as in kiiee 
 
 Lou 
 
 low 
 
 Niang 
 
 niarng 
 
 Lu 
 
 loo 
 
 Niao 
 
 neeaow 
 
 Luan 
 
 looarn 
 
 Nieh 
 
 neeay ; ay, as in hay 
 
 Lun 
 
 loon ; oon a little shorter 
 
 Nien 
 
 nee-en 
 
 
 than in loon 
 
 Niu 
 
 neeoo 
 
 Lung 
 
 loong 
 
 No 
 
 nor 
 
 Lii 
 
 lli, the French u 
 
 Nou 
 
 no, as in English 
 
 Luan 
 
 liiarn 
 
 Nu 
 
 noo 
 
 Liieh 
 
 liiay ; ay, as in hay 
 
 Nuan 
 
 nooarn 
 
 Ma 
 
 mar 
 
 Nung 
 
 noong 
 
 Mai 
 
 maye, as in eye 
 
 Nu 
 
 nil, the French u 
 
 Man 
 
 marn 
 
 
 
 or 
 
 Mang 
 
 marng 
 
 Ou 
 
 oh 
 
 Mao 
 
 mow, as in how 
 
 Pa 
 
 par 
 
 Mei 
 
 may, as in English 
 
 P'a 
 
 p'ar 
 
 Men 
 
 munn 
 
 Pai 
 
 pie, as in English 
 
 Me-ng 
 
 mung 
 
 P'ai 
 
 p'ie 
 
 Mi 
 
 mee 
 
 Pan 
 
 parn 
 
 Miao 
 
 meeaow 
 
 P'an 
 
 p'arn 
 
 Mieh 
 
 meeay ; ay, as in hay 
 
 Pang 
 
 parng 
 
 Mien 
 
 me-enn 
 
 P'ang 
 
 p'arng 
 
 Min 
 
 min 
 
 Pao 
 
 pow, as in how 
 
 Ming 
 
 ming 
 
 P'ao 
 
 p'ow 
 
 Miu 
 
 meeoo 
 
 Pei 
 
 pay, as in English 
 
 Mo 
 
 more 
 
 P'ei 
 
 p'ay 
 
 Mon 
 
 mow, as in English 
 
 P6n 
 
 punn 
 
 Mu 
 
 moo 
 
 Pen 
 
 p'unn 
 
 Na 
 
 nar, as in tar 
 
 Peng 
 
 pung
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 Wade 
 
 Approximate sound in Eng- Wade 
 
 Approximate sound in Eng- 
 
 nystem. 
 
 lish spelling. 
 
 system. 
 
 lish spelling. 
 
 P'eng 
 
 p'ung 
 
 Shou 
 
 show, as in English 
 
 Pi 
 
 pea, as in English 
 
 Shu 
 
 shoo 
 
 Fi 
 
 p'ea 
 
 Shua 
 
 shwarr, as in tar 
 
 Piao 
 
 peeaow, as in " meeaow " 
 
 Shuai 
 
 shwhy ; why, as in Eng- 
 
 P'iao 
 
 p'eeaow 
 
 
 lish 
 
 Pieh 
 
 peeay ; ay, as in hay 
 
 Shuan 
 
 shwarn 
 
 P'ieh 
 
 p'eeay 
 
 Shuang 
 
 shwarng 
 
 Pien 
 
 pee-en 
 
 Shui 
 
 showy, as in English 
 
 P'ien 
 
 p'ee-en 
 
 Shun 
 
 shoon 
 
 Pin 
 
 pin 
 
 Shuo 
 
 shwor 
 
 P'in 
 
 p'in 
 
 So 
 
 sor 
 
 Ping 
 
 ping 
 
 Sou 
 
 so, as in English 
 
 P'ing 
 
 p'ing 
 
 Su 
 
 800 
 
 Po 
 
 por 
 
 Suan 
 
 sooarn 
 
 P'o 
 
 p'or 
 
 Sui 
 
 sowey 
 
 Pou 
 
 pow, as in roe 
 
 Sun 
 
 soon 
 
 P'ou 
 
 p'ow 
 
 Sung 
 
 soong 
 
 Pu 
 
 poo 
 
 Ssu 
 
 szz. The nearest ap- 
 
 P'u 
 
 p'oo 
 
 proach to this sound 
 
 Sa 
 
 sar 
 
 
 is to be found in the 
 
 Sai 
 
 sigh 
 
 
 zz of buzz. Leave 
 
 San 
 
 sarn 
 
 
 out the " bu," and 
 
 Sang 
 
 sarng 
 
 
 put an s before zz, 
 
 Sao 
 
 sow, as in how 
 
 
 keeping the lips open, 
 
 Se 
 
 sir 
 
 
 the teeth closed, and 
 
 Sen 
 
 sunn 
 
 
 the tip of the tongue 
 
 Seng 
 
 sung, as in English 
 
 
 curled downwards and 
 
 Sha 
 
 shar 
 
 
 against the lower front 
 
 Shai 
 
 shy, as in English 
 
 
 teeth. 
 
 Shan 
 
 sharn 
 
 Ta 
 
 tar 
 
 Shang 
 
 sharng 
 
 T'a 
 
 far 
 
 Shao 
 
 shaow ; ow, as in how 
 
 Tai 
 
 tie, as in English 
 
 She 
 
 sher 
 
 T'ai 
 
 t'ie 
 
 Shen 
 
 shunn 
 
 Tan 
 
 tarn 
 
 Sheng 
 
 shung 
 
 T'an 
 
 t'arn 
 
 Shih 
 
 shih, as in chivalry 
 
 Tang 
 
 tarng
 
 30 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 Wade 
 
 Approximate sound in Eng- Wade 
 
 Approximate sonnd in Eng 
 
 ayatwn. 
 
 lish spelling. 
 
 system. 
 
 lish spelling. 
 
 T'ang 
 
 t'arng 
 
 Tsen 
 
 tzunn 
 
 
 Tao 
 
 taow, as in how 
 
 Ts'e-n 
 
 ts'unn 
 
 
 T'ao 
 
 t'aow 
 
 Tseng 
 
 tzung 
 
 
 Te- 
 
 ter 
 
 Ts'eng 
 
 ts'ung 
 
 
 T'6 
 
 t'er 
 
 Tso 
 
 tzor 
 
 
 Tei 
 
 tay, as in pay 
 
 Ts'o 
 
 ts'or 
 
 
 Teng 
 
 tuug, as in hung 
 
 Tsou 
 
 tzowe 
 
 
 T'eng 
 
 t'ung 
 
 Ts'ou 
 
 ts'owe 
 
 
 Ti 
 
 tea, as in English 
 
 Tsu 
 
 tzoo 
 
 
 T'i 
 
 t'ea 
 
 Ts'u 
 
 ts'oo 
 
 
 Tiao 
 
 teeaow, as in " meeaow " 
 
 Tsuan 
 
 tzooarn 
 
 
 T'iao 
 
 t'eeaow 
 
 Ts'uan 
 
 ts'ooarn 
 
 
 Tieh 
 
 teeay 
 
 Tsui 
 
 tzowey 
 
 
 T'ieh 
 
 t'eeay 
 
 Ts'ui 
 
 ts'owey 
 
 
 Tien 
 
 tee-en 
 
 Tsun 
 
 tzoon 
 
 
 T'ien 
 
 t'ee-en 
 
 Ts'un 
 
 ts'oon 
 
 
 Ting 
 
 ting 
 
 Tsung 
 
 tzoong 
 
 
 T'ing 
 
 t'ing 
 
 Ts'ung 
 
 ts'oong 
 
 
 Tiu 
 
 teeyou 
 
 Tu 
 
 too 
 
 
 To 
 
 tor; the o must be 
 
 T'u 
 
 t'oo 
 
 
 
 slightly dwelt on. 
 
 Tuan 
 
 tooarn 
 
 
 T'o 
 
 for 
 
 T'uan 
 
 t'ooarn 
 
 
 Tou 
 
 toe, as in English 
 
 Tui 
 
 towey 
 
 
 T'ou 
 
 t'oe 
 
 T'ui 
 
 t'owey 
 
 
 Tsa 
 
 tzar 
 
 Tun 
 
 toon 
 
 
 Ts'a 
 
 ts'ar 
 
 T'un 
 
 t'oon 
 
 
 Tsai 
 
 tzaye 
 
 Tung 
 
 toong 
 
 
 Ts'ai 
 
 ts'aye 
 
 T'ung 
 
 t'oong 
 
 
 Tsan 
 
 tzarn 
 
 Tzu 
 
 tzz ; see szz 
 
 . Omit bu 
 
 Ts'an 
 
 ts'arn 
 
 
 in buzz, 
 
 and sub- 
 
 Tsang 
 
 tzarng 
 
 
 stitute t 
 
 before zz, 
 
 Ts'ang 
 
 ts'arng 
 
 
 keeping 
 
 the teeth 
 
 Tsao 
 
 tzow, as in how 
 
 
 closed, the 
 
 lips open, 
 
 Ts'ao 
 
 ts'ow 
 
 and tip of the tongue 
 
 Tse 
 
 tzer 
 
 
 pointing 
 
 downwards 
 
 Ts' 
 
 ts'er 
 
 
 and close 
 
 against the 
 
 Tsei 
 
 tzay, as in hay 
 
 lower front teeth.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 Wade 
 
 Approximate sound in Eng- Wade 
 
 Approximate sound in Eng* 
 
 system. 
 
 lish spelling. 
 
 system. 
 
 lish spelling. 
 
 Tz'u 
 
 t'zz 
 
 Yai 
 
 yaye, as in eye 
 
 Wa 
 
 war, as in jar 
 
 Yang 
 
 yarng 
 
 Wai 
 
 why 
 
 Yao 
 
 yaovv ; ow, as in how 
 
 Wan 
 
 warn, as in yarn 
 
 Yeh 
 
 yea, as in English 
 
 Wang 
 
 warng 
 
 Yen 
 
 yee-en 
 
 Wei 
 
 way, as in English 
 
 Yin 
 
 yin 
 
 Wen 
 
 one, as in English 
 
 Ying 
 
 ying 
 
 Weng 
 
 wung 
 
 Yu 
 
 yeo, as in yeonian 
 
 Wo 
 
 wor 
 
 Yii 
 
 yii, the French u 
 
 Wu 
 
 woo 
 
 Yiieh 
 
 ylieh 
 
 Ya 
 
 yar 
 
 Ylin 
 
 yiinn
 
 32 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 IV. 
 
 WE now come to the "characters" which have been selected as 
 likely to be of the greatest general utility. These are placed at the 
 bottom of each page, and against each the " Wade " transliteration 
 has been put, with the tone expressed in figures 1, 2, 3 and 4, and 
 the meaning most commonly attached to it. 
 
 Different ways of fixing the characters on the memory will no- 
 doubt suggest themselves to individual students, but it may be of 
 assistance to those who have no plan of campaign if a method is 
 explained which has been pursued with fairly satisfactory results. 
 
 Each character should be carefully copied on a separate slip of 
 paper, preferably about an inch square, and at the back of each 
 ticket the sound, tone and meaning should be written.* These 
 squares should be gone through daily, and an attempt should be 
 made to identify each character. Those which are successfully 
 identified can be placed on one side and left alone for a week ; the 
 failures should be collected separately and their inspection renewed 
 from day to day, the identi6ed tickets being added to the collection 
 of successes and the failures put back to be attacked again. It will 
 not be long before the successes predominate, and the number of 
 failures on each subsequent revision will become encouragingly few. 
 Proficiency in writing the characters correctly will not be easily 
 acquired, but the writing of Chinese is a matter of secondary 
 importance. It is always possible, in China, to obtain the services- 
 of a native clerk, and it is almost hopeless for a foreigner to attempt 
 to write a presentable hand. This is a mere matter of practice, but, 
 as has been previously stated, it takes many years of daily practice 
 to arrive at good handwriting. At the same time, it is only by 
 copying the characters that they can be successfully learnt. 
 
 In copying the characters care should be taken to form them 
 after the recognized system. If this is not followed they will not- 
 only be hopelessly awry, but it will be difficult to count the number 
 of strokes of which each character is composed. A correct estimate 
 
 * See Section XTTI.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 33 
 
 of these, as has been explained, is necessary when looking for a 
 character in the dictionary. In writing characters one rule should 
 be borne in mind. Always, when possible, commence on the left- 
 hand side, at the top, and draw the strokes from left to right. There 
 are exceptions to this rule, but they are not sufficiently numerous 
 to affect the general principle. One example will suffice, jjpg /w 2 , 
 prosperity, is a character with which every Chinese, literate or 
 illiterate, is familiar ; it is the best, or one of the best known 
 characters in the language, and it is in evidence on every doorway 
 at the new year time, not to mention other occasions, in every place 
 where the Chinese script is known. This is how it is written, com- 
 mencing with the Radical 
 
 If the same system is followed in the writing of other characters, 
 in ninety-nine cases out of a hundred the order of the strokes will be 
 correct. 
 
 An attempt has been made in Section II. to explain the reason why 
 so many words in colloquial Chinese are dissyllabic, and illustrations 
 have been given of a few words which require no amplification in 
 writing but have to be expanded in speaking. Many of these 
 amplifications are capable of explanation, but others are not, and 
 the student will save himself much trouble if he will, to commence 
 with, be satisfied to accept the fact that the double words represent 
 the meanings given. If he wants to know why, he can work out 
 the etymologies for himself later on. 
 
 The characters are arranged, as stated, at the foot of each page. 
 When some fifty characters have been more or less fixed on his 
 
 n
 
 34 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 the student caii begin to play with them, and to make sentences of his 
 own, but if he wishes to play a successful game he must try to forget 
 all the laws of English grammatical construction, and endeavour to 
 learn how to arrange his sentences in the way that a Chinese would 
 arrange them. If he can once get hold of this system and make it 
 his own, half the difficulties of the language will vanish, and it is 
 with the idea of illustrating the Chinese order of construction that, 
 in the exercises which follow, the literal translation of the Chinese 
 equivalent is placed opposite to each sentence. One is almost 
 tempted to apologize for suggesting that the student should feel his 
 way to Chinese through the channel of "pidgin" English for that 
 is what it practically amounts to but, if the process is adhered to 
 for a certain time, it will help the learner more than anything else 
 to speak as the Chinese speak. 
 
 The acquisition of a vocabulary is, naturally, a mere question of 
 memory, and the great difficulty to be contended with is, not the 
 committal to memory of disjointed phrases, but the combination of 
 these phrases in a properly constructed sentence. This is what the 
 English paraphrase is designed to teach. It will no doubt be 
 subjected to derision by the scientific teacher, but, none the less, 
 the mere eccentricity of the paraphrased sentences will help to fix 
 the order of the words, as well as individual phrases, on the mind of 
 the beginner, and the very little grammar there is to learn will 
 indicate itself in the process as he goes on. If he will persevere to 
 the end of these exercises, spelling out each one for himself, writing 
 it in the Chinese character, and not referring to the key until each 
 sentence is complete, he will assuredly not regret the time he has 
 spent on the labour. When he reaches the end of the examples he 
 will have no difficulty in recognizing the characters he has made his 
 own wherever he may meet them, and he will find, when he turns 
 his attention to more ambitious text-books, that he will sail along 
 with comparative ease. If the writing of the characters is considered 
 too great a labour the English transliteration of these characters 
 should at least be written down, but the best way to fix them on the 
 memory is to write them constantly. When once a character has 
 established a firm place in the memory it will remain there, with very 
 occasional revision, for all time. It may reappear in unfamiliar 
 combinations, the meaning of which will have to be discovered by
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 application to the dictionary, but if any one will persevere until he 
 has thoroughly mastered a thousand words he will find that he is 
 in a position to have some appreciation of a novel, to read the 
 Confucian Classics with intelligent interest, and to master the 
 intricacies of any simple business document. He will need help at 
 first, either that of a dictionary or of an expert, to understand any 
 of these thoroughly, for every branch of written Chinese has its 
 special peculiarities, but he will no longer be outside the pale, and 
 he may count on reaching this stage after less than two years of 
 study, though he cannot expect to speak fluently until he has 
 polished up his knowledge in the country itself, in the midst of 
 native surroundings. 
 
 Lastly, the tones should on no account be neglected. Some people 
 make light of the necessity of acquiring correct intonation, but they 
 are most assuredly wrong. It is possible that words in common use 
 may be detected by a native even if pronounced in the wrong tone, 
 but there are hundreds of others which will be absolutely unintel- 
 ligible if the correct intonation is not given. Indeed, a bad accent is a 
 lesser evil than inaccuracy of tone, while the absence of the latter, 
 apart from leading to misunderstanding, is fatal to the rhythmic 
 cadence which is a marked and pleasing feature of the spoken language. 
 It would be almost impossible to arrive at great accuracy of pronun- 
 ciation without the constant direction of a native or other competent 
 instructor, but errors of pronunciation can, with perseverance, be 
 corrected later on, whereas, unless the habit is formed of associating 
 a word with its proper tone, it will be found very difficult at a later 
 stage to make good this important omission. No written explanation 
 can give precisely the proper note to be sounded in each tone, but an 
 hour's oral instruction will enable any one with a quick ear to pick 
 these up. On the other hand, some people never can learn them 
 properly, and, consequently, often fail to make themselves understood. 
 One golden rule should always be borne in mind in connection with 
 the tones : the second and third tones must almost invariably be 
 emphasized, and the syllable never clipped. Indeed, speaking in 
 general terms, it may be said that if the second and third tones are 
 looked after, the first and fourth will more or less take care of them- 
 selves. Not that they should be neglected ; far from it, but they are 
 often not sounded at all, whereas, with the exception of the character
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 tzii, a son, when used as a substantive indicator, and a few words in 
 the second or third tone when used as finals, it is seldom safe to 
 neglect tones numbers two or three. The few instances in which they 
 can be ignored will be seen in the list of new characters following each 
 sentence. Whenever no tone mark is attached to the phonetic ren- 
 dering of any of these characters it may be taken for granted that the 
 tone is not to be sounded. 
 
 It should be noted that when two words in the third tone come to- 
 gether the^rs^ almost always takes the second tone or the first.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 37 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 1. This is yours. 
 
 2. Is this yours ? 
 
 3. We do not want that. 
 
 4. What do you want ? 
 
 5. Where are they ? 
 
 6. What is that? 
 
 7. He is there. 
 
 8. Where is he? 
 
 9. What is that thing? 
 
 This piece is yours. 
 This piece is yours ? 
 We not want that piece. 
 You want what. 
 They at where. 
 That piece is what. 
 He at there. 
 He at where. 
 That piece is what thing. 
 
 1. 
 
 Jg ch*, this. 
 
 3. } 
 
 ^wo 8 1 
 
 1. i 
 
 ]g ko 4 , the "numerative," 
 
 1 
 
 ! 3 men J we * 
 
 
 or "classifier" of many 
 nouns, hereafter indicated 
 
 3. ; 
 
 3. 4 
 
 |> pu 4 , not ; used with " is," 
 but not with "have." 
 ^ yao 4 , want. 
 
 
 by "piece." 
 
 fJS na*, that ; na 3 , which \ 
 
 1. 
 
 jg shih 4 , is. 
 
 " Q x 
 
 $ na 4 1 that; na 8 ko*, 
 
 1. 
 
 ft; ni 3 , you. j 
 
 ko 4 /which? 
 
 1. 
 
 |{| ti, a possessive particle, 
 
 4 - 1 
 
 shen 2 , used colloquially 
 
 
 hereafter indicated by ",'s," 
 
 
 only with the following. 
 
 
 sometimes by "one," some- 
 
 
 
 j| shea L^^? 
 
 
 times by "ing," sometimes 
 
 , 
 
 
 
 by"ly." 5 - ; 
 
 J t'a 1 , he. 
 
 1. 
 
 *= . , tthis. ! 
 [jg ko j 
 
 l^.f } where? 
 se / 
 
 
 Pr ni 3 "k ^' ' 
 
 BE tsai 4 , at. 
 
 2. 
 
 mo 1 , the interrogative, 
 hereafter indicated by ?. 
 It also means "as." 
 wo 3 , I. 
 
 men, the plural index of 
 personal substantives. 
 
 ~ UJS na 4 1 in Peking, there 
 ' ^.erh /na 3 erh, where? 
 9 ^ tung 4 , east. 
 9. jHj hsi 1 , west.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 10. What are you doing ? 
 
 11. I am not doing anything. 
 
 12. Do you want it? 
 
 13. Has he come ? 
 
 14. His son has come. 
 
 15. Have you brought the 
 
 money ? 
 
 16. Have you got any money ? 
 
 17. He is inside. 
 
 18. I made that. 
 
 19. Have you seen it ? 
 
 20. No, I have not seen it. 
 
 21. What does that man want? 
 
 22. I don't know what he wants. 
 
 23. What are you doing here ? 
 
 24. I am waiting for your son. 
 
 You do what. 
 
 I not do what. 
 
 You want not want. 
 
 He come ed not have. 
 
 His son come ed. 
 
 Money bring come ed not have. 
 
 You have money not have. 
 He at inside. 
 That is I make ing. 
 You look see ed not have. 
 I not look see ed. 
 That piece man want what. 
 I not know he want what. 
 You at here do what. 
 I wait your son. 
 
 14. 
 
 * 
 
 15. 
 15. 
 
 -f$fc tso*, do, make. 
 
 2fc lai 8 , come. 
 
 T liao 8 or lo ; a sign of the 
 past tense, hereafter indi- 
 cated by "ed"; a final 
 particle, pronounced lo; to 
 end, finish, accomplish. 
 
 &mei 2 , not; used with 
 "have," but not with "is." 
 
 ^ yu 8 , have. 
 
 % e-rh 2 , son ; in Peking used 
 in the formation of nouns 
 and adjectives. 
 
 -^ tzu 8 , son; much used in 
 the formation of nouns. 
 
 i ch'ien 4 , copper cash, mo- 
 ney. 
 
 : na 2 , to take, seize, hold, 
 bring. 
 
 17. fi t'ou 2 , head, end, top, first, 
 foremost. 
 
 17. jlJ3 0r } in, inside. 
 
 19. ;ff k'an*, look; k'un 1 , watch. 
 
 regard. 
 19. ^ chien 4 , see 
 
 21. _A Jen 2 , man. 
 
 22. p chih 1 , know. 
 22. j|| tao*, road, way. 
 
 23. 
 
 24. ^ tgng 8 , wait.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 39 
 
 25 . Why are you waiting for him ? 
 
 26. He has not paid me my 
 
 money. 
 
 27. Sit down and wait till he 
 
 comes. 
 
 28. Is his business a large one ? 
 
 29. His business is not as large 
 
 as mine. 
 
 30. What does he sell ? 
 
 31. I don't know what he sells. 
 
 32. He said your things were 
 
 bought at his place. 
 
 33. Did he say that ? 
 
 34. Where did these men come 
 
 from? 
 
 35. I have not got as large a 
 
 thing as that. 
 
 36. What business does he carry 
 
 on ? 
 
 37. He is not a tradesman. 
 
 38. I have no money to buy that. 
 
 39. When I have money I will 
 
 come and buy it. 
 
 40. Don't blame him ; that is 
 
 not his fault. 
 
 41. What did he ask you ? 
 
 You wait him do what. 
 
 My money he not give ed me lo. 
 
 Sit a sit wait he come. 
 
 His buy-sell large not large. 
 His buy-sell not have mine large. 
 
 He sell what 
 
 I not know he sell what. 
 
 He say your things is at he there 
 
 buy ing. 
 
 He say ed that lo ? 
 This some men is where come ing. 
 
 I not have thus large one's thing. 
 He do what buy-sell. 
 
 He not is buy-sell man. 
 
 I not have money buy that piece. 
 
 I have money, I come buy. 
 
 You not want speak him ; that 
 
 not is his fault. 
 He ask you what. 
 
 26. %fe kei 3 , give, for, to. 
 
 27. ^ tso 4 , sit. 
 
 28. ^ mai 3 , buy. 
 28. Jf mai 4 , sell. 
 
 28. 
 
 Jj 
 
 trade, bu 8 iness. 
 
 28. ;fc ta 4 , great. 
 
 31. f& shuo 1 , speak, say. 
 
 34. &* hsieh 1 , some; used to form 
 the plural of nouns. 
 
 40 
 ' 
 
 shuo 1 ) to find fault with a 
 
 Jen 2 / person, to scold. 
 Ar . X pu 4 1 fault, wrong-do- 
 
 TrU. tt i -1 A r 
 
 ^ shin 4 J ing. 
 41. Prl] wen 4 , ask.
 
 40 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 42. What things do you want ? 
 
 43. I want nothing. 
 
 44. Will you give me that ? 
 
 45. No, I will not. 
 
 46. Have you seen my son ? 
 
 47. What did he say ? 
 
 48. Don't talk. 
 
 49. I asked him if he wanted it 
 
 and he said he didn't. 
 
 50. I don't know the road. 
 
 51. You ask him to wait for me. 
 
 52. He says he won't wait. 
 
 53. When you asked him to sit 
 
 down and wait for me, 
 what did he say ? 
 
 54. He said he wanted to buy 
 
 some things and that he 
 wouldn't wait till you 
 came. 
 
 55. He had gone before you 
 
 came. 
 
 56. What is inside that ? 
 
 57. Why do you ask me ? 
 
 58. Do you think this is good ? 
 
 59. In my opinion it is not very 
 
 good. 
 
 60. 1 cannot do that. 
 
 61. I cannot sit there. 
 
 You want what thmg. 
 
 I not want what. 
 
 You give me that not give. 
 
 I not give you. 
 
 My son you look see ed not have. 
 
 He speak what talk. 
 
 Not want speak talk. 
 
 I ask him want not want ; he 
 
 say not want. 
 I not know road. 
 You invite him wait me. 
 He say he not wait. 
 You invite him sit down wait, 
 
 he say what. 
 
 He say want buy things, not 
 wait vou come. 
 
 You not come ed he walk eJ. 
 
 That inside have what. 
 
 You ask me do what. 
 
 You regard this piece good not 
 
 good. 
 At I say not is very good one. 
 
 That piece I do cannot. 
 There I sit cannot. 
 
 47. fg hua 4 , talk, language. 
 
 tao* 1 
 'rh / 
 
 , 
 road ' 
 
 51. f| ch'ing 3 , please, invite. 
 53. "p hsia 4 , below, down. 
 
 55. 
 
 58. 
 59. 
 
 tsou 3 , to walk, go. 
 hao 3 , good, well. 
 heX very. 
 
 u* ) cannot, cannot be 
 o 3 / done
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 62. There are none of those 
 
 things left. 
 
 63. That is what he said before. 
 
 64. I don't want to ask him that. 
 
 65. I cannot well ask him that. 
 
 66. If you don't come he'll scold 
 
 you. 
 
 67. That doesn't matter. 
 
 68. When he comes I want to 
 
 see him. 
 
 69. Will he see me? 
 
 70. He says he won't see 
 
 any one. 
 
 71. I saw you, but you didn't 
 
 see me. 
 
 72. If you want this I'll give it 
 
 to you, but I won't give 
 you that. 
 
 73. Do you know the size of that 
 
 thing ? 
 
 74. No, I don't. 
 
 75. If I had as much money as 
 
 you have I would not sell 
 that thing. 
 
 76. You say so, but when you 
 
 have money we'll see. 
 
 77. Are you his son ? 
 
 78. Come up. 
 
 79. Come here. 
 
 80. Come over here; I want to 
 
 ask you something. 
 
 81. Has he been here before ? 
 
 That piece thing not have lo. 
 
 That is he before speak ing talk. 
 
 I not want ask him that. 
 
 I not good ask him that. 
 
 You not come he want speak 
 
 you. 
 
 That not what. 
 He come ed I want see him. 
 
 He see me not see me. 
 
 He speak he what man not see. 
 
 I look see you lo, you not 
 
 look see ed me. 
 You want this piece I give you, 
 
 that piece I not give you. 
 
 That piece thing 's large small 
 
 you know not know. 
 Not know. 
 I have you thus some piece 
 
 money I not sell that 
 
 piece thing. 
 You is thus say; wait you 
 
 have money, look. 
 You are his son ? 
 Up come. 
 Up here come. 
 You pass here come ; I want ask 
 
 you talk. 
 He come kuo not have. 
 
 63. jgj!? ui | before, in front of. 
 
 |p u2 
 73. fr hsiao 8 , little. 
 
 78. _t shang 4 , above, up, upon, to. 
 80. kuo 4 , to pass ; a sign of 
 the past tense.
 
 4-2 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 82. No, he has not. 
 
 83. Has he made this statement 
 
 before ? 
 
 84. It is not that there is none ; 
 
 he won't give me any. 
 
 85. Did he ask for any money? 
 
 86. He did demand some, but I 
 
 would not give him any. 
 
 87. I must be off. 
 
 88. Good bye ! 
 
 89. You ask him if he wants it , 
 
 if he doesn't want it I'll 
 give it to you. 
 
 90. Have you seen this before ? 
 
 91. No, I have not seen it before. 
 
 92. Please take the upper seat. 
 
 93. He is a passer by. 
 
 94. Has he passed by ? 
 
 95. I don't know whether his 
 
 business is good or not. 
 
 96. He can't want as many 
 
 things as that. 
 
 97. What is inside that ? 
 
 98. Ask him to come up, I have 
 
 something to say. 
 
 99. Do you think this is good ? 
 
 100. Yes, it's good, but not so 
 
 good as that. 
 
 101. This is yours, is it not? 
 
 102. Is this yours, or is it not? 
 
 103. Do you think that what he 
 
 says is correct ? 
 
 104. Bring it here and let me 
 
 see it. 
 
 He not come kuo. 
 
 He speak kuo this piece talk, not 
 
 have. 
 Not is not have ; he not give me. 
 
 He want ed money not want. 
 He want kuo, I not give him. 
 
 I want walk lo. 
 
 Please. 
 
 You ask him want not want, he 
 
 not want I give you. 
 
 [have. 
 
 This piece you look see kuo not 
 I not look see kuo. 
 Please above sit. 
 He is pass come man. 
 He pass come ed not have. 
 I not know his business good not 
 
 good. 
 He want cannot thus some piece 
 
 things. 
 
 That inside have what. 
 Invite him up come ; I have talk 
 
 say. [gd. 
 
 You regard this piece good not 
 G-ood, is good, not have that 
 
 piece good. 
 This is yours not is. 
 This is yours not is yours. 
 You regard he speak ing is, not 
 
 is. 
 Bring here come, give me look a 
 
 look. 
 
 0/5 
 96 ' 
 
 104. 
 
 & hsieh 1 ) 
 fiko' } 
 
 some - 
 
 jU cn ^ 4 l nere (Peking collo- 
 ft 'rh / quial).
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 43 
 
 105. Come over here and I will 
 
 tell you. 
 
 106. What do you want to say ? 
 
 107. Wait till I have said it and 
 
 you'll know. 
 
 108. Do you know what he said ? 
 
 109. I don't know; I've come to 
 
 ask you. 
 
 110. Don't ask me; ask him. 
 
 111. Do as you please about wait- 
 
 ing ; if you are not here 
 when I come I shall go. 
 
 112. That is not mine; I have 
 
 given it to him. 
 
 113. If you want to know 
 
 whether that thing is 
 good or not you ask him ; 
 there is nothing he 
 doesn't know. 
 
 114. Bring it here and let me see it. 
 
 115. Do you know if this is the 
 
 road? 
 
 116. I don't know ; I have never 
 
 been on this road. 
 
 117. There is a man coming; ask 
 
 him. 
 
 118. Can you kindly tell me 
 
 where this road leads to ? 
 
 119. That depends upon the size 
 
 of the thing. 
 
 120. There is a huckster outside ; 
 
 do you want to see his 
 things ? 
 
 You cross come, I give you 
 
 You want say what. 
 
 Wait I speak ed you know. 
 
 [know. 
 
 He say what ed, you know not 
 I not know ; I come ask you come 
 
 ed. 
 
 Not want ask me ; ask him. 
 Wait not wait, at you ; I come ed, 
 
 you not at here, I want 
 
 walk lo. 
 That not is mine ; I give ed him 
 
 lo. 
 You want know that thing. 
 
 good not good you ask 
 
 him ; he not have what 
 
 not know ing. 
 
 Bring come give me look. 
 
 This piece is road, you know not 
 
 know. 
 I not know ; I not have walk kuo 
 
 this piece road. 
 There have man come ; you ask 
 
 him. 
 Beg ask ; this is to where's 
 
 road. 
 That regard thing's large small. 
 
 Outside have piece sell things 
 one ; you want see his 
 things not want. 
 
 Any one who has taken the pains to work carefully through the 
 foregoing sentences cannot fail to notice that the system of writing 
 Chinese " backwards," as we might call it, applies also to a certain 
 extent to the language. A. recent writer on Japan has observed that
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 the Japanese " speak backwards, read backwards, and write back- 
 wards." So, as far as this generalization can be accepted, do the 
 Chinese, and it may at least be said that the order of the sentences is 
 often inverted. The student who wishes to speak Chinese correctly 
 must, therefore, divest himself at the outset of any idea that a Chinese 
 sentence runs upon the same lines as an English one. It is a safe 
 rule, in attempting to reproduce an English sentence in Chinese, to 
 begin by cutting out all superfluities. It should, in fact, be treated 
 as one would treat a telegraphic message and be reduced to its lowest 
 possible dimensions ; after this it may be transposed into a Chinese 
 key, with the liberal interspersion of certain particles. 
 
 The nouns present little difficulty. One thing to bear in mind is 
 that many of them take one of two or three endings. The most 
 common of these is ^ , which in Peking is often replaced by fa. The 
 termination fa, however, is so essentially a characteristic of the Peking 
 dialect that for general purposes it is advisable to be sparing in its use. 
 A few indicative prefixes or " numeratives " must also be remembered, 
 but in case of doubt it is always fairly safe to employ fl| " piece." 
 
 Another point to which attention might be called is the absence of 
 the single affirmative or negative. " Yes " or " No " can be expressed 
 by a single word, but they are seldom so expressed, the common form 
 being the repetition of the latter half of a question for the negative, as 
 in the question, "You go out not go out?" "I not go out; " the affirm- 
 ative being indicated by the repetition of the first half, "I go out." 
 
 Most people at first find a difficulty in discriminating between the 
 two negatives ^ and $. Only experience will enable the speaker to 
 decide without hesitation which of the two should be employed in 
 particular cases, but if it be borne in mind that ^ cannot be used 
 with ;ff, have, nor ^ with j^, be ; further, that ^ is generally used 
 in connection with past action, much difficulty of selection will be re- 
 moved. If we wished to say "He has not come," we must express it 
 ty 'fife $. ^J 2& or > 4dl $t 2fc ne has not come. If we said /fjjj ^ 3}$, 
 it would mean either that he was not coming or that he would not 
 come. So, f ^ 51 I am not wanting, i.e. I do not want ; ffi $ Jj 
 I have not wanted ; i.e. I did not want. Attention is called to one 
 other point ; ]|i not only means want, but also will, and is often used 
 to mark the future tense, as ^ f& ffc & % , flj ^ %fe ft. He says 
 that if I have not got any he will give me some.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 45 
 
 VI. 
 
 The numerals present no great difficulty. The symbols from one 
 to ten are as with us, except that the numerative fl|, " piece," 
 generally follows each figure, as j@, one piece, in the counting 
 of objects. The "teens " are denoted by " ten one," " ten two," &c. ; 
 the multiples of ten by " two tens," for twenty, " three tens " thirty, 
 and so on. The way to express hundreds, thousands, and fractional 
 parts of round numbers, will be shown in the few examples that 
 are given. 
 
 There are three ways of writing the numerals, which may be 
 styled the common form, the legal form, and the abbreviated form, 
 the last being known as the Soochow system of notation. The 
 legal form is only used on formal documents or bills, and is 
 equivalent to our writing numerals in words instead of in figures; 
 the abbreviated form is employed occasionally in bills or 
 memoranda of accounts. The three forms are given below, 
 but it will not be necessary, for ordinary purposes, to pay atten- 
 tion to the legal or abbreviated forms of notation. 
 
 g | i 1 , one. 
 
 II ^ 1 1 erh*, two. 
 El ^ H| san 1 , three. 
 P9 Jf: JC ssii 4 , four. 
 21 fa % wu 3 , five. 
 :$ ^ liu 4 . six. 
 -b * ch'iV, seven. 
 A il'J pa 1 , eight. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Wfl 
 
 fff 
 
 -J- shih 2 , ten. 
 
 pai 8 , hundred. 
 ch'ien 1 , thousand. 
 wan 4 , ten thousand, 
 
 myriad. 
 
 ling 2 , zero, cypher. 
 Hang 3 , two; used with 
 
 ko, piece; a Chinese 
 
 ounce or tael. 
 ti 4 , number, the sign of 
 
 the ordinal number. 
 
 1. Eighty-six. 
 
 2. Four hundred and seventy-nine. 
 
 Eight ten, six. 
 
 Four hundred, seven ten, nine.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 3. Six hundred and five. 
 
 4. Fifteen hundred and twenty- 
 
 eight. 
 
 5. Three thousand and one. 
 
 6. Fifteen thousand. 
 
 7. One hundred and sixteen. 
 
 8. Two hundred and seventy-four 
 
 thousand six hundred and 
 nineteen. 
 
 9. He is at the top ; I am second. 
 
 10. He has been before ; I have 
 
 not been before. 
 
 11. Have you any change ? 
 
 12. He has five sons ; two of them 
 
 are here, I don't where 
 know the other three are. 
 
 13. Five times five are twenty-five. 
 
 14. Number fifteen. 
 
 15. The fifteenth. 
 
 16. Five taels two mace. 
 
 I Six hundred, cypher, five. 
 One thousand, five hundred, two 
 
 ten, eight. 
 
 Three thousand, cypher, one. 
 One myriad, five thousand. 
 One hundred, one ten, six. 
 Two ten seven myriad, four 
 
 thousand, six hundred, ten, 
 
 nine. 
 He is top one piece; I am number 
 
 two. 
 He is before come ing, I not 
 
 come kuo. 
 You have fractional money not 
 
 have. 
 He have five piece son ; two piece 
 
 at here, that three piece I 
 
 not know at where. 
 Five five, two ten five. 
 Number ten five. 
 Number ten five piece. 
 Five tael two mace ; or, five tael 
 
 two. 
 
 The student 
 himself. 
 
 recommended to multiply these examples for
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 47 
 
 VII. 
 
 1 How much money did you 
 give him ? 
 
 2. I do not remember. 
 
 3. How many men did you see ? 
 
 4. I saw ten or more men. 
 
 5. All these things are yours. 
 
 6. I have counted the number. 
 
 7. I explained it to him. 
 
 8. He does not understand what 
 
 I say. 
 
 9. He is not at home in the day 
 
 time. 
 
 10. Did you write all these 
 
 characters ? 
 
 11. There are some that I did 
 
 not write. 
 
 You give ed him how many 
 
 money. 
 
 I not remember. 
 
 You look see ed how many men. 
 I look see ed ten several piece 
 
 man. 
 
 These piece thing all are yours. 
 I count ed number. 
 I give him say clearly ed. 
 He not apprehend my talk. 
 
 He white day not at home. 
 
 These character all is you write 
 
 ing? 
 Have, not is I write ing. 
 
 2. fg, chi*, to remember. 
 
 2 IS chi 4 \ remember, make a 
 
 f 
 
 3. %, to 1 , many. 
 3. /J? shao 3 , few 
 
 of 
 
 4. ^ chi', some, several. 
 
 4> f| ko 4 } 80me > how ina ny? 
 
 5. %$ ton 1 , all. 
 
 6. Ifr shu 3 , count. 
 
 7. flj ming 2 , bright. 
 
 7. Q pai 2 , white, gratis, in vain. 
 
 flft ming 2 ) understand, clear- 
 Q pai 2 / ly. 
 
 8. f^ tung 3 , understand. 
 
 ft f|j tung 3 1 understand, appre- 
 ^f t6 2 J hend. 
 
 9. jih*, day. 
 
 9. 0^ chia 1 , home. [charaoter. 
 10. ^ tzu 4 ,. letters, the wriiton 
 10. % hsieh 3 , write.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 12. At what time did he come 
 
 back? 
 
 13. He says he intends to come 
 
 back to-morrow. 
 
 14. When he comes back tell him 
 
 I want to see him. 
 
 15. I have heard that you write 
 
 very well. 
 
 16. What are you talking about ? 
 
 I can't write. 
 
 17. He wrote to tell me that he 
 
 cannot come to-morrow. 
 
 18. I wrote to him in reply ask- 
 
 ing him to come the day 
 after to-morrow. 
 
 19. He came five times and I was 
 
 not at home on any 
 occasion. 
 
 He is what time return come ing. 
 
 He say he to-morrow want return 
 come. 
 
 He return come ing time you tell 
 him I want see him. 
 
 I heard say you write character, 
 write ing very good. 
 
 This is what talk. I not able 
 write character. 
 
 He give me write ed one piece 
 (feng} letter say he to- 
 morrow not can come. 
 
 I give him write ed return letter 
 beg him day after to- 
 morrow come. 
 
 He come ed five turn, I all not at 
 home. 
 
 shih 2 , time. 
 
 hou*, wait; seldom used 
 alone. 
 
 12. 
 12. 
 
 12. hui 2 , time, turn, return. 
 
 12 ' 0hui'} onetime ' once - 
 
 12. H ^ | return, afterwards. 
 
 13. 5 t'ien 1 , heaven, day. 
 
 15. H t'ing 1 , listen, obey. 
 
 16. ^ hui*, able, meet, a society. 
 
 17. ^ fe^ng 1 , numerative of let- 
 
 ters, to seal up a letter. 
 17. f| hsin 4 , a letter, to believe, 
 a report. 
 
 17. & feng 1 i a letter. 
 M hsin V 
 f hsin*^ 
 
 17. ffr feng 1 ^ an envelope. 
 
 .. g [pj hui 2 ) a return letter, an 
 ' -fg; hsin* j answer. 
 
 18. ^ hou*, after, behind. 
 
 ,g ^ hou* ) the day after to- 
 ' J? t'ien 1 ) morrow.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 20. If you can do it do it ; 1 
 
 can't. 
 
 21. I can do it, only I cannot do 
 
 it well. 
 
 22. Directly he comes back you 
 
 tell him I want to see the 
 things he has bought. 
 23 What time are you going? I 
 am going directly. 
 
 24. Will this do? Yes it will 
 
 do, only it is too small. 
 
 25. Who made that? He says 
 
 he made it, but I don't 
 believe him. 
 
 26. I don't believe anything he 
 
 says. 
 
 27. If you want my things I will 
 
 give them to you, but I 
 can't give you his things. 
 
 28. Bring that thing here and let 
 
 me see it, 
 
 29. Take as many as you want. 
 
 30. That thing has no handle, 
 
 how can I hold it ? 
 
 31. How did you come? I 
 
 walked here. 
 
 32. Can you come and dine with 
 
 me to-morrow ? 
 
 You can do, then do; I not 
 
 able. 
 I can do, only is do ing not 
 
 good. 
 He one return come you then tell 
 
 him buy ing those thing 
 
 I want look. 
 You what time go. I directly 
 
 g- 
 This piece suit, not suit. Suit, is 
 
 suit, only is too small. 
 That is what man do ing. He 
 
 say is he do ing, I but not 
 
 believe. 
 He say what, I all not believe. 
 
 You want my thing I then give 
 
 you ; I but not can give you 
 
 his thing. 
 Take hold that piece thing bring 
 
 come give me look. 
 You want how many, then take 
 
 how many. 
 That piece thing not have handle, 
 
 I how hold. 
 You are how come ing. I is 
 
 walk ed come ing. 
 You to-morrow to me here come 
 
 eat food, suit not suit. 
 
 20. $| neng 2 , can. 
 
 20. jgfc chiu 4 , then, only, at once. 
 
 24. ft hsing 2 , suit, answer, do. 
 
 24. -fa t'ai 4 , too, very. 
 
 25. Pf k'o 8 , but, can. 
 28. fC pa 3 , take hold of. 
 
 handle. 
 
 32. P ch'ih 1 , eat. 
 
 32. ffc fan 4 , food, a meal. 
 
 32 " ch'ih 1 7 to dine, eat 
 j^t fan 4 ) meal.
 
 50 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 33. I am engaged to-morrow; I 
 
 can't come. 
 
 34. If he asks you to dinner will 
 
 you go? I won't go. 
 
 35. What's to be done ? I can't 
 
 tell him you won't go. 
 
 36. You just tell him I am 
 
 37. If I tell him that he won't 
 
 believe it. 
 
 38. I don't care whether he does 
 
 or whether he doesn't. 
 
 39. Shut the door. 
 
 40. The door is shut. 
 
 41. The door is not shut to, 
 
 42. Open the door. 
 
 43. Open the door. 
 
 44. What are you sitting there 
 
 for? I am waiting till 
 they open the door. 
 
 45. You have made a mis- 
 
 statement. 
 
 46. How have I made a mis- 
 
 statement ? 
 
 47. You told me he had gone to 
 
 buy things, and he had 
 not. 
 
 I to-morrow have business, not 
 
 can come. 
 He if is invite you eat food you 
 
 go not go. I not go. 
 This how good. I not can tell 
 
 him you not go. 
 You tell him I have business, 
 
 that's it. 
 I if is tell him that piece talk he 
 
 not believe. 
 He believe not believe I not 
 
 care. 
 
 Take hold door shut up. 
 Door shut ed. 
 Door not shut up. 
 Open door. 
 
 Take hold door open open. 
 You sit at there do what. I wait 
 
 they open door. 
 
 You say wrong ed. 
 I how say wrong ed. 
 
 You tell me he buy thing go ed. 
 He not buy thing go. 
 
 33. Ifl shih 4 , affair, business. 
 33. *|jf ching 2 , feelings, disposi- 
 tion, affection. 
 
 m shih* 
 
 33. > 
 
 *|j| ch'ing 2 J as shih 4 , above. 
 
 34. 3g jo 4 , if. 
 
 36. f sWh 4 l all - ri g ht '- that ' 8it ' 
 
 1 business, affairs; 
 much the same 
 
 i 4 ) 
 
 '} 
 
 that will do. 
 
 38. ^ kuan 3 , take charge of, con- 
 
 trol, care about. 
 
 39. [$] kuan 1 , shut, close, a cus- 
 
 toms station. 
 
 [$ kuan 1 
 
 _fc, shang 
 
 42. g k'ai 1 , open. 
 45. fj| ts'o 4 , wrong. 
 47. ^ ch'ii*, go. 
 
 40. 
 
 shut, shut to.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 51 
 
 48. I didn't say so, I said he had 
 
 gone out. What mistake 
 is there about that ? 
 
 49. Did you say that? 
 
 50. Yes, I did. 
 
 51. You have done that wrong. 
 
 52. I don't care whether it is 
 
 wrong or not. 
 
 53. That was my fault. 
 
 51. You tell him; he won't pay 
 any heed to what I say. 
 
 55. I went to his house to ask 
 
 him about that business, 
 but he had gone out. 
 
 56. His people said they didn't 
 
 know what time he would 
 be back, so 1 didn't 
 wait. 
 
 57. Have you got it ready ? 
 
 58. It will be ready to-morrow. 
 
 59. That can't be done. 
 
 60. If you don't go I must. 
 
 61. He must say which he wants; 
 
 how can I know which to 
 give him if he doesn't 
 say? 
 
 62. Listen ! Who is that talking 
 
 outside ? 
 
 I not say that piece talk. I say 
 he forth go ed. This have 
 what fault. 
 
 You say ed that piece talk ? 
 
 Not wrong ; is I say ing. 
 
 That piece you make wrong ed. 
 
 WVong not wrong, I not care. 
 
 That is my fault. 
 
 You tell him ; he not listen my 
 
 talk. 
 I to his home in go ed ask him 
 
 that piece aft'air, he forth 
 
 door go ed. 
 He home in 'a man say they not 
 
 know he what time return 
 
 come, I then not wait him 
 
 ed. 
 You make complete ed not 
 
 have. 
 
 To-morrow then complete. 
 That piece do cannot. 
 You not go, I must go. 
 He must say he want which ; he 
 
 not say, I how can know 
 
 give him which. 
 
 You listen listen ; outside is whut 
 man speak talk. 
 
 48. tfj chV, go forth, go out, 
 issue. 
 
 48. 
 48. 
 
 a mistake, fault. 
 
 55. ^ chia 1 , family, home. 
 57. ffi te 2 , obtain, catch a com- 
 plaint. 
 
 m te 2 "(completed, that will 
 7 - J liao \ do. 
 60. ffi te ' 3 > must -
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 63. Don't on any account say 
 
 that I said so. 
 
 64. That is too dear; I won't 
 
 buy it. 
 
 65. This is much cheaper. 
 
 66. Which is the front and which 
 
 is the back? 
 
 67. I will walk in front, you walk 
 
 behind. 
 
 68. A few days ago he said he 
 
 wanted it, but afterwards 
 he wouldn't have it. 
 
 69. I am telling the truth, why 
 
 don't you believe me ? 
 
 70. I really cannot give you 
 
 that. 
 
 71. That is my affair, there is no 
 
 need foryou to look after it. 
 
 72. That must not (or cannot) be 
 
 done. 
 
 73. You know all about that; 
 
 there is no occasion for 
 me to tell you. 
 
 74. That's all right ; if you 
 
 remember who gave it you 
 you go and ask him when 
 he bought it. 
 
 Thousand ten thousand not want 
 
 say is I say ing. 
 That piece too dear ; I not buy. 
 
 This piece cheap much lo. 
 Which is before, which is after. 
 
 I at front walk, you at behind 
 
 walk. 
 Before several day he say he 
 
 want ed; afterwards he 
 
 not want. 
 I say ing is true talk ; you how 
 
 not believe. 
 I truly not can give you that 
 
 piece. 
 That is my affair ; you not use 
 
 look after. 
 That do must not. 
 
 That piece you all know ; no use 
 I tell you. 
 
 That all right ; you if remember 
 is what man give you ing, 
 you then go ask him is 
 what time buy ing. 
 
 Q ^ ch len 1 \ 
 
 *>>* 4 ( on no account. 
 
 ,'X, 1 , wan ) 
 
 64. jH kuei 4 , expensive, honour- 
 
 65. |P <ien2 ] cheap. t able ' 
 
 65. 8$ chien 4 , cheap, common. 
 
 66. |ff ch'ien 2 , before, front. 
 
 68. 1 afterwards. 
 
 69. jf shih 2 , true, sound. 
 
 70 - 1 >'? y- 
 
 71. $] yung 4 , use, employ. 
 
 72. 35 V* | cannot, must not.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 58 
 
 75. When the weather is as hot 
 
 as this what do you want 
 to wear so many clothes 
 for? 
 
 76. You call it hot ? It seems 
 
 to me to be cold. 
 
 77. Is the dinner ready? 
 
 78. It will soon be ready. 
 
 79. What's his name ? 
 
 80. Put the chair here. 
 
 81. Did you walk or come in a 
 
 carriage ? 
 
 82. He is disobedient. 
 
 Weather thus hot, yon wear 
 thus many clothes do 
 what. 
 
 You say hot ? I regard cold. 
 
 Food good ed ? 
 
 Quick good ed. 
 
 He name what. 
 
 Take hold chair put at here. 
 
 You is walk ed come ing, is sit 
 
 cart come ing. 
 He not listen talk. 
 
 75. ^ ch'i 4 , air, vapour, breath, 
 temper. 
 
 75- IS' [weather. 
 
 75. &jo,hot. 
 
 75. ch'aan 1 , to wear, put on. 
 
 75 - 
 
 
 '} 
 
 clothe8 - 
 
 76. $ leng 3 , cold. 
 
 78. -^ k'uai 4 , quick, sharp. 
 
 79. $ hsing 1 , surname, name. 
 
 80. 
 
 - 
 tzu 
 
 j- chair. 
 
 80. Jjgjko 1 , put, place. 
 
 81. $ ch'e 4 , carriage, cart. 
 f{ nin 2 , you sir. 
 
 hsien 1 , first, before. 
 hsien 1 before born ; a 
 
 polite form of 
 
 address. 
 
 , 
 
 hsien 1 ^ 
 
 > 
 
 sheng 1 J 
 
 There is one character in the foregoing list which deserves special 
 attention. ^ chiu 4 , is one of the most valuable words in the 
 spoken language, and its use is seldom out of place. Whenever a 
 word is wanted to help out a sentence that seems to require touching 
 up, throw in a chiu and you will generally be safe. It does duty, as 
 we have seen, for " then " and for " immediately "; for " all right " 
 and " only " when combined with j^, " is," and it often takes the 
 place of " so." It is also used on occasion to indicate the future 
 tense. Nothing, of course, but practice will enable the learner to 
 be certain when it can be employed, but it should never be lost
 
 54 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 eight of, for it can be liberally introduced as an adjunct which has no 
 special force, but gives a finish to the sentence. 
 
 The same, in a modified degree, may be said of "Sf, or pf ^, " but," 
 which should almost invariably be placed after the personal pronoun. 
 The Chinese say " I but," not " but I." 
 
 Note, again, that p^ ^, "time," when used in the sense of 
 "when," always takes $j before it, as ffc ?j (ft $$ /$| , "when I 
 came." When used as " when," it can never take the first place in a 
 sentence. 
 
 Caution should be exercised in the use of the personal pronoun 
 ffc' " y u -" This is only employed when addressing intimates or 
 inferiors, near relations of the same or of a younger generation, or by 
 parents to their children. To address a stranger as ni would not be 
 polite. The polite form of address is f<T nin 2 , or Jfjj $j, nin-na, and 
 this would be used even to the commonest person who was a stranger 
 when asking him, for instance, which was the road to a certain place. 
 We shall come directly to other forms of address to officials of minor 
 degree and so forth, but it might be mentioned here that persons who 
 have no official rank or title, such as tradesmen and the like, are 
 generally designated by the calling they follow. Thus, a man whose 
 name was Wang and whose calling was that of a carpenter would 
 be called Wang Mu-chiang, Carpenter Wang, the name always 
 preceding the title ; a shopkeeper would be called Wang Chang-kuei- 
 ti, " till-keeper " Wang, or, if he was a foreman, or something of that 
 sort, the title would be Lao-pan, " mate," or " old comrade/' ^ / 
 Hsien-shesng, "before born," or Lao-Hsien-sheng, "old before born," 
 can be applied to most people, but it belongs properly to the lettered 
 or teaching class who have no official status. There are many other 
 forms of address, such as Shih-fu, " craftsman," applied to skilled 
 mechanics, and, curiously enough, to cooks, but, to begin with, it 
 will be found a safe rule to address all but distinctly social inferiors 
 as nin or nin-na, " you, sir," and people to whom more consideration 
 is due as Hsien-sheng, " before born." 
 
 The observance of these little distinctions is important, for the 
 Chinese, as a people,, are most polite in their manners towards each 
 other, and the neglect of their conventionalities by foreigners, most 
 of whom are not aware of them, is a fertile source of contemptuous 
 dislike. Treat a Chinese with the conventional forms of politeness
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 55 
 
 to which he is accustomed from his own people, learn to bow as he 
 bows when accosting a stranger, and give him his proper title, and he 
 will treat you with the respect he seldom accords to the " barbarian " 
 who knows nothing of his language or of his customs. A know- 
 ledge of these courtesies is a valuable aid to success in con- 
 versation.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 VIII. 
 
 1. I forgot to go to his house 
 to inquire about that 
 business, as you told me 
 to do yesterday. 
 
 2 I also know he won't do. 
 
 3. Are you still here? Why 
 
 haven't you gone ? 
 
 4. Because he wouldn't let me 
 
 go ; he heard that I hadn't 
 had my dinner yet, and he 
 said I must have some- 
 thing to eat first. I am 
 going directly. 
 
 5. Where have you come from ? 
 
 6. I came from the country. 
 
 7. How far is it from here to 
 
 there ? 
 
 8. It's not far, not more than one 
 
 day's journey. 
 
 You yesterday order me to his 
 home in go inquire that 
 affair, I forgot ed, not go. 
 
 I also know he not suit. 
 
 You still is here ? You for what 
 not go. 
 
 Because he not call me go ; he 
 heard say I yet not eat 
 food ; he say I must before 
 eat rice. I just go. 
 
 You from where come. 
 
 I from country come. 
 
 From here to there have how 
 
 much road. 
 Not far; not exceed one day 's 
 
 way. 
 
 tso 2 
 
 1. P^. chiao 4 , call, cause, order. 
 1. fj* ta s , beat, from, by. 
 
 L SJ*ng< } make i^y- 
 
 1. fi* wang*, forget. 
 
 2. & yeh 3 , also. 
 
 3. jf hai 2 , yet, still, or; huan 2 , 
 3. ft wei*, for. [repay. 
 
 3. ^ shen 2 > for what, wliy. 
 gj mo 
 
 4. 
 
 n $$ hsiang 1 1 the country, ia 
 "f hsia* J the country. 
 
 7. gj tao 4 , to, to arrive, reach. 
 
 8. jf yiian 3 , far.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 57 
 
 9. Are you going there ? So am 
 I. Could you go with me? 
 
 10. Why of course I could. 
 
 What time are you 
 going ? 
 
 11. I want a little paper to put 
 
 on the top of this ; you 
 go and find me some. 
 
 12. Will this do? 
 
 13.- I am afraid it won't, it's too 
 small. 
 
 14. This will do I expect. 
 
 15. When you have finished it 
 
 tell me, and I will ask 
 him to write to your son 
 and tell him to come 
 and fetch it to-morrow. 
 
 16. I am late. 
 
 17. When will you go ? 
 
 18. At whatever time you like. 
 
 19. Those two things are not the 
 
 same size. 
 
 20. How are they not the same ? 
 
 They are both alike. 
 
 You to there go ? I also go ; you 
 
 with me go, suit not suit. 
 
 How not suit. You is what time 
 
 I want a little paper, put at this 
 above ; you go give me 
 seek a seek. 
 
 This piece suit not suit. 
 
 Fear not suit ; too small lo. 
 
 This piece suit lo pa. 
 
 You-sir do finished ed, tell me, I 
 then invite him give you- 
 sir 's son write one piece 
 (feng) letter call him to- 
 morrow come take. 
 
 I come late ed. 
 
 You what time go. 
 
 You like what time go, then 
 what time go. 
 
 That two piece thing 's big little 
 not same. 
 
 How not same ; all is one piece 
 kind. 
 
 9. |g] t'ung 2 , with, along with, 
 
 same. 
 
 11. K tien 3 , a dot, speck, point, 
 comma, to dot, point. 
 
 11. jj& chih 8 , paper. 
 
 1L 5J t^ 8 * } above > on to P of - 
 11. & chao 8 , look for. 
 13. ft p'a 4 , fear, expect. 
 
 14. H pa 4 , a final particle, ex- 
 
 pressing doubt, a com- 
 mand, an invitation. 
 
 15. ^ wan 2 , finish, end. 
 
 16. |ft wan 8 , late. 
 
 18. f ai*, to like, be fond of. 
 20. H* yang 4 , kind, fashion. 
 
 20. 1|[ [*?* | pattern, example. 
 
 20. 
 
 alike, the same.
 
 68 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 21. Just go and tell him that I 
 
 am busy now, and ask 
 him where he lives ; if I 
 am not busy to-morrow I 
 will go and see him. 
 
 22. Where does he live? I don't 
 
 know where he lives now. 
 
 23. I mean to get up early to- 
 
 morrow. You get up 
 early every day; please 
 call me. 
 
 24. If you don't want it, suppose 
 
 you give it to me. 
 
 25. Come here ; I have some- 
 
 thing to say to you. 
 
 26. What do you want to say ? 
 
 27. Never you mind; you just 
 
 come here. 
 
 28. He arrived yesterday evening ; 
 
 I have not seen him yet. 
 
 29. He was not here last year; he 
 
 won't come here this year 
 either; I expect he will 
 come the year after next if 
 he doesn't come next year. 
 
 You just go tell him I now have 
 affair, ask him at where 
 lire ; I if is to-morrow not 
 have affair I then go see 
 him. 
 
 He at where live. I not know 
 he now at where live. 
 
 I to-morrow want early get up. 
 You day day is get up ing 
 early, please you take me 
 call get up. 
 
 You not want, give me pa. 
 
 Come pa ; I have talk with you 
 
 say. 
 
 You want say what. 
 That you not use care ; you come, 
 
 all right. 
 He yesterday late mid-day come 
 
 ed ; I yet not see him. 
 Last year he not at here ; this 
 
 year he also not come ; he 
 
 next year not come, expect 
 
 he year after next want 
 
 come. 
 
 21. Jg, hsien 4 , now, ready. 
 
 2.". 
 
 21 . Q chu 4 , dwell, live, tight, fast. 
 
 23. ^L tsao 8 , early. 
 
 23. $g ch'i 3 , rise, get up. 
 
 ch'i 3 ) 
 
 I . 2 rget up, 
 
 commence. 
 
 25. ^p ho 2 , with, harmonious. 
 2 8 $J wan 3 "(evening, late 
 Hpij shang 3 j afternoon. 
 
 28 5fe wan3 I evening, late 
 
 _k shang 4 ) afternoon. 
 29. 4 nien 2 , year. 
 
 29. ^ chin 1 , now. 
 
 year. 
 
 29. ^ m A D _% Uextyear.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 30. I expect it will rain to-day. 
 
 31. That's too long; bring the 
 
 short one here. 
 
 32. He has grown a big lad in the 
 
 last few years. 
 
 33. Do you know the length of 
 
 that board ? 
 
 34. He can't be short of money. 
 
 35. I arn a few cash short ; you 
 
 might lend them to me. 
 
 36. How much money does he 
 
 owe you ? 
 
 37. I'll go and borrow a few cash 
 
 from him. 
 
 38. This ought to be done by 
 
 you. 
 
 39. He is ill and can't come. 
 
 40. What is the matter with him. 
 
 41. I don't know; all I know is 
 
 that when I went to see 
 him yesterday morning he 
 wasn't up, and his people 
 said that he was ill. 
 
 42. What is his name? 
 
 43. He is an official. 
 
 44. What post does he hold? 
 
 45. He looks after government 
 
 horses. 
 
 To-day expect want down rain. 
 That too long ; take hold short 
 
 one bring come. 
 This several year he grow big ed. 
 
 That board 's long short you 
 
 know not know. 
 He short cannot money. 
 I short some piece cash ; you lend 
 
 give me pa. 
 He owe you how much money. 
 
 I go from him borrow some piece' 
 
 cash. 
 This is you ought do ing affair. 
 
 He ill ed, not can come. 
 
 He have what ill. 
 
 I not know ; I only know I 
 yesterday early go see 
 him 's time he yet not get 
 up; he home in 's man 
 say he ill ed. 
 
 He name what. 
 
 He is do officer ing. 
 
 Do what officer. 
 
 He care official horse. 
 
 30. ~F hsia 4 , below, down. 
 
 30. flf yu 3 , rain. 
 
 31. J| ch'ang 2 , long; chang 3 , to 
 
 -' grow. 
 31. & tuan 3 , short. 
 
 33. ^ P anS iaboard. 
 -jr tzu J 
 
 35. jgf chieh 4 , borrow. 
 
 36. f kai 1 , owe, ought. 
 
 37. g-g ken 1 , with, from, to follow. 
 39. -Iff ping 4 , ill, illness. 
 
 43. *|f kuan 1 , official, officer. 
 45. $| ma 8 , horse.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 46. How much do you think he 
 
 gave me for doing that 
 business for him ? 
 
 47. I know that man ; he doesn't 
 
 like spending money; I 
 expect he didn't give you 
 much. 
 
 48. If I had known he was that 
 
 sort of man I wouldn't 
 have done it for him. 
 
 49. He will certainly come sooner 
 
 or later. 
 
 50. He never can make up his 
 
 mind. 
 
 51. You suggest something. 
 
 62. Walk a little quicker ; if you 
 walk as slowly as this I 
 expect we shan't get home 
 to-night. 
 
 53. I know what his idea was in 
 
 writing this letter. 
 
 54. If you want it you must ask 
 
 him; I can't give you 
 authority. 
 
 I give he manage that piece 
 affair you think he give 
 me how much money lai 
 cho. 
 
 I know that piece man ; he not 
 like spend money ; he 
 giving not much pa. 
 
 I if is know he is that fashion 
 one man, I then not give 
 him do. 
 
 He early late certainly want 
 come. 
 
 He ever not have decision. 
 
 You give me forth piece opinion. 
 Quick a little walk pa; you thus 
 
 slow walk, fear to-day 
 
 evening arrive cannot (pu 
 
 liao) home. 
 He write this piece (feng) letter 
 
 I know his motive. 
 You want, must ask him ; I not 
 
 can do master. 
 
 46. 
 
 3g hsiang 3 , think. 
 
 50. = 
 
 chu 8 , master. 
 
 46. 
 
 ^ff cho, the present participle ; 
 
 50. 3 
 
 g, i 4 , intention, idea. 
 
 49. 
 
 lai cho, sign of past tense. 
 iffl chun 3 , certainly, accurate, 
 
 50. \ 
 
 chu 8 ) purpose, plan of 
 |f i 4 j action. 
 
 49. 
 
 permit, sanction. 
 ^ ting 4 (see 68). 
 
 51. 1 
 } 
 
 ft chV ^ make a suggestion, 
 chu 8 > give an idea, de- 
 ^ i 4 J cide on a plan. 
 
 50. 
 
 ^ lao 3 , old, ever, always. 
 
 52. -1 
 
 j| man 4 , slow. 
 
 50. 
 
 ^ lao 3 ) never, -for a long 
 
 53 5 
 
 | i 4 \intention, idea, mean- 
 
 
 $ mei 2 J time. 
 
 53. , 
 
 g, ssu J ing, motive. 
 
 50. 
 
 ^ lao 'V never 
 
 K4. 1 
 
 ^ tso 4 \give a decision, as- 
 
 
 xfC pU 4 } 
 
 V i. 
 
 ^ chu 8 J sume authority.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 61 
 
 55. You needn't ask him what 
 
 the meaning of those 
 characters is. He can't 
 even read; how can he 
 tell you their meaning ? 
 
 56. Are you going alone, or are 
 
 you going with them ? 
 
 57. Were they asked too ? 
 
 58. Invited? Of course they 
 
 were. 
 
 59. Put the thing down. 
 
 60. Is there room to put it 
 
 there ? 
 
 61. There is room for it. 
 
 62. There is room for it. 
 
 63. Just reflect ; how can he 
 
 bring all those things 
 back with him? Tell 
 him to bring back half, 
 that will do. 
 
 64. Although you say so I still 
 
 don't believe it. 
 
 65. Why don't you believe ? 
 
 66. Because you never speak the 
 
 truth. 
 
 67. Why did his father beat him ? 
 
 You not use ask him that char- 
 acter have what meaning ; 
 even character still not 
 recognize, he how can tell 
 you character's meaning. 
 
 You is one piece man go, or is 
 with them go ? 
 
 Also invit ed them lo ? 
 
 Why yes invit ed ? 
 
 Take hold thing, place down. 
 
 Place succeed down, place not 
 down. 
 
 Place succeed down. 
 
 Place down ed. 
 
 You think one think ; he how 
 can take hold thus some 
 piece thing all carry return 
 come. You order him 
 hold one half, that's it. 
 
 You although is thus say, I yet 
 is not believe. 
 
 You why not believe. 
 
 Because you continuously (loo) 
 not say true talk. 
 
 He father why beat him. 
 
 55. j|i lien 2 , even, also, together 
 with, join. 
 
 55. fig jen 4 , to acknowledge, con- 
 fess. 
 
 jen 4 ) recognize, be ac- 
 te 2 j quainted with. 
 
 k'o 3 ^yes, isn't it? yes, 
 4 I that's so, why 
 I yes. A common 
 shih 4 ) affirmative. 
 
 63. ffi tai 4 to bring or carry with 
 
 one. 
 63. 32 pan 4 , half. 
 
 64. 
 
 8 Jan 2 
 67. 3 fu 4 , a father. 
 
 67. H ch'in', a relative, self.
 
 62 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 68. Because he is never at home. 
 
 The last time he was out 
 when his father called 
 him he said he would 
 certainly beat him the 
 next time. 
 
 69. What office does Mr. Hua 
 
 hold? 
 
 70. He has no office now. 
 
 71. Go and inquire if he is up, 
 
 and if he is ask him to 
 come over here. 
 
 72. He told me yesterday what 
 
 his name was, but I have 
 forgotten. 
 
 73. Ah ! I recollect, he said his 
 
 name was Ch'ang. 
 
 74. Have you begun that thing 
 
 yet? 
 
 75. Not yet, when do you want 
 
 it? 
 
 76. I want it now. 
 
 77. Will it do to-morrow? 
 
 78. It would be better if you 
 
 could do it after your 
 dinner. 
 
 79. When I have had my dinner 
 
 I'll come and do it. Will 
 that be all right ? 
 
 80. That will do. 
 
 Because he continuously not at 
 home. Upper turn he 
 father call him 's time he 
 not at home ; he father 
 say, lower turn he cer- 
 tainly will beat him. 
 i Hua lao yeh do what officer. 
 
 Now he not do officer. 
 
 You go inquire he get up ed not 
 
 have. He if is get up ed, 
 
 you then request him cross 
 
 come. 
 He yesterday tell me he name 
 
 what, I but forgot ed. 
 
 Ah ! I recollect ed ; he say he 
 
 name Ch'ang. 
 That thing you make begin not 
 
 have. 
 Yet not make; you what time 
 
 want. 
 
 I now want. 
 
 To-morrow, suit not suit. 
 You eat ed food then do, good. 
 
 I eat ed food then come do, good 
 not good. 
 
 Good. 
 
 r certain, certainly. 
 
 yeh 2 ,' father;- lao 8 yeh 2 , 
 mister. 
 
 73. [SJ a 1 , an exclamation, a final 
 particle. 
 
 68. 
 69. 
 
 *$ hsiane- 3 ~) -, 
 
 ^ta ^',-s C remember, recall 
 
 74 fi chi 
 
 commence to do, put 
 in hand.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 It will by this time have been discovered that there are certain 
 stock particles, or grammatical indicators, that govern the construc- 
 tion of a Chinese sentence. The mode of their use would be simple 
 enough to learn if it were invariable, but unfortunately it is not, 
 and there are so many ways of saying the same thing in Chinese 
 that it is difficult to lay down hard and fast rules. It is not advisable 
 for the student, at any rate in the earlier stages of his career, to go 
 deeply into the question of Chinese grammar ; he will pick up the 
 rules, such as they are, as he goes along, if he will keep his eye on 
 the English paraphrase that is placed opposite each sentence. A 
 Chinese grammar elaborated on foreign lines would confuse him 
 considerably at the outset, as the manner in which a sentence is 
 constructed varies with the context. At the same time the number 
 of characters on which the changes are rung is comparatively few, 
 and if they are borne in mind their value as grammatical indicators 
 will soon be appreciated. In the case of verbs, the following are th< j 
 most important : 
 
 T 
 
 liao 8 
 
 will 
 
 kuo* 
 
 Iai 2 -cho i'-ching 1 . . the past tense. 
 
 then 
 
 hereafter 
 
 M #& :* 
 
 ^SK fy\t TIT >T* 
 
 yao 4 chiu 4 chiang'-lai 1 . . the future. 
 
 huo* huo 4 -cho s hsii 3 yeh s -hsii 3 . . the subjunctive, 
 
 perhaps perhaps may or might also might 
 
 chiao 4 ai 2 pei 4 shou 4 . . indicators of passive verbs 
 
 cause suffer suffer receive, endure
 
 64 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 The mode of their use will be seen in the following illus- 
 trations : 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. 
 
 37 ta 8 , to beat. $jj kou 8 , a dog. 
 Indicative. Subjunctive. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 [ beat the dog. 
 
 ft ft m 
 
 I beat dog. 
 
 I may beat the dog. 
 
 to ft tr ft 
 
 I may beat dog 
 
 3fc ~oRi ^f Tgf 4rr jffet 
 IK J5C ^e dc ?J jflj 
 
 I perhaps will beat dog. 
 I may want beat dog. 
 
 ft f& ff tr 
 
 dog I may beat, 
 dog may beat. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 / beat the dog. 
 
 n tr T $i T 
 
 I beat ed dog lo. 
 
 f$ is $0 tr T 
 
 I take dog beat ed. 
 
 to tr ft # 
 
 I beat dog -lai cho. 
 (or, I was beating the dog). 
 
 I might beat (he dog. 
 
 I might beat dog. 
 
 n w IE ^j tr T 
 
 I might take dog beat ed. 
 I perhaps would beat dog. 
 
 dog I might beat.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 
 PERFECT. 
 
 I have beaten the dog. 
 
 ft fT ft ffi 
 
 I beat en dog. 
 
 #U ft fT T 
 
 dog I beat ed. 
 
 fr % w T 
 
 I 
 
 beat 
 
 en 
 
 dog 
 
 lo. 
 
 w 
 
 ft 
 
 fT 
 
 g 
 
 T 
 
 dog 
 
 I 
 
 beat 
 
 en 
 
 ed. 
 
 
 I had 
 
 beaten 
 
 7ie dogr. 
 
 PLur 
 
 $) 
 
 ffc 
 
 fT 
 
 2fc 
 
 ^ 
 
 dog 
 
 I 
 
 beat 
 
 lai 
 
 cho. 
 
 ^c 
 
 fr 
 
 T 
 
 fU 
 
 T 
 
 I 
 
 beat 
 
 ed 
 
 dog 
 
 lo. 
 
 fc 
 
 B&R? 
 rtoi 
 
 fT 
 
 T ^J 
 
 T 
 
 I already beat ed dog lo. 
 
 7 may Tiare beaten the dog 
 
 w ft & ft fr & 
 
 dog I also might beat en. 
 
 #Q ft 4ft, fl T 
 dog I perhaps also beat ed. 
 
 $i a & ft fr * * 
 
 dog I also might beat lai cho. 
 
 ft & M 1 fr 80 * * 
 
 I also might beat dog lai cho. 
 
 7 might have beaten the dog. 
 
 ft ft fr ^j ^ ^ 
 
 I might beat dog lai cho. 
 
 $ & ft fT #5 * ^ 
 
 I also might beat dog lai cho. 
 
 I perhaps also beat dog lai cho. 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 beat the dog. 
 
 ft 3 rr $j 
 
 I will beat dog. 
 
 a ifc s fr & 
 
 I then will beat dog. 
 
 ffc It fr ^u 
 
 I then beat dog. 
 
 tt s IE ^ fr T 
 
 1 then will take dog beat lo. 
 
 & JBF * s fr tm 
 
 I hereafter will beat dog. 
 
 7 shall have beaten the dog. 
 
 w ft a^ fr T 
 
 dog I already beat ed. 
 
 ft ft 3 ft fr T 
 
 dog I this then beat ed. 
 
 a a to as & fr T 
 
 I already then take dog beat ed. 
 
 ffc a s ^ fr T 
 
 I already take dog beat ed.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 CONDITIONAL. 
 
 I should beat the dog. 
 
 ft %L ft %9 
 
 I then beat dog. 
 
 ft Ifc 3 fT $J 
 
 I then will beat dog. 
 
 ^r* ^P^ _&* lO <V*V TJ J 
 
 I then will take dog beat ed. 
 
 I should have beaten the dog. 
 
 ft %$t ^T $3 
 
 I then beat dog. 
 I already then take dog beat ed. 
 dog I already beat ed. 
 I then take dog already beat ed. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 Beat the dog. 
 
 fr %* 
 
 beat dog. 
 
 *r %> fg 
 
 beat dog pa. 
 
 fE ffl ft" 7 
 take dog beat lo. 
 
 iP^ ffi ^J tT fig 
 
 we take dog beat pa. 
 
 3MP3 *T ^J fg 
 
 we beat dog pa. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 Present. To beat, ff 
 Perfect. To have beaten the dog. 
 
 tr 7 #u 
 
 beat ed dog. 
 
 tt ^ *r 7 
 
 take dog beat ed. 
 
 take dog beat en lo.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 67 
 
 Future. To be about to beat the dog. 
 
 tr m 
 
 want beat dog. 
 
 ft 3*j fr T 
 
 want take dog beat ed. 
 
 PARTICIPLE. 
 Beating the dog. 
 
 tr ft 
 
 beat dog. 
 
 tr m ft 
 
 beat ing dog.* 
 
 tr 
 
 beat 
 
 T 
 
 ed. 
 
 7 
 
 ed. 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 Indicative. Subjunctive. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 The do*] is beaten. The doy may be beaten. 
 
 dog may suffer beat, 
 dog perhaps will beat. 
 
 7 ft & 04- A tr 
 
 ed. dog may cause man beat. 
 
 m & "4 A^ tr 
 
 dog may cause person beat. 
 
 dog may suffer beat. 
 
 A^c tli ^fc :fcr ^{n 
 9j\. -JUi PI lJ 4RI 
 
 person also may beat dog. 
 
 dog 
 
 ft & tT 
 
 dog suffer beat 
 
 ft W A IT 
 
 dog cause man beat 
 
 ft ifc *T T 
 
 dog suffer beat ed. 
 
 ft % tr T 
 
 dog receive f beat ed. 
 
 * Rarely used in this connection, but in such a sentence as j& 
 down to read, or, sitting down to look, it would be quite correct. 
 t Rarely used with the verb to beat. 
 
 sitting
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 The dog was beaten. 
 
 ft] ft tT 7 
 
 dug suffer beat ed. 
 
 w A tr 7 
 
 dog suffer man beat ed. 
 
 $j Pt A tr 7 
 
 dog cause man beat ed. 
 
 3) & 7 tr 7 
 
 dog suffer ed beat ed. 
 
 The dog might be beaten. 
 
 H - ' HP '& ft 
 
 dog may suffer beat. 
 
 ^ &% s P4 A tr 
 
 dog perhaps will cause man beat. 
 
 m & t? P* A tr T 
 
 dog also may cause man beat ed. 
 
 person also may take dog beat ed. 
 
 m & if & tr 
 
 dog also may suffer beat. 
 
 ffl &:! tr ft 
 
 dog perhaps is want beat ing. 
 
 PERFECT. 
 
 T/ie <iogr has been beaten. 
 
 ffl & tr- 7 
 
 dog suffer beat ed. 
 
 tfe 7 tr 7 
 
 ; suffer ed beat lo 
 
 The dog may have been beaten. 
 
 A ft IT ffl ^ tT 7 
 
 person may take dog beat ed 
 
 m 4 ft 1: P* A tT 7 
 
 dog also may is cause man beat ed. 
 
 #U P* A tT 7 $J ^^ Ji HI 7 tT 7 
 
 dog cause man beat til. dog perhaps is suffer ed beat ed. 
 
 $i ifc tr 7 | fj ft & & n 7 
 
 dog suffer beat ed. | dog perhaps is suffer beat ed. 
 
 $JfA^tT7 ffl ft tT 7 
 
 dog suffer person beat ed. dog perhaps beat ed. 
 
 w & ft HI & tr 7 
 
 dog also perhaps suffer ed beat ed.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 69 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 The dog had "been beaten. 
 (As in the Perfect.) 
 
 The dog might have been beaten. 
 (As in the Perfect.) 
 
 FUTURE. 
 TJie dog will be beaten. 
 
 dog will suffer beat. 
 
 I* ft . tfe IT 1 
 
 dog will suffer beat ed. 
 dog then will suffer beat. 
 
 *fc ^ *r m 7 
 
 then will beat dog lo. 
 
 * IT fc 
 
 then beat dog. 
 
 dog hereafter will beat. 
 
 CONDITIONAL. 
 
 ^ would be beaten. 
 (As above.) 
 
 TAe dogr would have been beaten. 
 
 w tt ^ T tr T 
 
 dog then suffer ed beat ed. 
 
 9fc S P 4 A IT T 
 
 dog then will cause man beat ed. 
 
 *a it *fe_L tr T 
 
 dog then suffer beat ed.
 
 70 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 Let the dog be beaten. 
 
 ft M. A tT %> 
 
 then call man beat dog. 
 
 cause dog suffer beat. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 To be beaten. 
 
 suffer beat, suffer beat, suffer beat. 
 To have been beaten. 
 
 $ 7 fT 7 Ifc *T 7 ^ ?T 7 
 
 suffer ed beat ed, suffer beat ed, suffer beat ed. 
 To be about to be beaten. 
 
 K te *r T s fr 
 
 want suffer beat ed, want suffer beat. 
 
 PARTICIPLE. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Beaten. 
 
 
 
 
 tr 
 
 beat 
 
 T 
 ed, 
 
 tt 
 
 suffer 
 
 tr 
 
 beat 
 
 T 
 ed, 
 
 $ ft 
 
 suffer beat 
 
 T 
 ed, 
 
 ft tr 
 
 suffer beat 
 
 7 
 ed. 
 
 One or other of the above forms, if correctly applied, will suffice to 
 reproduce any mood or tense of the verb that is likely to present 
 itself. If the student will keep these in mind, and will take note of 
 the few hints that follow, he need not trouble himself for some time 
 to come with the intricacies of Chinese grammar. 
 
 Note that the pronoun " it " is very seldom used. We could say, 
 }E 4tfe ^ 2fc. "bring it here," but in ninety-nine cases out of a 
 hundred |p 3$$ would, be sufficient. 
 
 The conjunction "and" is not often required. In the sentence 
 " you and I are invited," the Chinese would commonly say, ffc ^ %$ 
 t T> "you I all invited."
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 The equivalent for "and," when it is used, is [gj, t'ung 2 , "with"; 
 ij|, lien 2 , " together with " ; or, as above, ;g|J, " all " or " both." 
 
 Degrees of comparison are worked with one or other of the follow- 
 ing characters : 
 
 Lt> ^ Hf & TW -.SJtJlfc HS 
 
 fit 3* X, EX. J.R ifcw *-3 7*S 
 
 pi 3 , to 1 , keng 1 , tsui', ting 3 , i 1 tien 1 , hsieh 1 , ch'iang 2 . 
 compare, many, more, most, utmost, a little, some, superior. 
 
 i f@ Jfc Ufc fB F This is better than that. 
 
 ?S \n Jt M> flU (3S .. This is better than that. 
 
 jS. \n F ^ T This is much better. 
 
 iS i@ 3l #? This is better still. 
 
 *! fi H ? This is the best. 
 
 j3 f JI ? This is best of all (or, very good). 
 
 oa i@ #? Hfi This is a little better. 
 
 5l fB * This is a little better. 
 
 The preposition "to" is expressed by $1, ho', or han 4 , "with," 
 or f J, tui 4 , " to." 
 
 fill ^D f5 |^ ^S ^ . . . He spoke to me about it. 
 
 ?& ft 4fe l& 7 & ^ Did you speak to him about it? 
 
 The preposition " with " is expressed by gg, ken 1 , or [gj, t'ung 2 . 
 
 f*i> EB ^ ^ You come with me. 
 ? PJ ftfe ^ I will go with him. 
 
 " For " is represented by fife, kei 3 , ^, t'i 4 , or ft, tai 4 . 
 
 f$fjf)%4ifc*>I will do it for you. 
 
 fft $ 3$ 1$ You say it for (on behalf of) me. 
 
 gfj, ti, often forms the adverbial termination " ly," but in a large 
 number of cases where "ly" is compulsory in English it is un- 
 necessary in Chinese. For instance, in the sentences, "the boy 
 writes nicely," $( ^ ^ $J jff (boy write ing nice), "he speaks 
 distinctly," ^ |& 6^ fi| ^ (he speak ing distinct), the Chinese 
 would, like an uneducated English person, drop the " ly." But, "do 
 it carefully/' would be expressed by $ $f ftfy f|j^.
 
 72 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 IX. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 2. 
 
 There is a small matter in 
 which I want to ask your 
 assistance. I know you are 
 a very busy man, and I did 
 not like troubling you, but 
 there is really no help for 
 it because, excepting your- 
 self, there is no one who is 
 able to manage it for me. 
 
 That's nothing. Although I 
 am busy I would always 
 make time to lend you a 
 hand. We are old friends, 
 and you have helped me 
 often enough. I am only 
 too pleased to take a little 
 trouble for you. 
 
 Have one piece (chien) small affair 
 want invite you Sir mutual 
 help. You Sir is piece very 
 busy one man I is knowing, 
 originally not want trouble 
 you Sir, I but really not 
 have remedy, because ex- 
 cept ed you Sir, not have 
 man can give me manage. 
 
 That not (mei) what. I although 
 busy, always want divide a 
 little leisure give you Sir 
 help a hurry. We are old 
 friends, you Sir help ed me 
 how many turn, I too pleased 
 give you Sir put forth (ch'u) 
 a little strength. 
 
 fa chien*, a numerative of 
 things, matters, &c. 
 
 ^g hsiang 1 , mutual, recipro- 
 cal, like. 
 
 ^ pang 1 , help, assist. 
 
 jj^ hsiang 1 \ render assist- 
 
 ^ pang' J ance. 
 
 ft mang 2 , haste, hurry, busy. 
 
 ; peV, root, origin, in fact. 
 
 ^C pen 8 1 originally, as a 
 
 2} lai 2 j matter of fact. 
 
 ^ lao 2 , toil, trouble. 
 
 f|jj tung 4 , move, touch. 
 
 ^ lao 2 \ give trouble to, 
 
 jjjjj tung* J put to trouble. 
 
 fa 3 , a way, system, law, 
 
 fa 2 ) method, way, reme- 
 
 -f- tzu j dy. 
 
 p ch'u 3 ^excepting, taking 
 
 j liao j out, deducting. 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 2. 
 
 2. 
 
 ! pan*, deal with, manage, 
 
 arrange, transact. 
 , tsung 3 , all, the whole, 
 
 general, always. 
 
 yiin 2 , divide, parcel out, 
 
 set aside. 
 
 k'ung 1 , empty. 
 
 friend. 
 
 lo 4 , joy, pleasure, delight, 
 to laugh ; yiieh 4 , music. 
 
 2. ft t 
 
 M ti . 
 
 2. -ft li*, strength, force. 
 
 o pleased, glad 
 t0 get the chance "
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 3. Whom were you talking to 
 
 just DOW? That was an 
 official ; he was the man 
 who went to England last 
 year; don't you remem- 
 ber ? You saw him at my 
 house. 
 
 4. To be sure; directly you men- 
 
 tioned it I remembered. 
 Immediately I saw him it 
 seemed to me as if I knew 
 him, but for the moment 
 I had forgotten where it 
 was that I saw him. 
 
 5. How much did he give you 
 
 for doing that piece of 
 business for him ? 
 
 6. If any one else were to ask 
 
 me that question I cer- 
 tainly should not tell him, 
 but as you recommended 
 me to him I will tell you. 
 Only don't tell any one 
 else. 
 
 You sir, just now with who speak 
 talk. That is piece do 
 officer one, just (chiu 4 ) is 
 go year to England go ing 
 that piece man, you Sir not 
 remember ? At I home in 
 see ed (kuo) one. 
 
 N"ot wrong. You Sir one men- 
 tion, I then think begin 
 ed. I one see him I good 
 resemble see ed (kuo) ; one 
 time, but forget ed at 
 where see ed (kuo liaci). 
 
 You give him arrange that piece 
 affair he give you how 
 much money lai cho. 
 
 If is another man ask me I cer- 
 tainly not tell ; you since 
 take me recommend give 
 bim, I then tell you. You 
 but don't tell another man. 
 
 3. pjij kang 1 , just, just now. 
 3. Hj ts'ai 2 , then, just now. 
 
 3. ft shui 2 , who. 
 
 3. [lH kuo 2 , a country. 
 
 4. $| t'i 2 , suggest, mention, pick 
 up. 
 
 t'i' 1 
 4. jgl ch'i 3 > mention. 
 
 Zfclai 2 J 
 
 4. /gfc hsiang 4 , like, an image, 
 picture, photograph. 
 
 ^ jf? hao :i ) seemed to; seem- 
 jjjfr hsiang* ) ingly. 
 
 6. JglJ pieh 2 , do not, other, an- 
 other. 
 
 6, |5fc chi 4 , since. 
 
 6. Jf chien 4 , introduce, recom- 
 mend. 
 
 J| chien* ) introduce to, re- 
 ' - 8 
 
 commend to.
 
 71 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 7. When his father was alive he 
 
 used often to do work for 
 me, but he started a small 
 business after his father 
 died and he doesn't do 
 carpenter'^ work now. 
 
 8. What o'clock is it ? By that 
 
 clock it is half past three, 
 but it is slow. I'll go and 
 fetch my watch from my 
 bedroom. I know that's 
 right, as I compared it 
 with the church clock 
 this morning. 
 
 He father exist (tsai) ing time he 
 often give me do work. 
 He father die ed, he then 
 open ed piece small buy- 
 sell ; now not act as (tang) 
 carpenter lo. 
 
 Now how many (chi) dot bell. 
 According to that piece 
 clock is three dot half bell, 
 that piece clock but slow 
 lo. Wait I to recline 
 room in go take my watch 
 bring come. I know that 
 piece correct lo, because I 
 to day early with church 's 
 clock compare ed one com- 
 pare (tui). 
 
 7. % 
 
 ' 
 
 7 f$ 
 L fg 
 
 7. 
 
 tsai 4 , exist, consist in (p. 
 
 37). 
 
 ch'ang 2 , constantly, often. 
 
 huo 2 , alive, a livelihood, 
 
 work. 
 
 ssu 3 , dead, to die. 
 
 huo 2 
 
 cho 
 
 tso * ) to work, to gain a 
 
 huo 2 ] livelihood. 
 
 tang 1 , act as, serve as, 
 
 ought, at the time, when. 
 
 a carpenter; 
 
 n chi 8 ) 
 
 8. $h tien 8 > what o'clock ? 
 fg chung 1 ) 
 
 chung 1 , a bell, clock. 
 
 8. g^ Q J according to. 
 
 8. g)^ wo 4 , to lie down, recline. 
 8. Jf fang 2 , a house, room. 
 
 8. ^ piao 3 , a watch. 
 
 8. ip chun 3 , correct, to permit. 
 
 8- jjlfi li 3 , ceremony, courtesy. 
 8. ^f pai 4 , to worship, visit. 
 
 g j$| li 3 7 Sunday, the days of 
 ^ pai 4 3 the week, worship. 
 
 8. ^ t f ang 2 , a hall, a large room. 
 H H 3 
 
 par 
 
 a church. 
 
 8. 
 
 t'ang ; j 
 
 tui 4 , to compare, correct, 
 
 opposite, a pair.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 75 
 
 9. This is not as large as that. 
 There's very little differ- 
 ence between them. 
 
 10. The night was so dark that I 
 
 couldn't even seethe road, 
 and I very nearly fell into 
 the river. 
 
 11. You cannot put as large a 
 
 table as this into that 
 small room. 
 
 12. That being the case, you can 
 
 manage the thing as you 
 like. You need not con- 
 sult your friend. 
 
 13. I shall certainly arrive at a 
 
 quarter to five. If by any 
 chance I am delayed from 
 any cause I will send a 
 man with a message to 
 you. 
 
 This piece not have that piece 
 great. Two piece differ 
 not much. 
 
 Heaven black ing, even road all 
 look (ch'iao) not see ed. 
 Differ a little, not fall at 
 river in. 
 
 Thus (che-mo) large 's table, thus 
 (na-mo) small 's room place 
 not down. 
 
 Since is thus, you like how man- 
 age then how manage. 
 No use with your friend 
 consult. 
 
 I four dot bell three quarter posi- 
 tive come. Ten thousand 
 one, have what business 
 take me delay ed, I then 
 despatch une piece man give 
 you send piece message. 
 
 9. 3H ch'a', to differ, error, mis- 
 take. 
 
 IH ch'a 1 ~| 
 9. ^ pu 4 > nearly, almost. 
 
 to 1 J 
 
 10. H hei', black, dark. 
 10. Bit ch'iao 2 , look, look at, see. 
 in Bt ch'iao 2 
 1U - j| chien 4 
 10. ^ tiao 4 , to fall. 
 
 & tiao 4 ) 
 10. "j*" hsia 4 > to fall from above, 
 
 ^lai 2 ) 
 
 ^tiao 4 ) 
 10. f hsia 4 [to fall down below. 
 
 ^ ch'ii 4 ) 
 10. fpj ho 2 , a river. 
 
 U.W^'}.UbU 
 
 11. 
 
 ', t 
 tzu ) 
 
 a room. 
 
 12. ]gj shang 1 , to consult, a 
 merchant. 
 
 12. j| liang 2 , to measure, esti- 
 mate. 
 _ discuss, consider 
 
 12. " 
 
 13. J|lJ k'o 4 , a quarter of an hour, 
 to carve. 
 
 13. 5 j^ an f *f ^7 anv chance. 
 13. ^ ^ ] to delay, hinder. 
 
 13. ^ fa 1 , to put forth, break out. 
 ID tT t ft3 1 send, despatch on an 
 L6 ' % fa 1 > errand. 
 13. ^ sung 4 , give, send, escort.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 14. My finger is dreadfully pain- 
 
 ful. I gave it a knock 
 last night, and it pained 
 me so all night that I 
 could not get to sleep. 
 
 15. What are you pointing at ? 
 
 16. Don't buy that bottle; it's 
 
 got a flaw in it. A small 
 flaw like that doesn't mat- 
 ter. Just see how beau- 
 tifully those flowers are 
 drawn, and the colours are 
 very good. A jar like 
 that, although it has a 
 flaw in it, is worth a great 
 deal more than he asks 
 for it. 
 
 I finger pain ing dreadful. Yes- 
 terday evening I knock ed 
 one time (i hsia'rh), pain 
 ingl, one night sleep (shui) 
 not succeed (chao) lo. 
 
 You point what. 
 
 Don't buy that piece bottle ; have 
 flaw. Like that piece 
 fashion 's flaw not import- 
 ant. You look (cli'iao) 
 that flower draw ing many 
 as (to mo) good look (k'an). 
 Colour also good. Like 
 that fashion one jar, 
 although have flaw, also 
 compare he want ing that 
 piece price worth many lo. 
 
 14. 
 
 14. ^ 
 14. flj 
 
 14 ^ 
 
 14. g 
 14-. |ffi 
 
 14. 7- 
 
 14. ^ 
 
 u. m 
 
 14 
 
 chili 3 , point at, point out, 
 indicate. 
 
 t'eng 2 , sore, painful, to be 
 
 deeply attached to. 
 
 li 4 , gain, profit, interest, 
 
 acute. 
 
 hai 4 , to injure, injury. 
 
 li 4 ] dreadful, terrible, 
 
 hai 4 5 dangerous, severe. 
 
 p'eng 4 , to hit, knock, 
 
 bump against. 
 
 blow, a turn, a 
 time. 
 
 yeh 4 , night. 
 
 shui 4 , to sleep. 
 
 shui 4 | to go to bed, to go 
 
 chiao 4 5 to sleep, sleeping. 
 
 shui 4 ) to be asleep, to go 
 
 chao 2 > off to sleep. 
 
 16. 
 16. 
 16. 
 16. 
 
 16. 
 
 16. 
 16. 
 16. 
 
 16. 
 16. 
 
 16. 
 
 16 
 
 a bottle, a vase. 
 
 mao 2 , a hair, fur. 
 inao 2 ) a flaw, a fault, a de- 
 ping 4 ) feet in character. 
 chin*, tight, pressing, 
 close. 
 
 'fa hua 1 ) a flower, flowers ; 
 fj 'rh ) hua', to 
 
 hua 4 , to draw, paint, 
 hua 4 ) a picture, a paint- 
 'rh ) ing. 
 
 Jfc pi s , to compare, compared 
 with. 
 
 price, cost. 
 chih 8 , to be worth.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 77 
 
 We two are friends of long 
 standing. When he lived 
 in the Capital we used to 
 see each other constantly. 
 The year before last he 
 went to live in the coun- 
 try some fifty or more 
 li from here, and now we 
 don't often meet. I pro- 
 pose to go and see him 
 next spring and to bring 
 him back with me in the 
 summer. When autumn 
 comes, I shall see. If he 
 won't spend the winter 
 with me here, I shall go 
 back with him. I won't 
 be separated from him 
 again. 
 
 We two piece man have many 
 year's friendship. He at 
 Capital city live ing time 
 we is constantly see face 
 ing. Before year he to 
 country go live, distant 
 from here have fifty more 
 li ; now we not great con- 
 stantly meet. I next year 
 spring day propose go 
 see him, summer day take 
 (pa) him bring (tai) re- 
 turn come. Arrive ed 
 autumn day, see (ch'iao). 
 He if not at I here pass 
 winter, I then with (t'ung) 
 him together return go. 
 I again not separate from 
 him. 
 
 chiao 1 , to deliver, hand 
 over to, interchange. 
 
 ching 1 , a metropolis. 
 
 ch'eng 2 , a walled city or 
 town, the wall of a city. 
 
 17. jg 
 17. {jjt 
 
 $| 
 17. 
 
 mien 4 , face, surface. 
 
 li 2 , to separate from, apart 
 from, distant from. 
 
 li 3 to be apart, keep 
 apart, separate 
 from, leave. 
 
 i 3 1 
 V 
 
 'ai 1 ) 
 
 17. J| li 3 , a Chinese mile; twenty 
 Chinese // equal seven 
 English miles 
 
 17. ffi suan*, to count, reckon. 
 
 , _ f7 ta 3 ) to propose, calcu- 
 j|[ suan 4 ) late. 
 
 late. 
 
 
 
 } 
 
 17. .f| tsai 4 , again, a second time.
 
 78 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 18. If you have any dealings with 
 
 that man I advise you to 
 be a little cautious. Out- 
 wardly he is very friendly, 
 but at heart he is dan- 
 gerous. I've run foul of 
 him so I know his dis- 
 position. 
 
 19. Is that a quiet horse? If 
 
 you ride him constantly 
 and keep him short of 
 corn, any one can ride him, 
 but if you give him too 
 much corn, or keep him 
 in the stable for two or 
 three days without riding 
 him, he will show temper. 
 
 You if with that piece man have 
 what affair, I advise you 
 retain a little heart. Out 
 face very harmonious, 
 heart in but dangerous 
 (li hai). I bump e.l (kuo) 
 his nail, therefore I know 
 his disposition. 
 
 That piece horse quiet not quiet. 
 You if constantly ride 
 him, few feed him grain, 
 what man all can ride. 
 You if many feed him 
 corn, or two three day 
 put at stable in. not ride, 
 he then will show temper. 
 
 18. 
 18. 
 18. 
 18 
 
 i o 
 
 H|| ch'iian 4 , advise, urge, re- 
 commend, exhort. 
 JU liu' 2 , retain, detain, keep. 
 jg liu 2 I keep back, retain, 
 > detain, a remain- 
 f hsia 4 j der. 
 fo hsin 1 , the heart, 
 g liu 2 | pay attention, take 
 > hsin' ) care. 
 jr\. wai 4 ) outwardly, the 
 H] mien 4 j outer surface. 
 |P ho 2 ) friendly, harmoni- 
 i& ch'i 4 j ous, affable. 
 
 to get a rap over 
 the knuckles, 
 get bitten, have 
 an unpleasant 
 tzu J experience. 
 18. j^jt i 3 , according to, take, use. 
 jg 0f so 3 7 therefore ; so 3 , that 
 ' J01 i 1 3 which, place. 
 
 1 1 ,j I ( .1 -\ 
 
 18. g ^<^ j temper, disposition. 
 
 19. 
 
 19. 
 19. 
 
 19. 
 
 19. ft 
 
 19. ^ 
 
 19. I 
 
 19. H 
 
 ^ lao 3 i quiet, steady, hon- 
 es t, simple- 
 
 ^ shih 2 ) minded. 
 
 ^ ch'i 2 , to ride. 
 
 H| wei 4 , to feed an animal, 
 to feed an infant or in- 
 valid. 
 
 |H liang 2 ) grain, corn, fodder, 
 "feed"; shih 2 , 
 
 J shih 2 ) food, eat. 
 hao 4 , mark, label, style. 
 huo 4 , either, or. 
 
 chiian 4 , a coop, pen, en- 
 circle ; ch'iian 1 , a circle. 
 
 iq Jima 3 
 iy ' g chiian 4 
 19. 
 
 a stable. 
 
 nao 4 , to make a disturb- 
 ance, scold, make a noise, 
 show temper. 
 
 [ID nao 4 1 to show temper, 
 19. J]|i p'i 2 > get nasty, be^dis- 
 
 M ch'i 4 J agreeable.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 79 
 
 20. If the weather is fine on 
 
 Saturday next I propose 
 to take the forenoon train 
 to Peking, spend the 
 Sunday there, and come 
 back on Monday after- 
 noon. 
 
 21 . Where are you going to stop in 
 
 Peking ? I have a relative 
 there. I wrote to him 
 yesterday to ask him if 
 he has a room disengaged. 
 If he has room I shall stay 
 at his house, but if he has 
 not, the only thing I can 
 do, I suppose, is to stop 
 at the hotel. 
 
 22. Is there any news in this 
 
 morning's paper ? There 
 is no particular news. 
 
 Below Sunday six, weather if 
 good lo, I propose sit 
 upper half day's fire 
 carriage to North Capital 
 go. At there pass Sunday; 
 Sunday one, lower half 
 day, return come. 
 
 At Peking what place live. I 
 there have relative. I 
 yesterday give him write 
 ed one piece (feng) letter 
 ask him have disengaged 
 room not have. He if 
 have place, I then at his 
 house live. He if not 
 have place, only good at 
 stranger inn in live pa. 
 
 To-day early 's new hear paper 
 have new hear not have. 
 Not have what new hear. 
 
 20. ^ huo 3 , fire. 
 
 20. ^ k'A* ( ra ^ wa y 
 20. ^t pei :i , north. 
 
 21. ftjj ti 4 , ground, land, the 
 earth. 
 
 21. ^f fang 1 , square. 
 
 91 H ch'in 1 ) a relative, rela- 
 
 u JE& ch'i* ) tives. 
 21. fig hsien 5 , unoccupied, at 
 
 leisure, vacant. 
 21. , chin 3 , only. 
 
 01 |3 chih 3 ) the only thing to 
 2L ' 
 
 22. 
 
 hao 3 
 
 do. 
 
 21. k'o 4 , guest, stranger, 
 visitor. 
 
 21. r^ tien 4 , inn, hotel. 
 
 22. $f hsin 1 , new. 
 
 22. fjfl wen 2 , to hear, to smell. 
 
 bsin 1 \ 
 wen 2 > 
 chih'j 
 
 wen >a newspaper.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 23. What is the market rate of I 
 
 silver to-day? I have 
 not yet heard, but I am 
 passing the Bank this 
 afternoon and 1 will go in 
 and inquire. 
 
 24. If you are going to the Bank 
 
 may I trouble you to 
 change this Bank note for 
 me? 
 
 25. What kind of money do you 
 
 want ? Taels or dollars ? 
 
 26. What is the most convenient 
 form of money to use 
 here? 
 
 To-day silver what market rate. 
 I yet not hear say. After 
 half day I by (to) silver 
 establishment pass. I 
 then enter go inquire 
 inquire. 
 
 You Sir if is to Bank go, trouble 
 you Sir's chariot, take this 
 silver note give me change 
 cash. 
 
 You Sir want what kind one 
 money. Is want silver, 
 is want foreign (ocean) 
 money. 
 
 At here employ what kind one 
 money convenient. 
 
 23. fa hang 2 , a mercantile estab- 
 lishment, house of busi- 
 ness. 
 
 23. fa hang 2 , another form of the 
 foregoing. 
 
 23. TfJ shih 4 , a market. 
 
 the market rate. 
 
 23. 
 
 23 - y 
 fa hang* 
 
 23 jfi chin 4 , to advance, enter. 
 
 i jjt chin 4 ) to come in, come 
 *' ^ lai 2 ) in. 
 
 24. 
 24. 
 
 24. 
 
 24. 
 
 25. 
 
 25. 
 
 26. 
 26. 
 
 lao 2 1 (trouble chariot) ; 
 V may I trouble 
 chia 4 j you ? thank you. 
 Iman 4 , to change, ex- 
 change. 
 
 p'iao 4 ) a ticket, a bank 
 tzii ) note. 
 
 >2 "'a bank note for 
 
 yin 1 
 
 p'iao 4 
 
 silver. 
 
 yang 2 , the ocean, foreign. 
 k'uai 4 , a bit, a piece. 
 
 ch'ien 2 
 
 shih 8 , to use, employ. 
 
 cause. 
 
 pieu 4 , convenient, handy
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 81 
 
 27. Dollars of course are the 
 
 most convenient. For 
 buying odds and ends at 
 the shops people always 
 use dollars. Silver is 
 mostly used for business 
 transactions of a large 
 kind. 
 
 28. We are going for a two or 
 
 three days' trip into the 
 country the day after 
 to-morrow, and we want 
 to take some eatables 
 with us. Tell the cook 
 to get some provisions 
 ready. 
 
 -What sort of provisions 
 do you want, Sir ? 
 
 29. Tell Mm to boil a chicken or 
 
 two, to roast a piece of 
 beef and to make four 
 or five bottles of soup. 
 We shall also want some 
 
 Of course is foreign money con- 
 venient. At shop in buy 
 odds and ends thing, 
 people all is use foreign 
 money. Silver, great half 
 is do large buy sell use 
 ing. 
 
 We after day to country go 
 ramble two three day, 
 want carry some eat ing. 
 Order cook prepare several 
 kind food (vegetables). 
 
 You Sir, want what kind 's 
 food. 
 
 Order him boil one two piece 
 little chicken, roast one 
 bit ox meat, make four 
 five bottle soup. We also 
 want eggs, some (chi) kind 
 
 27. g tzu 4 , self, from. 
 
 1 
 28. ' 
 
 ^ ch'u 2 7 
 5 4. - fa cook. 
 
 Or7 fj tzu ) /. 
 ^'- 1^ ,-0^2 ( i course. 
 
 3 
 
 J- tzu ) 
 
 yg -4 -\ 
 
 8S jan J 
 
 28. ; 
 
 | pei 1 j to P re P are - 
 
 27. M r spontaneous. 
 
 28. I 
 
 !g t'sai 4 , vegetables, food 
 
 27. $j{j p'u 4 , shop (see 39). 
 27. ft sui 4 , bits, fragments. 
 27 ^ ling 2 ) fragmentary, odds 
 ' # sui 4 ) and ends. 
 
 29. i 
 29. \ 
 
 generally. 
 | chu 3 , to boil, 
 h hsiao 3 J a chicken, a fowl ; 
 i chi 1 chi tzu 8 erh, 
 P tzu ; ep~0'^ 
 
 27 A Jen' 2 7 people, one, some 
 ^ chia 4 ) people. 
 
 29. jt 
 
 29. i 
 
 J y cg^s. 
 
 f k'ao 3 , to roast. 
 [^ niu^, an ox, cow. 
 
 28. %* kuang 4 , to ramble, sight- 
 
 29. E 
 
 jou 4 , flesh, meat. 
 
 see. 
 
 29. | 
 
 | fang 1 , soup, broth, gravy 
 
 
 G
 
 82 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 
 eggs, an assortment of 
 
 cakes, what one. Still 
 
 
 cakes, and so forth. Then 
 
 have tea leaf, sugar, salt ; 
 
 
 there's tea, sugar and 
 
 these piece all must pre- 
 
 
 palt; these must all be 
 
 pare. Order him take 
 
 
 got ready. Tell him to 
 
 paper wrap up parcel. 
 
 
 wrap them up in paper 
 
 We also want one piece 
 
 
 packets. We shall also 
 
 tea pot, open water 'B open 
 
 
 want a tea-pot, a kettle 
 
 water pot, tea cup, saucer, 
 
 
 for boiling water, tea cups, 
 
 soup bowl, plate, knii'e, 
 
 
 saucers, soup bowls, plates, 
 
 fork, spoon. Still have that 
 
 
 knives, forks and spoons. 
 
 cow milk ; don't let (chiao) 
 
 
 Don't let him forget the 
 
 him forget ed. We 
 
 
 milk either. We don't 
 
 not want fresh (hsien) 
 
 
 want fresh milk, as I am 
 
 milk, fear arrive ed num- 
 
 
 afraid it would be bad by 
 
 ber two day then spoil ed. 
 
 
 the second day. He had 
 
 Still is buy that iron box 
 
 
 better buy foreign milk. 
 
 in pour ing that out 
 
 
 The kind that is kept in 
 
 country (wai kun) milk 
 
 
 tins is the best. 
 
 good. 
 
 29. 
 
 & tien* ) pudding, confec- | 2q $| tieh 2 ) 
 [ tionery, light re- **' ^ tzu 3 
 
 
 > hsin 1 ) freshment. 
 
 $1 P' aQ2 1 
 
 
 S 8hSn> ? and what not, &c., 
 
 :f tzu. 3 a P ' 
 
 29. 
 
 p m C and so iurih. 
 
 29. 2J * ! | a knife. 
 
 29. 
 
 ^ ch'a 5 , tea. 
 
 ^ chV I 
 
 29. 
 
 3! M f ^ ea l eaves - 
 
 29 ' ^ tzu 3 a f rk< 
 
 29. 
 
 $ y e . [a leaf, leaves. 
 -f- tzu 3 
 
 29 'f tzu lh "] aS P n - 
 
 29. 
 
 $f fang 2 , sugar. 
 
 29. f L niu 3 2 1 milk, cow's milk. 
 
 29. 
 
 KB yen , salt. 
 
 ffi nar 3 
 
 
 T ^ 
 
 29. j^ hsien 1 , fresh, new. 
 
 29. 
 
 . Pf^ t. to wrap up. 
 t sbang 4 3 
 
 'fcl nio 1 ) 
 
 29. ^ | 1Uail | spoilt, destroyed. 
 
 29. 
 
 g 1 "i r a parcel, bundle. 
 
 j lino ) 
 29. ^ t'ieh s , iron. 
 
 29. 
 
 ^ liu 2 , a pot. 
 
 on 1a n 2 1 a ^ ox w ^h a cover 
 
 29. 
 
 7X shui :i , water. 
 
 ^f tzu 3 that is not hinged. 
 
 39. 
 
 I'M k''ii ) 
 5 , ., f boilins water. 
 7JC shui 3 3 
 
 29. f|| kuau 4 , to till with water, 
 to pour fluid into, to force 
 
 29. 
 
 $jj wan s , a bowl. 
 
 fluid into.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 30. In hot weather like this, Sir, 
 
 I should not take many 
 eatables, for what you 
 don't finish on the first 
 day will be bad on the 
 second. It would be 
 better to buy things as you 
 want them along the road. 
 
 31. I am thirsty. Bring me 
 
 some soda water. Will 
 you drink it plain, Sir, or 
 mixed with wine? If 
 there is any red wine I'll 
 mix a little with it. 
 
 32. Bring me my tobacco 
 
 pouch and my pipe. I 
 want some matches too. 
 
 33. This tea is very weak ; where 
 
 was it bought ? It wasn't 
 bought ; Mr. Shih sent it 
 to you as a present, and 
 asked you to try it and 
 see if you like it. 
 
 Weather thus hot, mister (lao 
 yeh) few carry eat ing 
 good. Top one day not eat 
 finish ed one, number two 
 day then spoiled. Still is 
 road on according want 
 according buy, good. 
 
 I thirsty ed. Give me bring air 
 water come. Mister is 
 single drink, or is mix 
 wine drink. If is have 
 red wine I then mix a 
 little. 
 
 Take my tobacco pouch tobacco 
 pipe bring come. Also 
 want self come fire. 
 
 This tea very weak ; tea leaf is 
 at where buy ing ; tea leaf 
 not is buy ing; is Shih 
 lao yeh send you Sir ing, 
 invite you Sir try a try, 
 look look good not good. 
 
 
 ^ lao 3 ^ sir, mister ; a title 31. 
 
 fif chiu^, wine. 
 
 
 f or form of ad- 
 
 32. 
 
 jgf yen 1 , tobacco, smoke. 
 
 
 t dress to minor 
 ^f yeh 2 ) officials or gentry. 
 
 32. 
 
 ^ ho 2 1 a pouch, purse, reti- 
 i pao 1 5 cule. 
 
 30. 
 
 (5jf| sui 2 , to follow, comply 
 with, according to. 
 
 32. 
 
 fca? 1 a tobacco Pi? 6 - 
 
 31. 
 
 $| k'o 8 , thirsty. 
 
 
 i t^u 4 ^ 
 
 31. 
 
 ishui} 8 dawater - 
 
 32. 
 
 ^ lai 2 > matches. 
 ^ huo 3 ) 
 
 31. 
 
 j|L tan 1 , single, singly, alone. 
 
 33. 
 
 H! and ^ are interchangeable. 
 
 31. 
 
 !|L tan 1 ") a list, bill, memo- 
 ^ tzii ) random. 
 H|| ho 1 , to drink. 
 
 33. 
 
 ^ tan 4 , weak (of tea, &c.), 
 pale (of colour). 
 
 31. 
 
 hung 2 , red. 
 
 33. 
 
 fH Jang, 4 , to permit, allow, 
 
 31. 
 
 fij- tui 4 , to add, as an ingre- 
 
 
 yield, invite. 
 
 
 dient, to agree, a pair. 
 
 33. 
 
 |Dt shih 4 , to try test.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 34. If you are going to the Post 
 Office, may I trouble you 
 while you are about it to 
 buy me a dollar's worth of 
 postage stamps ? 
 
 35 May I trouble you to mention 
 that affair of mine when 
 next you see him ? 
 
 36. Make your mind easy. I 
 
 shan't forget it. 
 
 37. I am so much obliged for all 
 
 the trouble you have taken 
 for me. 
 
 38. What time do you go to the 
 
 office every day ? There's 
 no certain time. If there 
 is plenty to do I go early ; 
 if there is not much doing 
 I go late. There is no- 
 body to control me, and I 
 can go when I like and 
 leave when I like. I suit 
 my own convenience. 
 
 You Sir if is to letter establish- 
 ment go, trouble you Sir 
 chariot, while about h(chiu 
 shou l rh) give me buy one 
 piece money 's letter ticket. 
 
 You Sir below turn see him's time, 
 expend you Sir heart, take 
 I that piece affair mention 
 a mention. 
 
 Let go heart. Forget cannot 
 (pu liao). 
 
 You Sir thus give me expend 
 trouble, many thank 's 
 very. 
 
 You Sir day day what time to 
 office go. Not have posi- 
 tive time. Affair many, 
 early a little go ; affair 
 few, late a little go. Not 
 have man control me. Hike 
 what time go, then what 
 time go, like what time 
 walk, then what time walk. 
 All is follow (sui) iny 
 convenience (pien). 
 
 34. ft chii 2 , 
 34 M p'iao 4 , 
 
 a depot, store, shop. 
 a ticket, label. 
 
 36. 
 
 Jfe fang 4 , to place, let go. 
 
 Z * 9 ' 
 
 {$ yu 2 
 
 ) 
 
 3fi 
 
 $ fang 4 ) to make the mind 
 
 34. g cheng 
 
 i f a government 
 
 ou. 
 
 >fr hsin 1 ) easy. 
 
 
 C post office. 
 
 
 
 34. ^ shou 1 , 
 
 ) 
 the hand. 
 
 37 
 
 If}, shih 4 , trouble, business. 
 
 j|fe chiu 4 
 34. ^. shou 3 
 
 S ' rh 4 
 
 / ready to hand, 
 \ while about it. 
 
 37. 
 
 Hf fei 1 ~) to take trouble, 
 > cause trouble, 
 3|f. shih 4 ) troublesome. 
 
 ' ^ p'iao 4 
 
 f a postage stamp. 
 
 37. 
 
 ^ hsieh 4 , to thank. 
 
 35. J| fei 4 , tc 
 H fei 4 
 
 > spend, lavish, 
 may I trouble you ? 
 thank you. Used 
 
 38. 
 
 ^ ya 2 7 a government office 
 j 5 ^ men 1 5 of any kind. 
 
 35. 
 
 particularly of 
 
 
 fijg sui 2 ^ according to con- 
 
 jfo hsin 1 
 
 acts requiring 
 mental effort. 
 
 38. 
 
 > venience, as you 
 \JH pien 4 ) please.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 85 
 
 39. The manager of that shop 
 
 used to be compradore in 
 a foreign firm. Last year 
 they dispensed with his 
 services for some reason 
 or other. He had a 
 little capital, and so he 
 started in business. 
 
 40. It does not matter about the 
 
 height, but the breadth is 
 important. If it is 'too 
 wide you won't be able to 
 place it inside. If it is too 
 narrow it will be loose. 
 
 41. Why do you wear such thin 
 
 clothes on a cold day like 
 this ? Aren't you afraid 
 of catching cold ? 
 
 That shop in control till one 
 formerly is foreign firm 
 {ycmg-hang) in 's com- 
 pradore. Last year, not 
 know what cause, not 
 want him ed. He have 
 a little root money, then 
 do commence buy -sell 
 come ed. 
 
 High low not important, broad 
 narrow but is important 
 one. Too broad lo, then 
 put not enter go ; too 
 narrow lo, then loose lo. 
 
 Day thus cold you for what 
 wear thus thin one 
 clothes. You not fear 
 catch cool ? 
 
 39. $i 
 
 39. 1 
 
 39. $ 
 
 39. ffiF 
 
 39. 
 
 39. 
 
 39. 
 
 39. 
 
 p'u 1 , to spread out, spread. 
 P^*] a shop (see 27). 
 
 chang 3 , the palm of the 
 hand, to control. 
 kuei 1 , a chest, safe, cup- 
 board. 
 
 chang 3 ^ the proprietor or 
 kuei 4 > manager of a 
 ti ) shop. 
 ts'ung 2 , from, to follow. 
 
 mar 
 
 formerly, 
 compradore. 
 
 yiian 2 origin, cause, 
 
 affinity. 
 
 ku 4 , cause. 
 
 39. 
 
 40. 
 
 40. 
 
 I 40. 
 
 40. 
 40. 
 
 40. 
 
 40. 
 
 41. 
 41. 
 
 41. 
 
 *$ yiian 5 
 tifcku 4 
 
 cause, reason. 
 
 ; pen 3 ) capital, prime 
 ^ ch'ien 2 ; cost. 
 ^ kao', high, tall, eminent. 
 ^ ai 3 , short, low. 
 
 I ^'1 height 
 
 ^ k'uan 1 , broad. 
 
 y& chai ;t , narrow, straitened. 
 
 f^| sung 1 , to loose, loose, slack. 
 |J& lo, another form of the 
 
 final lo. 
 j$ pao 2 , thin. 
 ^ Hang 2 , cool. 
 
 | ^1 to catch cold.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 42. It is blowing from the 
 
 north-west. I expect it 
 will rain before dark. 
 
 43. That's not at all certain. 
 
 With a north-west wind 
 it doesn't often rain here. 
 The rainy wind comes 
 from the south-east. 
 
 44. Excuse me, Sir, can you tell 
 
 me how far it is from here 
 to the provincial capital ? 
 
 45. It is not very far, but the 
 
 main road is bad. If 
 you follow this small 
 road it is much nearer. 
 Carts can also go that 
 way. 
 
 46. Let me introduce you two 
 
 gentlemen to each other. 
 This is His Excellency 
 Kuan ; this is Lo ta lao 
 yeh. Happy to meet you, 
 Sir. 
 
 Blow west north wind lo. Not 
 arrive dark, expect want 
 down rain. 
 
 That also not certain. Blow 
 west north wind, here not 
 great down rain. Carry 
 rain 's wind is east south 
 wind. 
 
 Borrow rays. Please ask, from 
 here to province city have 
 many far. 
 
 Far, is not very far, only is big 
 road not good walk. If 
 following this small road 
 walk, then near many lo ; 
 carts also walk succeed 
 liao. 
 
 I give you two gentlemen see a 
 see. This is Kuan ta 
 jen, this is Lo ta lao yeh. 
 Long (chin} look up to, 
 long look up to. 
 
 42. ja feng 1 , wind. 
 
 42. j|f* n a gl } to blow, a breeze. 
 
 49 ja hei 1 ) at dark, after dark, 
 darkness. 
 
 42 'lhei"' } nigK dark. 
 
 43. ^ nan 2 , south. 
 
 44. ft kuang', rays, brightness, 
 
 light, bare, only. 
 
 fff chieh 4 "N excuse me, allow 
 
 AA L me ; can you 
 
 f inform me ? 
 
 ft kuang 1 J (borrow light). 
 
 44. 
 
 45. 
 
 45. 
 
 45. 
 46. 
 46 
 46. 
 
 46. 
 
 a province, to save, 
 
 economise. 
 
 sheng H ") a provincial capi- 
 
 ch'engM tal. 
 
 shun 4 , fair (of wind, tide, 
 
 &c.), to follow, docile. 
 
 shun 4 ") following (a route > 
 
 cho j doctrine, &c.). 
 
 chin 4 , near. 
 
 wei*, gentleman. 
 
 chiu 3 , a long time. 
 
 yang^ to look up to. 
 
 chiu 3 \ I have long looked 
 / up to you, happy 
 | to make yous 
 
 yang 3 / acquaintance.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 87 
 
 47. You will save money if you 
 
 buy coal by the cart- 
 load. 
 
 48. With a fair wind and tide 
 
 you will get there in a 
 very short time. 
 
 49. Those two are brothers. 
 
 The elder brother is called 
 Ta Shun-tzu, and the 
 younger one Hsiao Shun- 
 tzu. There is one elder 
 sister and two younger 
 ones. The brothers come 
 in the middle. 
 
 50. That wine glass is not clean. 
 
 How often have I told 
 you that after you have 
 washed the glasses you 
 must wipe them dry with 
 a duster? 
 
 Coal if is complete cart 's buy, 
 then save money. 
 
 Follow wind, follow water, short 
 time then arrive ed. 
 
 That two piece men is brothers. 
 Elder brother call Ta 
 Shun-tzu, younger brother 
 call Hsiao Shun-tzu. Still 
 have one piece elder 
 sister, two piece younger 
 sister. Middle is they 
 brothers two piece. 
 
 That wine cup not clean. I tell 
 you how many turn, wash 
 finish ed glass cup must 
 take rub cloth rub dry 
 ed. 
 
 47. $ mei 2 , coal. 
 
 47. ^ ch'eng 2 , complete, accom- 
 plish, a fraction, a tenth 
 part. 
 
 . $ ch'eng 2 ] by the cart-load, 
 '^ich'e 1 j by the full cart. 
 
 ther. 
 49. j| ki ] an elder brother. 
 
 4Q 5U1 ^"'o.i ) , 
 
 4y> ft mei 1 j S1 
 
 49. 
 
 49. 
 49. 
 
 ; 1 3 [ an elder sister. 
 
 j* 
 
 48. 
 49. 
 
 <f hui 3 a 
 
 1*0 
 Uti 4 
 
 52, hsmng 1 
 
 r.^ VioiiTnn"* 
 
 short time, in a 
 short time. 
 
 | brothers. 
 
 "i Q -v/vnn rroT* Virt- 
 
 49. jg 
 
 so. if; 
 
 50. | 
 50. 1 
 
 chung 1 , centre, middle, 
 
 inside ; chung 4 , to hit the 
 
 mark. 
 
 chung 1 ) the middle, in 
 
 chien 1 ) the middle. 
 
 pei 1 , a cup, tumbler, glass. 
 
 kan 1 , dry. 
 
 50. (5t 
 
 50. H 
 50. ^ 
 
 50. ^r 
 
 hsi 3 , to wash. 
 
 po' 7 i 
 
 jj, j glass. 
 
 ts'a 1 , to rub. 
 
 pu 4 , cloth, a sloth.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 51. My knife won't cut this 
 thick string. Lend me 
 yours, will you? The j 
 one I gave you on your 
 last birthday. Don't talk 
 about it! Unfortunately j 
 I've lost it. How did 
 you manage that? I 
 don't know, but I fancy I 
 must have lost it when I 
 went to the barber's shop 
 on Wednesday to have my 
 bair cut. I know posi- 
 tively that I had it on 
 Wednesday morning, 
 because I cut my thumb 
 when I was using it to 
 sharpen a pencil. The 
 next time I wanted to 
 use it I hadn't got it, and 
 I have a sort of recollec- 
 tion that I took it out at 
 the barber's to pare my 
 nails and I fancy I left it 
 
 My knife cut not complete (liao) 
 this fashion one big 
 string. You take yours 
 lend give me pa ; just is 
 you last year born day 
 I give you ing that piece 
 (pa) knife. Don't men- 
 tion, unfortunately lose 
 ed. You how lose ing. 
 Not know, fear is Sunday 
 three to shave head shop 
 in go cut hair that one 
 day lose ing. I positively 
 know, Sunday three, upper 
 half day have lai cho, 
 because I employ ed pare 
 pencil lai cho, take big 
 thumb finger cut broke ed. 
 Lower turn want use ing 
 time not have ed. I good 
 resemble remember I at 
 shave head shop in bring 
 out come, pare finger nail, 
 fear leave behind ed. 1 
 
 51. jjjlj la 2 , to cut. 
 51. fj| 
 51. -If 
 
 *r 
 
 sheng 2 
 tzu 
 
 string, rope, cord. 
 
 51. 
 
 51. r 
 
 51. 
 
 hsi 1 , pity. 
 
 k'o 3 ^ unfortunately, to be 
 > pitied, deserving 
 hsi 1 ) of pity. 
 
 k'o s 
 hsi 1 
 
 liao 3 
 
 unfortunately. 
 
 'rh 
 ti 
 
 tiu', to lose. 
 
 IftlJ t'i*, to shave (the head). 
 f chiao 3 , to cut with scissors 
 
 or shears. 
 
 $j fa 3 , the hair of the head. 
 y t'ou 2 ) the Lair of the 
 if| fa 3 ) head. 
 ^lj hsiao 1 , to pare. 
 HE pi 3 , a Chinese pencil, a pen. 
 ffi mu 3 , the thumb. 
 |jj p'o 1 ) broken, a cut or 
 f liao ) broken skin. 
 $f chih 2 ")the nails, nail of 
 ^ chia :i ) the finger or toe.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 behind. I went back to 
 the barber's to inquire if 
 they had seen it, and 
 they all declared they 
 hadn't, but although they 
 said so I expect one of 
 the employes stole it. 
 
 52. Find me a piece of wood. It 
 
 must be about five feet 
 long and three inches thick. 
 A short piece won't do. 
 
 53. That man is a very fair 
 
 scholar, and his composi- 
 tion is passable, but his 
 memory is bad and his 
 hand-writing cannot be 
 called first-class. 
 
 54. What book are you reading? 
 
 I am reading a French 
 book. Oh, do you under- 
 stand French? I wouldn't 
 
 return to shave head shop 
 in go, ask them see 
 (ch'iao) ed not have, they 
 all say not see. Although 
 is thus speak, fear is they 
 employes steal ed go lo. 
 
 You give me seek one piece wood 
 come. Must above below 
 five feet long, three inch 
 thick. Short one not suit. 
 
 That piece man very have a little 
 learning, pen ink on also 
 passable (pa-/iao), only 
 is remember disposition 
 not good ; character write 
 ing also not reckon ten 
 parts good. 
 
 You look ing is what book. I 
 look French book. Ah, 
 you still understand 
 French talk? Not ven- 
 
 51. 
 
 51. 
 
 51. 
 52. 
 
 It 
 
 T 
 
 52. -^ 
 
 52. FT 
 
 53. ^ 
 
 la 4 ~} to leave out or be- 
 hind; Zuo 4 , to perch, 
 lisia ) alight. 
 
 huo 3 ^ a partner, mate, 
 companion, em- 
 chi 4 ) ploye. 
 
 t'ou 1 , to steal. 
 
 ch'ih 3 , a foot, foot measure. 
 
 shang 4 ") about, more or 
 hsia 4 ) less. 
 
 ts'un 4 , an inch. 
 
 ch'ih 2 ") linear measure- 
 
 ts'un 4 j ment. 
 
 hsiieh 2 , to learn ; hsiao*, to 
 
 imitate. 
 
 KQ ^ hsiieh 2 ") learning, erudi- 
 d< fp^ wen 4 j tion. 
 53. g mo 4 , ink. 
 
 53. ^ P 1 4 r composition. 
 ^ mo ) r 
 
 53. ^ hsing 4 , disposition. 
 to IB, chi* 
 
 53. ^ ^ nl a potion, a tenth 
 
 part, to divide, a minute. 
 
 54. shu 1 , a book. 
 
 54. g ^ j to read a book. 
 54 -lk a uo 2 } France ' French -
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 venture to say that I 
 understand French, I only 
 know a little. Will you 
 read a few sentences aloud 
 to me ? 1 should like to 
 hear what it sounds like. 
 
 55. You have not been to see me 
 
 for several months. What 
 is the reason of that ? Is 
 it because I have offended 
 you ? Don't talk like 
 that ! How could you 
 offend me? It's only 
 because I am terribly busy 
 and haven't even time to 
 attend to my own domestic 
 affairs. When I come 
 back from the office I am 
 so tired that I don't feel in- 
 clined even to eat, and what 
 time, I ask you, have I got 
 to look up my friends ? 
 
 56. I say ! where are you shoving 
 
 to? You've trodden on 
 
 ture say understand 
 French talk, also only is 
 know a little. You take 
 few sentence recite give 
 me listen pa. I want 
 listen listen that sound 
 how fashion. 
 
 This good some piece month you 
 not come see me, is what 
 cause. Is I offend ed you 
 lo? Don't speak that 
 piece talk. You where 
 offend ed me lo. Only is 
 because I busy ing dread- 
 fully, even I self home in 
 's affair all not have 
 leisure manage. From 
 yamen return come ing 
 time I tire ing dreadful, 
 even food all not think 
 eat. Please ask, I where 
 have leisure see (ch'iao) 
 friend go. 
 
 Ai, this is towards where shove. 
 Tread ed I foot finger lo. 
 
 54. $r kan 3 , to dare, venture. 
 54. >fj) chii 4 , a sentence. 
 54. ^ nien 4 , to recite, read aloud, 
 study. 
 
 54. 
 
 54. 
 54. 
 
 54. 
 55. 
 
 to study. 
 
 sheng 1 , sound, tone. 
 yin 1 , note, sound. 
 
 sound, tone, note. 
 
 tsui 4 , fault, crime, sin, 
 punishment, penalty. 
 
 55. 
 
 
 tsui 4 
 55. |? , a \ one's self. 
 
 56. 
 
 an exclamation of 
 
 regret or remonstrance. 
 56. wang 3 , towards, to go. 
 56. $| chi 3 , to push, shove, crowd. 
 56. jj!jt ts'ai 3 , to tread on 
 56. JPJ chiao 3 , the foot.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 91 
 
 
 my toe. I beg your 
 
 Have fault, have fault, 
 
 
 pardon. 
 
 not retain attention. 
 
 57. 
 
 That child's case is very sad. 
 
 That child true pitiable. He 
 
 
 His father and mother 
 
 father mother all dead ed, 
 
 
 are dead, and he is living 
 
 he at far relative home live. 
 
 
 with a distant relation who 
 
 That relative not great 
 
 
 doesn't like him very much, 
 
 pleased him, treat him also 
 
 
 and doesn't treat him very 
 
 not good. He now (ju chin) 
 
 
 well. He is now thirteen 
 
 thirteen years of age (mi) 
 
 
 years old, and hasn't yet 
 
 lo, also not to learn. Ac- 
 
 
 been to school. It seems 
 
 cording to I look, this not 
 
 
 to me that this is not as 
 
 correct, because that child 
 
 
 it should be, for the boy 
 
 not is gratis live. He 
 
 
 isn't living there for 
 
 father leave (liu hsia) ed 
 
 
 nothing. His father left 
 
 a little property, interest 
 
 
 a little property, and his 
 
 all is he that relative 
 
 
 relative is getting the take. That interest corn- 
 
 
 interest, which is more pare support him that 
 
 
 jjjfl chiao 3 ^ H hsi 3 ") to be pleased, 
 
 56. 
 
 |g chih 2 > the toe, toes. 
 01 t'ou ) 
 
 57. > pleased with, 
 H huan 1 ) glad, rejoice. 
 
 50. 
 
 jfiljl shen 2 , spirit, spirits, 
 
 57. ffi tai 4 , to treat, behave to- 
 
 
 divine, spiritual. 
 
 wards, wait. 
 
 KG 
 
 g? liu 2 ) to pay attention, 
 
 57. $Q ju 2 , as, if. 
 
 OD. 
 
 jp^l shen 2 j take heed. 
 
 57. ^JJ?. ^now. 
 
 57. 
 
 }achi,d. . 
 
 57. j su i 4 , years of age. 
 
 57. 
 
 JH. clien 1 , true, truly. 
 
 57 ' ^ hsUeh 2 j to go to schoo] - 
 
 57. 
 
 ^ lien c , to pity, pity. 
 
 57. 5H chii 4 , according to, evi- 
 
 
 .. | , ;< -x 
 
 dence. 
 
 57. 
 
 .1 ^ 2 pitiable. 
 ig{| lien j 
 
 57. j pai 2 , gratis, gratuitously, 
 
 
 S^> f 4 f 4.1 ~) 
 
 white. 
 
 57. 
 
 $ mil 3 mother j P arenta 
 
 57 ^ ch'an 3 1 ro ert 
 
 57. 
 
 ^ ssu 3 , to die. 
 
 ' H yeh 4 j proper y> 
 
 57. 
 
 |f hsi 3 , happiness. 
 
 57. ^ *j, | interest, profits. 
 
 57. 
 
 IP; huan 1 , satisfaction, plea- 
 
 3flJ li 4 j "nterest 
 
 
 sure. 
 
 ' ^ ch'ien s )
 
 92 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 than twice as much as the 
 cost of the boy's keep. 
 58. The train starts at twenty 
 minutes past three. The 
 baggage must be ready by 
 ten minutes to three, as the 
 carriage will be at the 
 door then, and it will take 
 a quarter of an hour to 
 drive to the station. 
 
 59. When you told him that joke 
 what did he say? He 
 didn't say anything : he 
 only laughed. 
 
 <>0. Chinese is indeed difficult to 
 learn. European lan- 
 guages are much easier. 
 
 piece money, more one fold 
 lo. 
 
 That fire cart three dot one 
 quarter five open. Bag- 
 gage, three dot less ten 
 minutes all must prepare 
 good ed, because horse cart 
 then is at that piece time 
 arrive door mouth lo. Sit 
 horse cart arrive cart 
 station must one quarter 's 
 time (kung fu"). 
 
 You tell him that piece smile 
 talk, he say what. He 
 not say what, he only 
 laugh ed. 
 
 Chinese talk true difficult learn. 
 West country talk easy 
 many lo. 
 
 57. | yang 3 , to nourish, rear, 
 
 raise. 
 
 Hyang^to bring up, 
 
 t-rj I nourish, keep 
 
 U i , f , i * 
 
 I (as horses, a 
 ffi huo* y family, &c.). 
 
 57. 71 1 - 4 [ one fold, double, 
 la pei ) 
 
 fc huo 3 ^ fire carriage, a 
 
 58. railway carriage, 
 IJL ch'S 1 ) railway train. 
 
 58. k'ai 1 , to start (as a train, 
 
 steamer, &c.). 
 58. ^ li 3 a plum. 
 
 58. baggage, luggage. 
 
 58. p k'ou 3 , a mouth, gap. 
 
 I.Q P^ men 2 ) a doorway, thres- 
 
 68 ' p k'ou'j hold. 
 
 58. $ chan 4 , to stand still, 
 stationary. 
 
 58. Jl 
 
 58. 
 
 59. 
 59> 
 
 =g 
 
 a railway 8tatioa - 
 kung 1 , work. 
 
 fu', a man, a labouring 
 man. 
 
 kung 1 jwork, labour, 
 fu 1 ) leisure, time. 
 hsiao 4 , to smile. 
 hsiao 4 ) to chaff, make fun 
 hua* } of. 
 
 59. |g hua 4 C a joke. 
 
 a'rh ) 
 
 59. * lo 4 , to laugh, be pleased. 
 
 60. H nan 2 , difficult.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 61. You are the most difficult to 
 
 manage of all the five 
 children. 
 
 62. When I was passing his 
 
 gate his dog ran out and 
 bit me. After a few days 
 my leg began to swell, 
 and I sent for the doctor 
 to look at it. He said 
 it wasn't serious and told 
 me to rub on some remedy 
 which he gave me. Sure 
 enough it didn't pain me 
 on the second day, and on 
 the fourth day it was 
 quite well. 
 
 63. Take those thick clothes, 
 pack them in a bag and 
 carry them to the tailor. 
 Tell him that the coat 
 doesn't fit and he must 
 
 Five piece child most (tsui, or 
 ting) difficult control one, 
 then is you. 
 
 I by his door mouth pass, his- 
 dog run forth come ed, 
 take I leg bite ed one 
 time ( hsia'rh). Pass ed 
 two (Hang) day, that leg 
 then swell begin ed. 
 Invite ed doctor come- 
 look a look (ch'iao), he 
 say not important, order 
 me take he give I ing a 
 little medicine rub on. 
 Sure enough, number 
 two day then not pain ed, 
 arrive ed number four 
 day, then great well ed. 
 
 Take hold that thick clothes, 
 pack at bag in side, 
 carry to tailor there go. 
 Tell him that coat nut 
 proper, must alter. That 
 
 61. ;|| tsui 4 , very, most. 
 
 61. ]J| ting 3 , top, summit, very. 
 
 62. $gj p'ao 3 , to run, gallop. 
 62. fli! t'ui 3 , the leg. 
 
 62. P* yao 3 , to bite, bark. 
 62. jjig chung 3 , to swell. 
 
 62. Sj^S 3 } swollen. 
 
 62. ^l 4 } a doctor. 
 
 62. H| yao 4 , medicine, drugs. 
 62. ffi mo 3 , to rub on, rub out. 
 .> S kan 3 ) 
 
 f) "HA. v OTI 
 
 ts'ai 3 , to cut out. 
 fng 2 , to sew. 
 
 63. |f: hou 4 , thick. 
 
 63. chuang 1 , to pack. 
 
 63. 
 63. 
 
 63. 
 
 63. 
 
 ho 2 , in harmony with. 
 ho ; ~} to fit, suit, be ID 
 > accordance with 
 shih 4 ) pattern.
 
 94 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 alter it. The waistcoat 
 and trousers, too, are not 
 right ; the trousers are 
 too long and the waistcoat 
 is too short. They must 
 both be altered. 
 
 64. This is strange. "You were 
 quite well yesterday ; 
 how is it you are ill 
 to-day ? I don't know how 
 I got ill. I expect I must 
 have caught cold last 
 night. It was very hot 
 in the afternoon and so 
 when I went out I put on 
 thin clothes. At eight 
 o'clock in the evening it 
 suddenly turned chilly. 
 I felt a little uncomfort- 
 able at the time, but I 
 didn't think much of it, 
 and this morning when I 
 woke my throat was sore 
 
 waistcoat, trousers, also 
 not correct. Trousers too 
 long, waistcoat too short. 
 Two piece all must alter. 
 
 This strange lo. You yesterday 
 good good ly (ti), to-day 
 how then ill ed. I not 
 know how obtain ing. 
 Fear is yesterday evening 
 catch ed cool ed. After 
 half day very hot, go out 
 door's time then wear ed 
 thin clothes lo. Arrive 
 ed evening eight dot bell, 
 suddenly then cool com- 
 mence ed. At (tang) time 
 then have a little not 
 comfortable, but not great 
 pay heed. To-day early 
 sleep awake ed, throat 
 then sore, full body put 
 
 63. & kai 3 , to alter. 
 
 63. jjfc k an s , to cut, as with a 
 
 sword. 
 63. J^ chien 1 , the shoulder. 
 
 63. 
 
 64. 
 
 ^} trousers. 
 
 ch'i 2 ) , 
 
 4 f strange. 
 
 suddenly, 
 at the ti 
 
 aA ? shu 1 ) ,. , 1 1 
 61 !t<an 3 i comfortable - 
 64. Jg li 3 , to heed, notice. 
 
 64. H ^ | to pay attention. 
 64. hsing 3 , to awake. 
 awake. 
 
 64 
 
 from 
 
 the throat. 
 man 1 , full.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 95 
 
 and I felt burning all 
 over. I think I'll lie 
 down for a bit with a 
 quilt over me and I shall 
 probably be better by the 
 evening. If I am not, I'll 
 take a dose of medicine. 
 
 65. Mr. Li was formerly a mili- 
 
 tary official, but he was 
 obliged to give up in con- 
 sequence of failing eye- 
 sight. He now lives in a 
 village not far from the 
 south gate of Peking. 
 
 66. The Emperor goes out of the 
 
 palace to-morrow, and the 
 shop-keepers on both sides 
 of the streets through 
 which he passes have to 
 close their shops. 
 
 64. 
 
 shen 1 , or shen-tzu, the 
 
 tzu. body. 
 
 shao 1 , to burn. 
 . ^ fa 1 ) to feel burning, to 
 ^' ^ shao 4 ) be feverish. 
 64. | fang 3 , to lie down. 
 64. I? kai 4 , to cover, to build. 
 
 64. f {} a cove, 
 
 64. |j pei 4 , to suffer, endure. 
 04. 3U wo 1 , a nest, lair. 
 
 P 6 * 4 j a quilt, the upper 
 
 A i 
 
 ti W(>1 $ covering of a bed. 
 64. ;[JJE kai 4 , all, the whole: 
 ^ ; ta* ") probably, the 
 
 ' ^ kai 4 ) general outline. 
 6i. ifij chi', a dose. 
 
 i 1 ) 
 64. Hj chi 4 [ a dose of medicine. 
 
 m yao') 
 
 forth (fa) burn. I propose 
 lie down a lie down, cover 
 on counterpane, late half 
 day probably well ed pa. \ 
 If still not well, I eat 
 one dose medicine that's 
 it. 
 
 Li lao-yeh formerly do military 
 officer lai clio. Because 
 eye not good ed, not have 
 remedy, then not do officer. 
 T Te now distant from north 
 Capital south gate not far 
 ly one piece village in live. 
 
 Emperor to-morrow forth Imperial 
 palace. Pass ing that 
 street two side 's shop all 
 must close door. 
 
 65. jj wu 3 , military. 
 
 65. S i VU i f a military officer. 
 T* kuan ) 
 
 RH. trm 
 
 65. I 
 
 
 
 66. 
 
 66. 
 
 66. 
 
 M 
 
 
 
 ^ huang 2 j the Emperor, an 
 _t shang 4 ) emperor. 
 -^ huang 2 ") an Imperial 
 f kung 1 j Palace. 
 ^ chieh 1 , a street. 
 ^ p'ang 2 , side, lateral. 
 jj| pien 1 , edge, side, margin. 
 ^ p'ang 7 the side, at the 
 3 side. 
 
 it pieri 1 
 
 66. 
 
 both side.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 67. He doesn't like spending 
 
 money. If any one goes 
 out on an excursion with 
 him, when it comes to 
 paying he always tries to 
 make the other man pay. 
 
 68. I am going out in the carriage 
 
 this afternoon to pay visits. 
 Tell the servant that he 
 must come with me and 
 bring my visiting cards 
 with him. Is he to walk, 
 or follow you on horseback, 
 Sir? He can walk by the 
 side of the carriage. I'm 
 not going very far. 
 
 69. The sun is very hot, don't sit 
 
 in the sun. There is 
 shade under the tree ; why 
 don't you sit there ? 
 
 He not like spend money. He if 
 is with (t'ung) people go 
 out ramble go, arrive ed 
 give money 's time, he 
 always want think remedy 
 call that piece man give- 
 money. 
 
 I to-day after half day sit cart- 
 salute stranger go. Tell 
 servant he must follow ing 
 me go, and (hai*) must 
 cany name slip. He is 
 walk, ah, still is ride horse 
 follow ing (cho) you Sir go. 
 He can at cart side walk. 
 I go ing not far. 
 
 Sun very hot ; don't at sun 
 ground in sit. Tree below 
 have shade. Why not at 
 there sit. 
 
 67 
 67. 
 
 67. 
 
 21 
 
 IB 
 
 hua 1 7 
 cnien2 j to spend money. 
 
 , , | to stroll; ta ! , to add. 
 
 hsiang"^ to devise a way, 
 fa : } or remedy, 
 
 68. 
 68. 
 
 68. 
 
 f^lavisuiogcard. 
 
 Vfe ni, an interrogative final 
 particle. 
 
 "pf k'o 3 ) .,, , 
 ,., } can. will do. 
 W * 3 
 
 
 ? 
 
 tzu 
 
 ) think of apian. 
 
 69. 
 
 t'ai l ] 
 
 Rli vano- 2 ' 
 
 the su 
 
 
 68. 
 
 ft 
 $t 
 
 pai 4 "< 
 
 to pay a formal call. 
 
 
 |a ' dD & J 
 ;fct'ai' ) 
 
 
 
 68. 
 
 1 1 
 
 k'o 4 ) 
 
 to pay calls. 
 
 69. 
 
 m y an g' 2 i 
 
 m ti 4 [ 
 
 li 3 ) 
 
 in the 
 
 sunshine. 
 
 68. 
 
 J-E 
 
 pan 1 , 
 
 a troupe, row, order. 
 
 69. 
 
 f|J shu 4 , a 
 
 tree. 
 
 
 68. 
 
 | 
 
 pan 1 ^ 
 
 a servant. 
 
 69. 
 
 Jti 3 ] 
 
 ~F hsia 4 ) 
 
 below, 
 
 underneath. 
 
 
 H-J 
 
 ti ) 
 
 
 69. 
 
 Jfg ti 3 , the 
 
 bottom. 
 
 68. 
 
 -(' 
 
 ming 2 
 tzu 
 
 t a name. 
 
 69. 
 
 S yin 1 ) 
 Sliang 1 ? 
 
 shad a. 
 
 
 68. 
 
 
 p'ien 4 
 
 , a strip, slip. 
 
 
 'rh ) 
 

 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 97 
 
 70- 
 
 I seem to have seen that That one gentleman good resemble 
 
 
 gentleman before, but I 
 
 formerly see ed (kuo), but 
 
 
 can't remember where I 
 
 not remember is at where 
 
 
 saw him. 
 
 see ed (kuo) one. 
 
 71. 
 
 Don't move; a wasp has 
 
 Don't move. Have one piece 
 
 
 settled on your collar. 
 
 wasp settle at your collar 
 
 
 Wait till I drive him 
 
 on Wait I take him 
 
 
 away. Ah! I'm more 
 
 drive away. Ai, I most 
 
 
 frightened of wasps than 
 
 fear ing is wasp. Sting 
 
 
 anything. If they sting 
 
 ed, not is play ing. 
 
 
 one it's no joke. 
 
 70. 
 
 { wei 4 , position, place, the 
 
 -, fjf ling 3 ") a collar; ling 3 , to 
 
 
 " numerative " of gentle- 
 
 * ^ tzu ) lead, guide. 
 
 
 men, &c. (see 45). 
 
 7-, H hung 4 ") drive away, fright- 
 
 
 gig ma s -^ 
 
 II k'ai' ) en away. 
 
 71. 
 
 g f . ngl jawasp. 
 
 71. H che" 3 , to sting. 
 
 71. 
 
 ^ Iao 4 ,to settle,perch (see 51). 
 
 71. |TC wan*, to play. 
 
 Mention has been made at the close of Section VII. of the value of 
 the observance of conventionalities when conversing with Chinese. 
 The student, if he is in China, will at this stage no doubt wish to 
 try the effect of what he has learnt upon the native, but if he fires 
 off a prepared sentence abruptly upon a stranger the chances are 
 that his remark will be greeted with a stare of bewilderment. In 
 nine cases out of ten the Chinese addressed will not give the speaker 
 the credit of being able to speak the language and will, on the spur 
 of the moment, take it for granted that the remark addressed to him 
 is in the language of the foreigner and therefore must be unintelligible. 
 If, however, the remark is introduced by a ceremonial bow, or if a 
 question is prefaced with ff| ft chiefr kuang 1 , "borrow light;" ff 
 f p ^ ch'ing* wen 4 , "may I be permitted to ask," or ^ jfg lao* chief, 
 " trouble your chariot," etc., the effect will be very different, for the 
 person addressed will have his attention arrested, he will realize that 
 the foreigner knows the laws of politeness, and the remark that 
 follows will almost always be understood. 
 
 H
 
 98 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 The un desirability of the indiscriminate use of fjfc you, instead of 
 (&> or f $i> y u 8 ^ r nas a l rea dy been called attention to. A few 
 other hints on etiquette may profitably be added. 
 
 Always rise to receive a visitor of any but markedly lower standing, 
 and never sit down again until your visitor has been invited to sit 
 and has taken his seat. 
 
 Never precede a visitor into or out of a room, and when greeting 
 him, or taking leave of him, or when asking a question of a stranger, 
 any one who is wearing spectacles should remove them. 
 
 When meeting a friend, if you are riding or are seated in a carriage, 
 etiquette demands that you should get down, but in order to save 
 your friend the trouble of doing the same thing it is desirable to 
 pretend not to see him. This is the law of Chinese etiquette, but it 
 is now often relaxed where foreigners are concerned. It is, however, 
 a breach of manners to remain on one's horse or in one's carriage 
 when addressing a friend or a stranger unless the latter is of the 
 "coolie" class. 
 
 A man's wife should be referred to with reserve, and when she is 
 mentioned she should be called ^ ^ A lig* fu? Jen 1 , your honour- 
 able wife, or ^ 5j. pao* chilan 4 , your precious family. Never, as 
 the tyro would be apt to call her, must she be referred to as ft ftfj 
 J! ]$ ni 8 ti hsi* fu*, your wife. 
 
 The word fa ling*, should precede any reference to the relatives 
 of the person addressed, as fa | ling* ai*, your daughter, fa ^ 
 ling* tsun\ your father, fa $fo ling* ti*, your younger brother. 
 
 If your host or visitor rises from his chair you must not fail to rise 
 also. When your host, after a certain interval, asks you to drink 
 tea it may be taken as a sign that he wishes the visit to close. 
 
 Tea should not be drunk by the visitor at the beginning of a visit 
 without the invitation of the host, and when the host himself rises to 
 place a cup of tea before his guest the latter should rise and receive 
 it with both hands. 
 
 One of the most common of Chinese greetings is p ~f | j* 
 cAW liaofan* liao, "have you had your meal." The answer which 
 should be given is ,{g j J pi'en 1 kuo* liao, or ^g ~f $ jfft "I 
 have been selfish enough to do so"; the implication being that, you 
 ought to have waited for the other person to join you. 
 
 When a host escorts a visitor to the door, as it is his duty to do,
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 99 
 
 the visitor should request him to ^ ^ liu* pu 4 , restrain his steps, 
 to which the answer might be given |f ^ IP tang*, politeness 
 requires. 
 
 To a complimentary remark, or to a complimentary action, ^ jffc 
 ^ pu 1 kan 3 tang 1 , I am unworthy, is the ordinary reply. 
 
 When asking a person his name, do not say (ft J- ^ |g nt* 
 hsing* shemmo* unless to a person of the coolie class, but, jfjj; fc, 
 honourable name, or fig ^ ^, you, sir, honourable name. 
 
 By an observance of these few rules credit will be obtained for at 
 least an elementary knowledge of the laws of politeness from a Chines* 
 point of view.
 
 100 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 1. Put those old linen clothes 
 
 in the bath and wash 
 them. You need not wash 
 them with soap, just put 
 them in hot water to soak 
 for an hour or two, then 
 wring them out dry and 
 hang them out in the sun. 
 When they are dried, fold 
 them up and put them in 
 the cupboard. 
 
 2. When are you going to pay 
 
 me back the money I lent 
 you? Whenever I've got 
 any ready money I'll pay 
 you. At the moment I've 
 not got a single cash. 
 
 Take hold that old linen clothes 
 put at bathe basin in wash 
 a wash. Not use employ 
 soap wash, only put at 
 hot water in soak one 
 two hour 's time. Return 
 come, twist dry ed, hang 
 at sun ground in dry a dry. 
 Dry good ed, then fold 
 up, place at cupboard in 
 side. 
 
 I borrow give you ing that piece 
 money you when repay 
 me. I when have now 
 money, I when repay. At 
 the moment even one piece 
 great cash all not have. 
 
 L. H chiu 4 , old. 
 i iflc hsi 
 
 p'6n 2 , a basin, tub. 
 
 " ^tz 
 
 1 . fti p'ao 4 , to soak. 
 
 1 . $&. ning 2 , to twist, squeeze, 
 
 wring. 
 1. J kua*, to hang up. 
 
 S kua 4 ) 
 1. jgi ch'i 3 > to hang up. 
 
 Zfclai ) 
 
 1. ^ shai 4 , to dry in the sun, 
 warm in the sun. 
 
 ftieh 2 ) 
 ch'f > to fold up. 
 3 lai ) 
 
 2. JH huan 9 , to pay back, repay. 
 
 2. g mu 4 , the eye (seldom used 
 colloquially).
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 101 
 
 8. When he wakes tell him I'm 
 waiting for him in the 
 courtyard, and that break- 
 fast is laid. Directly he 
 comes we will have it, and 
 the earlier the better. 
 
 . Don't be offended if I say that 
 you are wrong and he is 
 in the right. He was 
 sitting there quite quietly 
 not speaking to any one at 
 all, and you without rhyme 
 or reason crossed over and 
 abused him. Of course 
 he got angry and swore 
 back at you. Any one, no 
 matter who, would object 
 to being abused for no- 
 thing, and it seems to me 
 that you ought to make 
 him an apology. 
 
 He sleep wake ed 's time you tell 
 he I at courtyard in wait 
 he. Early food all spread 
 out good ed. He one come 
 ed we then eat. The 
 more early the more good. 
 
 You don't take offence I say, you 
 wrong ed, he have reason. 
 He quietly (good good ly) 
 sitting, not at all with 
 who speak talk, you with- 
 out cause (wu yuan wu 
 ku ti} cross go curse he. 
 He of course is beget 
 anger. What man, no 
 matter (not discuss) is 
 who, not willing call people 
 white curse he. According 
 to I look, you ought give 
 he make good piece fault 
 (pu thih). 
 
 4. ifr lun 4 , to discuss, argue. 
 
 ^ pu 4 "J no matter, of no 
 
 . ( consequence,never 
 
 t mind, irrespective 
 
 ffr lunV of. 
 
 4. J^} to be willing. 
 
 4. j pai 2 , for nothing, for no 
 cause. 
 
 ^ yuan 4 ") a court, courtyard, 
 
 ^p tzii ) inclosure. 
 
 ^ pai 3 , to spread out, lay out. 
 
 j|g yiieh 4 , the more, to over- 
 step. 
 
 -gr kuai 4 , to resent, take of- 
 fence. 
 
 Jg li 3 , right, reason, principle, 
 to arrange. 
 
 3 ping 4 ) not at all, by no 
 
 ^ pu* ) means. 
 
 |k wu 2 , not; used colloquially 
 in a few combinations only. 
 
 M wu " 
 
 ftjfc yiian 2 without cause, 
 
 fjjlE wu 2 without rhyme 
 
 $jfc ku 4 or reason. 
 
 IJ-J ti 
 
 JH ma 4 , to curse, swear. 
 
 ought, should. 
 
 $& p'ei", to forfeit, make good. 
 
 jgp'ei") 
 
 ^C pu > to make an apology. 
 
 shih 4
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 6. Strictly speaking, I am not 
 bound to do this business, 
 but as he is ill and cannot 
 come to the office to-day, 
 if I don't do it for him 
 your affairs will be de- 
 layed. 
 
 6. He was very pleased when he 
 
 heard you were going with 
 him to call upon His Ex- 
 cellency Li. He always 
 was timid, and when he sees 
 a person for the first time 
 he can't say a single word. 
 
 7. I can't find my spectacles. I 
 
 don't remember where I 
 put them. I've looked 
 everywhere for them ; un- 
 der the table, under the 
 chairs, even in the coal 
 box, and I can't find them 
 anywhere. 
 
 8. The weight of that box is too 
 
 great for one man to carry 
 on his shoulder. I fancy 
 
 Discuss principle, this not is I 
 ought arrange ing affair. 
 Because he to-day ill ed, 
 not can to Yamen, if not 
 is I go instead of he 
 arrange, you Sir 's affair 
 then delayed. 
 
 He heard say you Sir with (tung) 
 him go visit Li great man, 
 he very pleased. He origin- 
 ally gall small, top one 
 occasion (hui z ) see man, 
 even one sentence talk all 
 speak not out come. 
 
 My spectacles seek not find. Not 
 remember put at where. 
 I each place seek ed, at 
 table below, chair below, 
 even coal box in all seek 
 ed. Where all seek not 
 succeed. 
 
 That piece box 's weight too 
 heavy ; one piece man carry 
 on shoulder not move. 
 
 5. 
 
 ^ t'i 4 , for, a substitute for, 
 instead of. 
 
 7. !f J 18 ^ 3 ] a box, casket. 
 -f~ tzu ) 
 
 6. 
 
 ? tzS 1 *k S a ^' C(rara g e - 
 
 j ^a hsiang 1 ") -, > 
 o. "-^ , - D r a box, trunk. 
 
 -j* LZU J 
 
 6. 
 
 ^ tz'u 4 , a time, an occasion, 
 
 8. $ fen 1 , to divide, a division. 
 
 
 inferior. 
 
 8. j| liang 4 , capacity, measure, 
 
 
 BU y^n 3 ) 
 
 to consider; Hang 2 , to 
 
 7. 
 
 ft ching 4 [ spectacles. 
 ^ tzu ) 
 
 measure. 
 
 7. 
 
 ^f ko 4 , each, every. 
 
 jj liang 4 j wei g"k 
 
 - 
 
 ^ ko 4 ) every one, each 
 
 8. ^ chung 4 , heavy, severe. 
 
 
 ^ ko 4 3 singly. 
 
 8. JE k'ang 2 , to carry on the 
 
 7. 
 
 |H ch'u 4 , a place. 
 
 shoulders.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 108 
 
 it will require two men to 
 carry it between them. It 
 seems heavy, but in reality 
 it is very light. It only 
 contains straw hats. 
 9. He has really no luck. Last 
 year he built a house and 
 spent a lot of money over 
 it. Just as it was finished 
 it was burnt down. He 
 hadn't insured it either. 
 
 10. Those two men were fighting 
 
 in the street yesterday. 
 The policeman saw them 
 and dragged them off to 
 the police court. The 
 official never inquired who 
 was right and who was 
 wrong, but ordered each 
 of them to receive fifty 
 blows with the bamboo. 
 
 11. I did this myself. If you 
 
 don't believe what I say 
 
 Fear must two piece men 
 carry on pole. Look ing 
 is heavy, the true is very 
 light. Pack ing not ex- 
 ceed is straw hat. 
 
 He true not luck. Go year he 
 build ed piece house, spend 
 ed how much money. Just 
 build finish ed, call fire 
 burn spoil ed. He also 
 not guarantee danger. 
 
 That two piece man yesterday ai 
 street on fight lai cho. 
 Watch street one saw ed, 
 then take them drag to 
 officer yamen go. That 
 officer not at all (ping pu) 
 ask who is, who not is, 
 only call each man beat 
 fifty boards. 
 
 This is I myself do ing. You if 
 not believe my talk then 
 
 8. 
 
 8. 
 
 t'ai", to carry between two 
 
 people, to lift up. 
 
 ch'i 2 , he, she, it, the ; 
 
 seldom used colloquially. 
 2 ^ ch'i 2 ") the truth is, in 
 5 " ^ shih 2 j reality, in fact. 
 8. @ ch'ing 1 , light. 
 
 8. "^t ts'ao 3 , grass. 
 
 8.f}ahat,cap. 
 
 9. ^ chen 1 true, truly. 
 
 Skai* ) 
 
 . ffi fang 2 > 
 
 ^ tzu J 
 
 to build a house. 
 
 10. 
 
 10. *ta> 
 
 ^ chia 4 
 k'an 1 
 
 c pao 3 , to guarantee. 
 
 t hsien 3 , dangerous, danger. 
 
 c pao 3 ) to insure against 
 
 t hsien 3 ) accident. 
 
 3 chia 4 , a frame, stand. 
 
 to fight, quarrel, 
 
 come to blows. 
 I a policeman, a 
 street watch- 
 I man. 
 la 1 , to drag, draw. 
 
 f' K 2 2 1 both, each person. 
 
 yv J e " J 
 ^WO 3 ) 
 
 ^ ko 2 [ I myself. 
 
 ti
 
 104 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 ask my brother. You 
 know he won't tell you a 
 lie. 
 
 12. When you get on board the 
 
 steamer count your bag- 
 gage and see if the number 
 of things is complete. I 
 think a bundle of rugs has 
 been left behind. If it 
 has, send me a telegram 
 when you get to Shanghai, 
 and I will go to the hotel 
 and inquire whether they 
 have it or not. If they 
 have, I will send it on to 
 you. 
 
 13. How did you get on with 
 
 your sport yesterday ? 
 Did you get anything? 
 No, I had bad luck. When 
 I got to the wood on the 
 other side of the hill I 
 had not gone many paces 
 when I saw a pheasant. 
 
 ask my younger brother. 
 He not lie, you is know ing. 
 
 You on steamer 's time, take hold 
 your baggage count a 
 count number, look look 
 correct not correct. I fear 
 leave out ed one bundle 
 blanket. If leave out ed, 
 arrive ed Shanghai you 
 give me issue piece tele- 
 gram, I then to food inn 
 go, inquire inquire they 
 have not have. If have 
 ed, I then send to you 
 there go. 
 
 You yesterday go shooting, how 
 fashion, obtain ed what 
 not have. Not have luck. 
 Arrive ed hill that side 
 that tree grove in, not 
 walk ed few pace then 
 saw (ch'iao chien) ed piece 
 wild chicken, lift up gun 
 
 11. Jffc sa 1 , to let go, let loose. 
 11. |$ huang 3 , a lie, falsehood. 
 
 11. || lun 2 , a wheel (not of a cart 
 
 11. j| ch'uan 2 , a ship, 
 boat. 
 
 
 1L 
 
 10 f& * a * ) to l eave out > or 
 ' T hsia 4 ) behind. 
 
 10 $L chan 1 ) a blanket, felt, 
 
 ' ^p tzii ) rug. 
 12. $$ hai 3 , the sea. 
 12. m tien*, electricity. 
 12. ^ pao*, to report, requite. 
 
 13. gj wei 2 , to surround, enclose, 
 -.q tT ta - 3 \ to g shooting, 
 HI wei 2 ) hunting. 
 
 13. 5 ^ | a grove, wood, forest. 
 
 13. ^ pu 4 , a step, pace. 
 
 13. f yeh 3 , wild, savage, rude.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 105 
 
 I put up my gun to fire 
 at him, but it was empty ; 
 I had forgotten to load it. 
 I had not gone much 
 farther when I caught my 
 foot in the root of a tree, 
 fell down and broke my 
 gun in two. 
 
 14. Light the lamp and put it 
 
 on the small table. Move 
 the table out a little. If 
 you put it close to the 
 curtains I am afraid they 
 may catch fire. 
 
 15. Where did you buy that 
 
 cotton cloth ? I bought 
 it at the foreign goods 
 shop. What did you buy 
 it for? I thought of 
 making shirts with it. 
 That kind of cloth won't 
 do to make shirts of; it is 
 too coarse, you want finer 
 
 come, want beat, that gun 
 is empty one, forgot ed 
 pack lo. Walk ed not far, 
 cause tree root trip up ed 
 foot lo, take hold me 
 tumble lie down ed, my 
 gun also snap ed. 
 
 Take hold lamp light up, place 
 at that small table on. 
 Take hold table remove 
 a little, don't next curtain 
 place (fang), fear curtain 
 want catch (chao) lo. 
 
 That cloth you at where buy ing. 
 At foreign goods shop in 
 buy ing. Buy that piece 
 do what. I propose make 
 shirts use. That fashion 
 's cloth make shirt not 
 suit, too coarse lo. Make 
 shirt must fine a little 's 
 material. Not important; 
 
 13. |ji chii 3 , to lift up. 
 
 13- f^ ch'iang 1 , a shot-gun, rifle. 
 13 f&ken 1 ) 
 
 13 ' ^ tzu 5 
 
 13. $ pan 4 , to trip up. 
 
 13. R^i} to fall down. 
 
 13. Jfr ^2 } to break, snap. 
 
 14. jg teng 1 , a lamp. 
 
 14- | ^} to light a lamp. 
 
 14. Jfc fang 4 , to put, place down 
 
 (see IX. 36). 
 14. ||J no 2 , to move, remove. 
 
 14. 
 
 14. 
 
 15. 
 15. 
 
 15. 
 
 15. 
 
 15. 
 
 to move away. 
 next to, near to. 
 curtains. 
 
 tzu 
 
 huo*, goods, wares. 
 
 han 4 , sweat, perspiration. 
 
 a shirt. 
 
 ts'u 1 , coarse. 
 hsi 4 , fine.
 
 106 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 material than that for 
 shirts. Never mind, it 
 will come in useful. We 
 haven't enough dusters; 
 I'll make dusters of it. 
 16. I am looking for a servant. 
 Do you know of a good 
 one? What is the ser- 
 vant to do ? I want him 
 to act as cook. If you 
 are not very particular I 
 know of a man who is 
 disengaged at present. 
 He can cook ordinary 
 dishes fairly well, and he 
 is clean, quiet, and willing 
 to work. The only thing 
 is he is a little deaf, and 
 occasionally he likes to 
 take a drop of drink, 
 but I never saw him 
 drunk. What wages does 
 he want? He is asking 
 twenty-five dollars a 
 
 have use place. Eub cloth 
 not enough, make rub cloth 
 use pa. 
 
 I look for piece below man ; yon 
 Sir know have good one 
 not know. That below 
 man is want do what 
 one. I want him serve 
 as cook. You Sir if not 
 very particular, I know 
 have one piece man; he 
 now unoccupied. Ordin- 
 ary one vegetables do ing 
 still passable (pa liao), 
 man clean, also (yu) quiet 
 (lao shih), also (yeh) will- 
 ing use effort. Only is 
 have one kind ; he ear 
 have a little deaf, now 
 and again (ou erh) he also 
 like drink glass wine, I 
 but not seen (ch'iao chien) 
 
 15. 
 
 16. 
 , g 
 
 ' 
 
 materials, material. 
 
 tang 1 , to act as (see IX. 7). 
 
 chiang 3 ") particular, exact- 
 
 chiu 1 ) ing, fastidious. 
 16. fH chiang 3 , to explain, ex- 
 
 pound. 
 
 16. ^ p'ing 2 , level, even. 
 16. ffi ch'ang, 2 constantly, fre- 
 
 quently, often. - 
 , Q zp p'ing 2 ") common, ordin- 
 
 ' * ch'ang' j ary. 
 16. X yu", again, also, moreover. 
 
 16. -jf k'gn 3 , to be willing. 
 16, $jj kung 1 , work, effort, meri- 
 torious service. 
 
 16. 5| lung 2 , deaf. 
 
 , A $! ou 3 ) occasionally, once in 
 }l ffterh 8 ) away.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 107 
 
 
 month, but you need not 
 
 him drink drunk ed. He 
 
 
 pay him as much as that ; 
 
 want how much labour 
 
 
 I think twenty will be 
 
 money. Want ing is 
 
 
 enough. Could you tell 
 
 twenty-five dollars one 
 
 
 him to come and see me 
 
 piece month, you Sir but 
 
 
 to-night after dinner? Yes, 
 
 not use give him thus 
 
 
 I can, but I think you 
 
 some piece. I think 
 
 
 had better tell him to 
 
 twenty bits enough lo. 
 
 
 come for a month on trial 
 
 You Sir call he to-day late 
 
 
 and see whether he will 
 
 food after come see me. 
 
 
 suit or not. Thank you suit not suit. Suit lo. I 
 
 
 so much, I'm afraid I am think you Sir still is call 
 
 
 giving you a lot of trouble ; 
 
 he come one piece month 
 
 
 I will come round in a 
 
 try a try, suit not suit. 
 
 
 day or two and repeat my 
 
 Trouble chariot ing very, 
 
 
 thanks. You do me too 
 
 cause you Sir expend heart ; 
 
 
 much honour. 
 
 pass two day I to you Sir 
 
 
 
 there go, again give you 
 
 
 
 Sir offer (tao) thanks. 
 
 
 
 How dare, how dare. 
 
 17. 
 
 I have not seen you for ages. 
 
 Long not met, long not met; 
 
 
 Have you been all right 
 
 you Sir this one period 
 
 
 all this time? Thanks to 
 
 well lo. Beholden to pros- 
 
 
 your good fortune, I've 
 
 perity, all good lo; you 
 
 
 been well. Are you well 
 
 Sir palace on all well. 
 
 
 at home? Thanks for 
 
 Thanks for inquiries, all 
 
 16. 
 
 f kou 4 , enough. 
 
 . j **\ 
 
 1 L* 
 
 jf tao 4 | to offer thanks, 
 
 17. ;j?| ch'e'ng 2 ?- r -i ' 
 
 lo. 
 
 pf hsieh 4 ) express thanks. 
 
 ^P tzu ) > 
 
 16. 
 
 jj= ch'i 1 , how? used in only a 
 
 17. f t'o 1 , to be beholden to. 
 
 
 few combinations. 
 
 17. ^ fu 2 , happiness. 
 
 16. 
 
 j= ch'i'^how dare I? I am 
 / not worthy of the 
 I honour (a polite 
 jft kanO expression). 
 
 Jfc to 2 ^ thanks to your pros- 
 17. > perity, thanks to 
 jjjg fu 2 ) you. 
 
 17. 
 
 *v^ r / 
 
 $jjL wei 2 , to oppose, disregard. 
 ^ chiu 3 \ we have not met 
 
 17. Jj?f fu 3 , a prefectural city, 
 prefectural residence, 
 
 17. 
 
 HL wei 2 ) for a long time. 
 
 palace, your house.
 
 108 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 
 your kind inquiries we 
 
 well, only is our inside 
 
 
 are well, except my wife, 
 
 man ill ed two piece 
 
 
 who was ill for a couple 
 
 months. Now large well 
 
 
 of months. I hope she is 
 
 ed pa. Cause you Sir 
 
 
 quite well now. It is 
 
 anxiety ing, differ not 
 
 
 good of you to think of 
 
 much, well ed. I good 
 
 
 her, she is almost well 
 
 like remember we upper 
 
 
 now. I seem to remem- 
 
 turn see face 's time you 
 
 
 ber that the last time we 
 
 Sir consider your (plural) 
 
 
 saw each other you were 
 
 thousand gold fix rela- 
 
 
 considering your daugh- 
 
 tive 's business. Fix ed 
 
 
 ter's betrothal. Has it 
 
 not have. Early already 
 
 
 been settled? Yes, long 
 
 fix ed, now out door lo. 
 
 
 ago, and she is now mar- 
 
 Give ing is Li ta lao yeh 
 
 
 ried. We married her to 
 
 's big son. Which one 
 
 
 the eldest son of Li ta lao 
 
 gentleman Li ta lao yeh ; 
 
 
 yeh. Which Li ta lao 
 
 is Foochow ChihFu? Not 
 
 
 yeh is that ? The Prefect 
 
 is that Li family. This 
 
 
 of Foochow? No it is not 
 
 one gentleman Li ta lao 
 
 
 that Li family. This Li ta 
 
 yeh not is civil official, is 
 
 
 lao yeh is not a civil official, 
 
 piece military official. 
 
 
 he is a military officer. 
 
 Now disengage ed, not do 
 
 
 He is unemployed at pre- 
 
 officer lo. 
 
 
 sent, and holds no office. 
 
 
 17. 
 
 ^ ch'eng 3 , to be the recipient 
 of. 
 
 17 .f^'llongugo. 
 
 C l 
 
 17 
 
 tch'gng 2 1 thanks for kind 
 
 ffi ch<u 1 } 
 
 if. 
 
 wgn 4 ) inquiries. 
 
 17. P^ men 2 > to be married. 
 
 17. 
 
 j^J nei 4 , within, inner. 
 
 ^ tZVL ) 
 
 n- 
 
 ^j nei 4 ) the inner person, my 
 
 17. ffl chou 1 , a division, depart- 
 
 . 
 
 X Jen 2 j wife, his wife. 
 
 ment, sub-prefecture. 
 
 17 
 
 ftij tien 4 ) to be anxious, 
 
 AM VV.1 ~J 
 
 1 1 . 
 
 gg, chi 4 ; solicitous. 
 
 17. j| ^3 j a prefect. 
 
 17. 
 
 ^ ch'ien 1 ^ your daughter, 
 > another person's 
 ^ chin ) daughter. 
 
 17. j wgn 2 , literature ; civil aa 
 opposed to military. 
 
 17. 
 
 **,} to betroth. 
 
 17 -|kuan'} adTiloffieial -
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 109 
 
 18. What is your honourable 
 
 name, Sir? My name is 
 Ch'un, I've not the honour 
 of knowing yours. My 
 name is Tung the lung 
 of east and west. What 
 may your lofty age be? 
 I am young; just forty- 
 eight. Ah, you are two 
 years older than I am. 
 How many sons have you, 
 Sir ? I've two sons and a 
 daughter ; how many have 
 you? I've no good for- 
 tune, I've only one girl. 
 
 19. This pair of boots of mine is 
 
 too tight. Did you buy 
 them ready made, or were 
 they made to order ? The 
 shoemaker took my mea- 
 
 You Sir honourable name. Com- 
 mon name Spring, not re- 
 ceive instruction. I name 
 East, East West 's East. 
 You Sir lofty longevity. 
 I small na, just forty- 
 eight. Ah, compare me 
 great two year (sui). You 
 Sir in front of how many 
 gentlemen honourable 
 youth. I have two piece 
 son, one piece girl; you 
 Sir in front of how many 
 gentlemen. Not good for- 
 tune, only have one piece 
 lass. 
 
 I this pair boots too tight lo. 
 Buy ing is ready made ing 
 or is fix make ing. Is 
 fix make ing ; that leather 
 workman take feet inches 
 
 18. 
 
 18. 
 
 18. 
 18. 
 
 18. 
 18. 
 
 chiao 4 , to teach, instruct, 
 a creed, faith, or sect. 
 
 /to receive instruc- 
 ling 3 I tion, I am in- 
 chiao*) debted to you for 
 \ your information. 
 shou 4 , longevity. 
 na 1 , a final particle. 
 
 behind and be- 
 fore, a follow- 
 ing ; used with 
 reference to the 
 number of chil- 
 dren or servants 
 a person has. 
 ling 4 , honourable, your. 
 lang 2 , a youth, a son. 
 
 KB ken 1 
 ch'ien 
 
 18. 
 18. 
 
 18. 
 19. 
 19. 
 19. 
 
 your son. 
 
 nkng 2 } an unmarried ^l 
 
 a girl, a daughter. 
 shuang 1 , a pair (of boots). 
 ^'} boot, 
 chin 8 , tight, pressing. 
 
 p'i 2 , skin, fur, leather. 
 
 P'i" l a worker ia 
 chiang 4 ) leather.
 
 110 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 sure, and I can't think 
 how he made them too 
 small. Have you worn 
 them? No, I can't wear 
 them ; they hurt my feet. 
 Why don't you send them 
 back ? If they were mine 
 I certainly should. If you 
 haven't paid for them, and 
 you refuse to take them, 
 the shoemaker can't help 
 himself. 
 
 20. What do you charge for the 
 hire oi a cart by the day ? 
 That all depends upon 
 where you want to go ; if 
 it is a long journey it will 
 be dearer; if you don't go 
 outside the city of course 
 it will be less. Couldn't 
 we reckon it by the num- 
 ber of li? Yes, we can 
 do that. What do you 
 propose to give per U y 
 Sir ? You name a price 
 and I will tell you whether 
 or no it fits in with my 
 idea. What do you say, 
 Sir, to a hundred cash a 
 
 measure good ed, not know 
 he how make little ed. 
 You wear ed (kuo) not 
 wear ed. Not wear ed, 
 not can wear; wear ed, 
 foot hurt. You why not 
 reject return go ; if is 
 mine, I positively want 
 reject return go. You Sir 
 il is not give money, re- 
 ject return, not receive, 
 that make boots one not 
 have remedy. 
 
 If hire cart, according to day (jih 
 tzu), reckon must how 
 many cash one day (t'ien). 
 That all look you Sir 
 want to where go . If road 
 far, money then many lo, 
 If not go out (ch'u) city, 
 of course money less lo. 
 We according to li num- 
 ber reckon, suit not suit. 
 Suit lo; you Sir propose 
 give how many cash. You 
 before say piece price, I 
 tell you agree my idea 
 not agree my idea. You 
 Sir regard one hundred 
 cash one li how fashion. 
 
 /^. ch'ih 2 ^ length of, measure- 
 19. ment of (see 
 
 ^ ts'un 4 ) IX. 52). 
 
 19. jjl t'ui 4 , to reject, retire. 
 
 iq piU 
 ' 
 
 ^i* 1 to reject, send back, 
 hui 2 ) decline to take. 
 
 19. Jj shou 4 , to accept, gather, 
 receive. 
 
 19. leather, skins. 
 
 20. ;g ku 4 , hire. 
 
 <& ho 2 ^ meet with one's wishes 
 20. or ideas, commend 
 
 i 4 itself.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 111 
 
 li ? Of course the driver's 
 food will be extra, and 
 there's his tip besides. 
 How much will the tip 
 be? That's as you like, 
 Sir; you give him what 
 you please. How much 
 does a hundred cash re- 
 present in foreign money ? 
 That all depends upon the 
 market rate, but speaking 
 generally, one dollar can 
 be reckoned at one string 
 of cash. All right, we 
 will settle it so and call it 
 
 21. I told the carter to drive 
 
 quickly or we should not 
 catch you up, but the mule 
 went so slowly that by the 
 time we reached the city 
 gate you had already gone. 
 
 22. I have no change, could you 
 
 change this ten tiao note 
 for me? Let me see what 
 is the cash bank of issue. 
 
 That carter 's food money 
 of course at outside ; ad- 
 tional still have that 
 wine money. That wine 
 money must how many. 
 That is following you Sir 's 
 convenience ; like give 
 how much, then give how 
 much. One hundred cash 
 reckon foreign (ocean) 
 money how much. That 
 look market rate ; probably 
 (ta Jcai) say, one piece 
 foreign money can reckon 
 one tiao cash. Then thus 
 pa; this then reckon fix 
 ed. 
 
 I tell that drive cart one quick 
 drive, otherwise we catch 
 not up you lo. That mule 
 walking thus slow, by 
 the time reached (pursue, 
 arrive ed) city gate's time 
 you already walk ed. 
 
 I not have fractional cash, this 
 ten tiao cash 's note you 
 can for me change pa. 
 You Sir permit me look 
 
 20. jg kan 8 , to drive, drive away, 
 when. 
 
 20. jfl ch'e 1 a coachman, carter. 
 
 2Q JjJ ling* ) besides, over and 
 ' ^f. wai 4 3 above, in addition. 
 20. ft tiao 4 , a string of one 
 thousand copper cash. 
 
 21. 2: r^, j otherwise, or. 
 21. ^ k ? n !_^ to catch up. 
 
 21.*J z ;}anmle.
 
 112 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 Oh! it's the Fu-shun 
 Bank. That Bank is right 
 enough. Do you want 
 notes, Sir, or do you want 
 cash? You might give 
 me one five tiao note, two 
 one tiao notes and the 
 balance in cash. 
 
 23. Would you make a little room 
 
 for us to pass, Sir? Please 
 pass, Sir. Thank you. 
 
 24. I've come to-day to thank 
 
 you, Sir. If you had not 
 come forward as an inter- 
 mediary that man would 
 certainly have brought an 
 action against me in the 
 Court. 
 
 25. I went out for a stroll after 
 
 the rain had stopped, and 
 as long as I followed the 
 high road there was not 
 much mud, but when I 
 left the road and crossed 
 through the fields my 
 boots got \vet, and my 
 
 look is which piece cash 
 shop 's note. Ah, is Fu- 
 shun cash shop ; that piece 
 cash shop not wrong. 
 You Sir is want notes, is 
 want cash. You give me 
 one piece five tiao cash 's 
 note, two piece one tiao 
 cash 's, remainder ing give 
 cash pa. 
 
 You Sir yield a little placebo, we* 
 good cross go. You Sir 
 please pa. Borrow light 
 lo. 
 
 I to-day come give you Sir offer 
 (tao) thanks. You Sir if 
 not forth come mediate, 
 that piece man positively 
 want at Tamen in accuse- 
 
 Down finish ed rain, I then forth 
 go stroll stroll. Follow 
 ing (shun) great road walk, 
 not have how many mud. 
 One separate great road, 
 by grass ground pass, boots 
 all damp ed, together with 
 socks also damp ed. To- 
 
 22. 
 
 22. 
 
 she^ng 4 , residue, balance, 
 remainder. 
 
 what remains, the 
 
 hsia 4 j balance. 
 
 hsia 4 ) another form of 
 ' } the above. 
 
 24. 
 
 24. ^ kao 4 , to accuse, bring an 
 
 action against. 
 
 25. $g ni 2 , mud. 
 
 25. JJH shih 1 , damp, wet.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 113 
 
 socks too. When I wanted 
 to wear them this morning 
 my boots were as hard as 
 boards, and I couldn't get 
 them on. What am I to 
 do? I'm afraid they are 
 spoilt. They can't be 
 spoilt ; get some grease, 
 smear them over with it, 
 and rub it in hard ; after 
 that put them by the side 
 of the tire, not too near, 
 and warm them. The 
 grease will soon melt and 
 then they will be soft. 
 
 26. My razor is blunt and I can't 
 
 shave with it. I must 
 send it to the ironmonger's 
 and have it ground. 
 
 27. I called you ever so many 
 
 times. Why didn't you 
 answer ? 
 
 28. Time's up. I ought to be 
 
 off. If I arrive late he 
 won't like it. 
 
 29. Wliat answer did he make 
 
 when you asked him about 
 
 day morning want wear 
 ing 's time that boots hard 
 's like boards, not can- 
 wear. How good; fear 
 spoil ed. Spoil cannot 
 (pu liao). Take oil, rub- 
 (mo) on, employ mnscle r 
 towards in rub (ts'a) then 
 (return come) put at fire 
 side, but don't too near lo ; 
 roast ed a roast, one short 
 space of time (i-hui l rh) 
 that oil melt ed, boots 
 then soft ed. 
 
 My scrape face knife not sharp, 
 not can scrape face. I 
 must send to iron me- 
 chanic shop in go call 
 them grind a grind. 
 
 I call ed you good some turn. 
 You why not answer. 
 
 Is time lo. I ought walk lo. I 
 if is arrive late ed, he not 
 approve me. 
 
 You ask him that piece affair he 
 how reply ing. He say 
 
 25. 
 
 $1 wa 1 ") , T . 
 js? , _. t stockings, socks. 
 
 26. 
 26. 
 
 !|J kua 1 , to scrape. 
 JiJjJt lien 3 , the face. 
 
 25. 
 
 @ ying 4 , hard. 
 
 26. 
 
 ^ k'uai 4 , sharp. 
 
 25. 
 
 {[ ssii 4 , shih 4 , like. 
 
 26. 
 
 J|s mo 2 , to grind, rub, as ink 
 
 25. 
 
 25. 
 25. 
 
 ^g hsiang 1 ") like, resem- 
 {m ssu 4 , shih 4 ) bling. 
 vA y u2 > il> grease. 
 5 chin 4 , muscle. 
 
 27. 
 27. 
 
 on an ink stone. 
 3&r ta 1 , to comply, consent, 
 reply. 
 ^ ta 1 j to answer, assent 
 JJg ying 1 j to, approve. 
 
 25. 
 25. 
 
 {t hua 4 , to melt, transform. 
 ^ juan 8 , soft. 
 
 29. 
 
 jgi t^ 1 f to reply.
 
 114 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 that business? He said 
 he was willing to under- 
 take it, but he was afraid 
 his master wouldn't agree. 
 The last time some one 
 asked him to lend a hand 
 his master wouldn't allow 
 him to go. 
 
 J30. The water is deep here; if 
 you go up a little higher 
 it is shallower. It's up 
 to your neck here ; there 
 it doesn't come up to your 
 ankle. 
 
 31. I say, carter, there's nothing 
 wrong about that mule of 
 yours. What did you give 
 for him ? Ah, you've good 
 eyes, Sir, and can spot a 
 good animal. When this 
 mule was bought my mas- 
 ter didn't tell me the price, 
 but I reckon he must 
 have cost seventy or eighty 
 taels ; and he's worth it. 
 
 he willing arrange, only 
 fear he master not assent. 
 Above turn, person invite 
 he help piece busy, he 
 master not permit he go. 
 
 Here, water deep lo\ towards 
 above go a little, then 
 shallow lo. Here, have 
 neck thus deep; there, not 
 reach ankle bone. 
 
 Carter, you that piece mule after 
 all not wrong; is how 
 much money buy ing. Ai, 
 lao yeh 's eye strength 
 good, seeing able out 
 (ch'iao te ch'u) good ani- 
 mal come. This piece 
 mule buy ing time our lao 
 yeh not tell me price, at 
 I calculate must seven 
 eight ten taels silver na. 
 
 29. 
 
 I 
 
 tung 1 
 chia 1 
 
 ] 
 
 a master, employer. 
 
 31. 
 
 |J tao 3 , yet, after all, 
 contrary, to pour, 
 
 on the 
 upset, 
 
 30. 
 
 g 
 
 shen 1 
 
 > 
 
 deep. 
 
 
 31. 
 
 g 
 
 fall. 
 sheng 1 , 
 
 cattle ; not used 
 
 30. 
 
 $ ch'ien 3 
 
 , shallow. 
 
 
 
 alone. 
 
 
 
 
 Bi*5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 tt 
 
 sheng 1 ") 
 
 a domestic 
 
 30. 
 
 1? 
 
 P~ ] 
 
 the neck. 
 
 31. 
 
 
 ( 
 
 animal, 
 
 cattle, 
 
 
 T 
 
 tzii \ 
 
 
 
 
 
 n 
 
 k'ou 3 ) 
 
 horse. 
 
 
 30. 
 
 * 
 
 huai 2 ) 
 tzii 
 
 the ankle, ankle 
 bone. 
 
 31. 
 
 fe 
 
 ku 1 , to 
 not used 
 
 reckon, estimate ; 
 alone. 
 
 
 *!* 
 
 ku 
 
 j 
 
 
 
 31. 
 
 g 
 
 mo 1 , to feel, touch. 
 
 30. 
 
 t 
 
 m 
 
 ku 2 
 t'ou 2 
 
 } 
 
 a bone, 
 
 bones. 
 
 31. 
 
 m 
 
 ku 1 ) to 
 mo 1 ) 
 
 estimate, 
 appraise. 
 
 value,
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 115 
 
 
 He's not more than seven Also worth ; he not exceed 
 
 
 years old by mark of 
 
 seven year mouth, not 
 
 
 mouth, has never been 
 
 lame ed (kuo), eat ing very 
 
 
 lame, and takes kindly to 
 
 fragrant. You Sir look, 
 
 
 his food. Just look how 
 
 he how much sleek. He 
 
 
 sleek he is, Sir ; when 
 
 reach ed my hands in time, 
 
 
 he came into my hands 
 
 emaciate ing what like, 
 
 
 he was as thin as any- 
 
 now upon ed plump ; all is 
 
 
 thing, but he's put on 
 
 I fond of (hsin t'eng) him, 
 
 
 flesh now, and it's all be- 
 
 not fatigue him 's cause. 
 
 
 cause I am careful of him 
 
 
 
 and don't overwork him. 
 
 
 
 The first time I got into 
 
 I top turn on cart's time he lift 
 
 
 the cart he lifted his heels 
 
 heels lai cho, want kick 
 
 
 and tried to kick me, but 
 
 me ; now good ed. Pro- 
 
 
 he's all right now. Pro- 
 
 bably is recognise raw 
 
 
 bably he's shy of strangers. 
 
 pa. Ai, my lao yeh, not is 
 
 
 It's not that way, Sir. 
 
 thus. That mule although 
 
 
 Although that mule's a 
 
 is piece dumb animal, 
 
 
 dumb animal he's got 
 
 heart in but intelligent ; 
 
 
 some sense, and he knows also recognise man. He 
 
 Q1 
 
 jH sui 4 | the age of an 31. ^ chiieh 3 , a horse's hoof 
 
 O-L. 
 
 k'ou 3 ! animal. 
 
 (colloquial, t'i 4 tzii*). 
 
 31. 
 
 yjH ch'iieh 2 , lame, lameness. 
 
 ift linn 1 "^ 
 
 31. 
 
 ^ hsiang 1 , fragrant, frag- 
 
 31.1chuW to lift the hoofs, 
 
 
 rance, scent, incense. 
 
 f tzii ) toklck ' 
 
 31. 
 
 $fi p'iao 1 , to float, a float. 
 
 31. JH t'i 4 , to kick. 
 
 31. 
 
 ft Hang 1 , bright, clear. 
 
 
 31. 
 
 | g ',} sleek, g ,o ssy . 
 
 IS Jen 4 "\to recognise one 
 Q1 / to be a stranger, 
 ( to be shy of 
 
 31. 
 
 %Jl shou 4 , thin, lean, ema- 
 ciated. 
 
 ^ sh^ng 1 ) strangers. 
 
 31. 
 
 Jjffi piao 1 , fat (of animals). 
 
 31. S ^ a i f dumb, a dumb man. 
 
 31. 
 
 HI lei 4 , to trouble, fatigue, 
 overwork, tired, embar- 
 
 "u pa j 
 31. ^ ch'u 1 , an animal; not used 
 
 
 rassed. 
 
 alone. 
 
 31. 
 
 $ liao 1 , to lift up, as petti- 
 
 01 ia ch'u 1 ") an animal, brute, 
 
 
 * coats, &c. 
 
 ' ^ sheng 1 ) brute beast.
 
 116 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 people. The first time he 
 saw you, Sir, he didn't 
 know what sort of a person 
 you were, but after you 
 had ridden two or three 
 times in the cart he found 
 that you were a quiet 
 gentleman and didn't want 
 to press him, so of course 
 he doesn't kick. I won't 
 deceive you, Sir. What 
 this mule of mine most 
 dislikes is ladies, and of all 
 ladies he dislikes my mis- 
 tress the most. Directly 
 he sees her coming to get 
 into the cart he knows he 
 is in for a bad time, and 
 so he kicks. What for? 
 Why, my mistress doesn't 
 think about the mule; all 
 she wants is to go fast, 
 and directly she gets up, 
 " Carter," she says, " you 
 go fast." She don't mind 
 whether the road is good 
 or is not, whether it's hot 
 or isn't hot ; she's always 
 
 top one turn see you Sir, 
 he not know is what kind 
 's man ; you, Sir, sit two 
 three turn cart he know 
 you Sir is quiet (lao shih) 
 man, not want urge him ; 
 he of course then not kick 
 ed. Not deceive you Sir 
 say, I this mule most (tsui) 
 dislike ing is ladies (fai 
 Vai men) ; ladies inside 
 most of all (tiny) dislike 
 ing is our lady. One 
 see he come want get on 
 (shang) cart, he then know 
 want suffer punishment 
 lo; then lift heels. How 
 say no, ; our lady not 
 care mule how fashion, 
 only like quick walk. One 
 get on cart ah, then say 
 carter, you quickly walk. 
 She not care road good 
 walk not good walk, day 
 hot not hot, constantly 
 call me beat mule, cause 
 him quick run. I if is 
 not diligent beat him, she 
 
 31. HJ8 ch'ou 3 , to look, see. 
 
 31. jg ts'ui 1 , to press, urge on, 
 
 hurry. 
 31. B$j man 1 , to deceive, impose 
 
 upon. 
 31. jfa hsien 5 , to dislike, have an 
 
 aversion to, prejudice. 
 
 01 3 g hou 4 7 to have a bad time, 
 U p tsui 4 } to suffer. 
 
 31. Jf; ching 4 , only, then, just. 
 31. Hf ch'in 2 , diligent. 
 31. 2jK lei 4 , a class, category, 
 species. 
 
 * 1 ^ one c ^ ass ' tne 
 lei 4 ) same, similar. 
 
 31
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 117 
 
 
 telling me to beat the 
 
 say I with mule one class 
 
 
 mule and make him go 
 
 one idle beast. Have 
 
 
 fast, and if I don't keep 
 
 times hold umbrella take 
 
 
 on thrashing him she calls 
 
 mule poke one time. By 
 
 
 me a lazy beast like the 
 
 (/can) return coming 's 
 
 
 mule, and sometimes she 
 
 time that mule one body 
 
 
 takes her umbrella and 
 
 sweat ; what food feed him 
 
 
 prods the mule with it. 
 
 all not eat. 
 
 
 
 By the time we get back 
 
 
 
 the mule is all of a sweat 
 
 
 
 and won't eat his food, 
 
 
 
 no matter what you give 
 
 
 
 him. 
 
 
 
 Now, Sir, I ask you to 
 
 Lao-yeh, you Sir reflect; I this 
 
 
 bear in mind that I de- 
 
 mule I rely ing him pass 
 
 
 pend upon my mule for 
 
 days ; then thus drive ing 
 
 
 my living, and if he is 
 
 him, if is drive come sick- 
 
 
 driven like that and made 
 
 ness out, I how can confront 
 
 
 sick by it, what am I 
 
 our lao yeh. I constantly 
 
 
 going to say to the master? 
 
 with lady say ed (kuo) 
 
 
 I keep on telling this to 
 
 this talk. She not care ; 
 
 
 the mistress, but she don't 
 
 she say I ever protect 
 
 
 care; she says I always 
 
 ing mule. Now, our lady 
 
 
 spare the mule. She's to north side avoid heat 
 
 31. ' 
 
 |g Ian 3 , idle. 
 
 3IJ- tui 4 s not to be able to 
 
 31. 3 
 
 ^ san 3 , an umbrella. 
 
 ) render a good 
 
 31. j 
 
 t$ ch'o 1 , to poke, poke at, 
 j 
 
 31. 7fc pu 4 V account of one's 
 I self, not to be able 
 
 Q1 > 
 
 prod. 
 
 J- ^V.^-n^.4 4-~ An-n.i-^J -l-rr 
 
 g ch'i 3 J to face a person. 
 
 upon, fight. 
 
 {i chang 4 ") relying on, de- 
 ;|ff cho ) pending on. 
 tui 4 to be able to face, to 
 have a good an- 
 swer to make, to 
 be able to render 
 an account of 
 |g ch'i 3 stewardship. 
 
 01 
 
 31. tl 
 
 ff| hu 4 , to protect, screen, 
 guard. 
 
 I ^protecting. 
 5J pi 4 , to avoid.
 
 118 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 gone north now to get 
 out of the heat, and she 
 won't be back for more 
 than two months, so for 
 that while the mule will 
 have a comfortable time 
 and my mind will be at 
 rest. 
 
 32. Whenever I meet him he 
 
 passes by with his head in 
 the air and won't take any 
 notice of me. In former 
 times when he was poor 
 we were thick enough, but 
 now that he has become a 
 high official he puts on 
 airs. Well, the proverb 
 rightly says, "One pace 
 upwards and old neigh- 
 bours get cut." 
 
 33. What are you two men quar- 
 
 relling about? If you've 
 
 go ed, must two piece 
 more month then (ts'ai) 
 return come. This piece 
 interval (kung fu} mule 
 also comfortable, I also let 
 go ed heart lo. 
 
 Every occasion meet him 's time 
 he lift ing head pass go, 
 not like heed me. He 
 formerly poor 's time we 
 two piece man how inti- 
 mate ; now do great officer 
 lo, then wear tall hat lo. 
 Ai, proverb say ing well 
 one step mount high not 
 recognize old country con- 
 nections lo. 
 
 You two piece man wrangle bawl 
 what. Have talk, good 
 
 31. 4H shu 3 , heat, torrid heat. 
 
 32. 
 
 32. 
 32. 
 
 each, con- 
 
 mei', every, 
 
 stantly. 
 
 feng", to meet, encounter. 
 
 mei* ) whenever, on every 
 
 flng 2 ) occasion. 
 
 32. jg yii 4 , to meet, meet with. 
 
 QO >S yu 4 \ to meet, meet 
 ^ chien 4 ) with, occur. 
 
 32. |f ch'iung 2 , poor, to exhaust. 
 H ch'in 1 ^ intimate, close in- 
 
 32. timacy, on very 
 
 ^ jo 4 ) intimate terms. 
 
 32. Jg tai 4 , to wear on the head. 
 
 32. { su 2 , common, vulgar. 
 
 32. f yii 3 , sayings, words. 
 
 32. 
 32. 
 
 32. 
 33. 
 
 su 2 ) a common saying, a 
 proverb. 
 
 teng 1 , to ascend, mount, 
 
 climb. 
 
 teng 1 ^ to ascend high, to 
 go up in the 
 
 kao 1 ) world. 
 
 hsiang\ a country neigh- 
 / bour, a home 
 > aquaintance, a 
 \ friend of old 
 
 ch'in 1 ' days. 
 
 ch'ao 8 , to wrangle, make 
 
 an uproar, clamour for.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 119 
 
 got anything to say say it 
 quietly; what do you want 
 to shout for? I don't 
 want to shout, but he is 
 treating me most unfairly. 
 We went into partnership 
 over a small business on 
 the distinct understanding 
 that each party was to 
 take half the profits, and 
 he wont give me my share. 
 What do you say to that? 
 
 34. Just look how dirty this floor 
 
 is ! It looks as if you 
 couldn't have swept it for 
 several days. You be 
 quick and sweep it. If 
 this happens again you 
 needn't think of applying 
 to me for your wages at 
 the end of the month. 
 
 35. You're too fond of boasting 
 
 altogether. You don't 
 mean to say that only your 
 
 good ly say; why want 
 bawl. Not is I want 
 bawl; only (pu kuo) is he 
 treat me too not fair. We 
 two piece man unite ing 
 partner do little buy-sell, 
 say clearly ed, gain ed 
 money, each man divide 
 one half. My division he 
 not give me; you say this 
 can (k'o) how fashion good. 
 
 You look this ground board have 
 how much dirty lo. Seem- 
 ingly (k'an ch'i lai) posi- 
 tively is you this some 
 days not sweep. You 
 quick quick give me sweep 
 clean ed pa. Again thus 
 fashion, by the time arrive 
 ed month bottom, not use 
 think from me want wages. 
 
 You this piece man only like 
 speak mouth. Difficult 
 say only is you one piece 
 
 33. 
 
 03 W 
 
 * 3 - m 
 
 33. & 
 
 33. g 
 
 33. m 
 
 33. H 
 
 jang 3 , to bawl, shout, shout 
 
 at each other. 
 
 ch'ao 3 ) to quarrel noisily, 
 
 jang 3 3 an altercation. 
 
 kung 1 , public, just, male 
 
 species. 
 
 kung 1 j just, fair, equit- 
 
 tao 4 3 able. 
 
 chuan 4 , to earn money by 
 
 trade, &c., make a profit. 
 
 & ho 2 ~} to join in partner- 
 33. ship, enter into 
 
 j| huo 3 ) partnership. 
 
 34. ^ sao 3 , to sweep. 
 
 35. B$| tsui 3 , the mouth. 
 
 35. H 
 
 II nan 2 ) 
 
 35. ^ ta 4 [ 
 
 18; shuo 1 ) 
 
 to boast, brag.
 
 120 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 things are good aud that 
 nobody else's are? You 
 would do well to be a little 
 modest. 
 
 I have invited some friends 
 to dine to-morrow and go 
 to the theatre, and have 
 arranged for dinner at the 
 T'ung Ho Lou restaurant 
 at four o'clock sharp. 
 
 We two don't stand on 
 ceremony with each other, 
 so I have not sent you a 
 written invitation, and we 
 will reckon this a verbal 
 invitation. 
 
 I shall be most happy to 
 come. What theatre do 
 you propose to go to ? 
 
 man 's good, other man 's 
 all not good ? You mo- 
 dest a little, then is. 
 
 I to-morrow invite ed some gentle- 
 men friend eat food, listen 
 theatricals. I engage ed 
 them at city outside T'ung 
 Ho Lou restaurant, pre- 
 cisely (chun) four o'clock 
 eat food. 
 
 We two piece man not grasp mud, 
 therefore I not give you 
 down invitation card. I 
 now then reckon ig 
 mouth invite ed. 
 
 Obey command, obey command ; 
 you Sir propose to what 
 theatre go. 
 
 85. fH ch'ien 1 , humble, yielding, 
 respectful. 
 
 85. jg hsiin 4 , humble, complai- 
 sant. 
 
 85. g j^ | humble, modest. 
 
 36. fa hsi 4 , theatricals, a play. 
 
 O K Hj t'ing 1 ") to go to the 
 
 D> fa hsi< J theatre. 
 
 86. jjij yo 1 , a contract, to invite, 
 
 make an engagement, to 
 contract. 
 
 86. |H lou 3 , an upper story, a 
 house with an upper story. 
 36. fff kuan 8 , an inn, hall, eating- 
 house, 
 ft fan 4 } 
 
 86. fff kuan 3 > a restaurant. 
 ^ tzii ) 
 
 36. 
 
 36. 
 36. 
 
 36. 
 
 36 
 36. 
 
 36. 
 
 $J chii 1 , to lay hold of, re- 
 strain. 
 
 7 pu 4 J don't (or not to) 
 
 $J chii 1 > stand on cere- 
 
 $g ni j j mony. 
 
 iji t'ieh 1 , to stick to, attach 
 to, a ticket, label. 
 
 |f ch'ing' ) a card or letter of 
 
 !}$ t'ieh 1 j invitation. 
 
 P k'ou 3 ) a verbal invita- 
 
 fH ch'ing' ) tion. 
 
 JH tsun l ,honoured,eminent, to 
 venerate, obey, obedience. 
 
 ^ ming 4 , fate, lot, destiny, b 
 command. 
 
 JH tsun 1 ") to obey a com- 
 
 $f ming 4 ) mand. 
 
 J yuan 2 ) 
 
 ^ tzii j
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 121 
 
 I was going to ask you 
 about that, because I don't 
 often go to the theatre and 
 don't know which company 
 is the best. 
 
 37. There are going to be festi- 
 
 vities at our neighbours' 
 
 on the fifth of next month, 
 
 and I hear it will be a 
 
 very gay affair. 
 
 What festivities are there 
 
 going to be? A birthday 
 
 or a wedding? 
 
 They are going to marry 
 
 off their second son. 
 
 Are you going? 
 
 Why, of course. They are 
 
 friends of long standing, 
 
 and I must go. 
 
 38. You've come at a most oppor- 
 
 tune moment. I was just 
 going to send somebody to 
 ask you to come across. 
 
 This I is want request instruc- 
 tions you Sir ing, because 
 I not constantly to theatre 
 go, not know which troupe 
 good. * 
 
 Our neighbour below month first 
 (ch'u) five day want man- 
 age happiness business. 
 Heard say want very gay. 
 
 Want manage what happiness 
 business? (ni), is manage 
 birthday, is marry wife ah. 
 
 Is give their two young gentle- 
 man marry wife. 
 
 You sir go not go. 
 
 How not go ni. Many year 'a 
 friendship, must positive- 
 ly go. 
 
 You sir come ing truly opportune. 
 I just (cheng) want send 
 man invite you cross come. 
 
 36. p| yuan 7 [-a theatre. 
 36. W 
 
 36. $ 
 
 37. $j 
 
 37> # 
 37. ;&] 
 
 37 U 
 37. IS 
 
 ch'ing :i ) may I ask? kind- 
 
 chiao 4 i ly inform me. 
 
 hsi 4 J 
 
 pan 1 > a theatrical troupe. 
 
 tzu ) 
 
 fang 1 , a street, ward, 
 
 factory. 
 
 chieh'ja neighbour, 
 
 fang 1 ) neighbourhood. 
 
 ch'u 1 , commencement, 
 
 beginning. 
 
 the first time. 
 
 J 4 lg av > bustling, 
 uao 4 ) lively. 
 
 /J? shao 4 ^ the son of a person 
 37. > of rank or posi- 
 
 ^f yeh 2 ) tion. 
 37. |JJ!> ni 1 , interrogative particle. 
 37. ch'ii 3 , to marry a wife. 
 
 37. ' 
 
 marry a wife. 
 
 37. tl hsi2 ( to 
 
 37. tgf pi 4 , must, certainly. 
 
 37. fa P l - 3 ( positively must. 
 
 ^^ tol J 
 
 38. 3^ ch'iao 3 , lucky, opportune, 
 
 clever, cunning. 
 
 38. J cheng*, on the point of, 
 straight, just.
 
 122 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 39. Are you taking enough money 
 with you on your journey 
 south to-morrow ? 
 Quite enough. I have a 
 hundred taels of ready 
 money in hand and that 
 cheque for five hundred 
 taels which you gave me. 
 These two amounts added 
 together will certainly be 
 sufficient. I propose to 
 cash the cheque on ar- 
 rival, but there's one point : 
 the cheque is drawn on 
 this bank and ought to be 
 cashed locally. I don't 
 know whether they will 
 levy a discount or not at 
 the branch bank. 
 
 I expect they will levy a 
 discount, but it won't be 
 
 You to-morrow to south side go 
 take ing money enougn 
 not enough. 
 
 Fully enough lo, I hand in have 
 one hundred tael 's ready 
 money, yet have you Sir 
 give me ing that five 
 hundred tael silver '& 
 -cheque. This two items 
 money collect at together 
 certain is enough lo. ] 
 propose, arrive there take 
 silver certificate draw 
 money. But have one 
 point. This silver certifi- 
 cate is at this bank open 
 ing, ought at original place 
 draw money. I not know 
 at division establishment 
 deduct not deduct. 
 
 Deduct, expect is want deduct ; 
 that has limit, probably i 
 
 39. Jg, tsu 2 , enough, the foot, 
 complete. 
 
 39. s; 
 
 39. 
 
 39. 
 
 i t a cheque. 
 
 ' a sum of money, 
 
 tan*? anitem - 
 
 39. ^ ts'ou 4 , to assemble, collect. 
 39. JjX ch'ii 3 , to draw, as money 
 
 receive, take. 
 39. ^f- ts'eng 2 , a word indicating 
 
 past action, a point. 
 OQ i 1 ] one point, a con- 
 '* Jf ts'eng 2 ) sideration. 
 
 39. ^ 
 
 39. ^ 
 
 39. fp 
 
 39. p& 
 
 39 - S 
 
 39. ^ 
 
 39. $ 
 
 
 fen 1 ") a branch establish- 
 j 2 ) ment. 
 
 k'ou 4 , to deduct, discount, 
 knock. 
 
 hsien 4 , a limit, to limit. 
 yu 3 7 inconsiderable, 
 hsien 4 j limited. 
 ching 3 , condition, appear- 
 ance. 
 
 kuang 1 ") probabilities, 
 ching 3 j circumstances. 
 ch'ou 1 , to pull out, take 
 out, per-centage.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 123 
 
 much probably one li per 
 tael. 
 
 40. From the tone of his remarks 
 
 he is not willing to under- 
 take this business. 
 It is the rule of their firm 
 that employes are not 
 permitted to do outside 
 business. He couldn't 
 very well tell you outright 
 of the existence of this 
 regulation, so he gave you 
 a vague answer. 
 
 41. What do you keep on bother- 
 
 ing me for? I tell you 
 straight out that it doesn't 
 matter how much you beg, I 
 will positively not consent. 
 
 one tael silver deduct one 
 thousandth (/?') pa. 
 
 Listen his mouth breath, is not 
 willing undertake thi 
 piece business. 
 
 Their establishment in 's custom 
 not permit their counter 
 on man transact outside '& 
 business ; this piece regu- 
 lation he not good inten- 
 tion straight tell you r 
 therefore he indefinite ly 
 reply ed. 
 
 You persistently worry me do 
 what. I decisive ly tell 
 you, you even if (no? p'a) 
 how solicit, I positive not 
 consent. 
 
 /H li 2 , the thousandth part 
 of a tael. 
 
 k'ou 3 7 the tone of a per- 
 3 son's conversation. 
 
 41. 
 
 41. 
 
 Pj| lo 2 -)to bother, pester, 
 / importune, bother- 
 l some, complicated, 
 sov fidgetting. 
 kan 4 , to do, manage. 
 
 kuei 1 
 
 7 custom, usage, con- 
 
 
 chii 4 
 
 ) duct, decorum. 
 
 41. 
 
 kuei 4 
 
 ^ employes in a 
 
 
 shan 
 
 ; 4 > business estab- 
 
 41. 
 
 jen 2 
 
 ) lishment. 
 
 
 40 
 
 40. 
 
 40. |j|[ chih 2 , straight out, 
 
 straight, upright, proper. 
 
 A Q ^ han 2 ) reserved, reticent, 
 ' $] hu 2 ) ambiguous. 
 
 41. >f|| chin 3 , only, barely. 
 
 41. 
 
 persistently. 
 
 mo 
 
 ng 
 
 are you 
 
 ? why? 
 
 J 
 
 do- 
 
 41. 
 
 41. 
 
 41. 
 41. 
 
 chien 3 , concise, to retrench, 
 chien 3 ^ concisely, and 
 / plainly, short 
 t and straight, 
 chih 2 J plainly. 
 na s \ it doesn't matter 
 how, no matter 
 how, if it must 
 come to that, I will 
 fQ p'a 4 } even go so far as. 
 ch'iu 2 , to beg, entreat, 
 
 solicit, seek after. 
 chiieh 2 , positively, decid- 
 edlv.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 42. It's too cold to go now, we'll 
 
 talk about it when the 
 weather is warm. 
 
 43. These children are fidgetty, 
 
 sure enough. They are 
 always wanting to play, 
 and if I was not a patient 
 individual I positively 
 couldn't stand it. 
 
 44. Why do you cut that horse's 
 
 tail? 
 
 For appearance sake, that's 
 
 all. 
 
 You think of appearances, 
 
 but have no sympathy for 
 
 the horse. Just think, 
 
 on a hot day like this the 
 
 flies are so annoying that 
 
 you are never without a 
 
 fly-brush in your hand. 
 
 The horse's tail is a fly- 
 
 This time go, weather too cold. 
 Wait day warm again 
 speak pa. 
 
 These children truly fidgetty, 
 only covet play. I if not 
 is endure heart bother 's 
 man, I positively (chien 
 chih ti) suffer not able 
 (pu te) lo. 
 
 That horse tail you why give 
 shear short. 
 
 For is (wei-ti-shih) good look, 
 that's all. 
 
 You think ing good look, but not 
 sympathize that horse. 
 You think, thus kind one 
 hot day, that fly worry 
 (nao) ing you that fly- 
 brush ever not sep irate 
 hand. Horse tail also is 
 piece fly-brush, you cut 
 
 
 R 
 
 nuan 3 ) 
 
 ifat 
 
 nai 4 "^ 
 
 42. 
 
 vX- 
 
 ft 
 
 ho 2 j warm - 
 
 43. 
 
 16 
 
 hsin 1 > patient. 
 
 43. 
 
 ft 
 
 f ao- ) fidgetty, mischiev- 
 
 
 m 
 
 fan 2 ) 
 
 43. 
 
 ^ ch'i 4 ) ous. 
 ^ fan 1 , to covet, be always 
 
 44. 
 
 E 
 
 i 3 7 
 ! r a tail: also read tuei*. 
 pa 1 ) 
 
 
 
 wanting to, covetous. 
 
 44. 
 
 fit 
 
 t'i 8 , the body. 
 
 43. 
 
 Jt 
 
 fan 1 ) fond of play, want- 
 
 44. 
 
 m 
 
 liang 4 , to believe, consider, 
 
 
 JTC 
 
 wan 2 ) ing to play. 
 
 
 
 think about. 
 
 43. 
 
 B 
 
 nai*, to bear, endure, 
 patient. 
 
 
 m 
 
 t'i 8 "\ to be thoughtful or 
 / considerate for, 
 
 43. 
 
 ffi 
 
 fan 2 , trouble, to trouble, 
 
 
 
 T to sympathize 
 
 
 
 troublesome: 
 
 
 m 
 
 liang 4 ) with. 
 
 
 m 
 
 nai 4 ^ to bear patiently, 
 
 44. 
 
 ^.g'laflv. 
 
 43. 
 
 
 > to put up with 
 
 
 M 
 
 ymg' ) 
 
 
 $f 
 
 fan 2 ) annoyance. 
 
 44. 
 
 JS'J 
 
 shua 1 , to brush.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 125 
 
 
 brush too, and if you cut 
 
 short ed, he how able 
 
 
 it short he can't whisk off 
 
 drive away fly, then want 
 
 
 the flies and suffers in 
 
 suffer punishment lo. 
 
 
 consequence. 
 
 
 45. 
 
 How much altogether was 
 
 You buying that fruit altogether 
 
 
 that fruit you bought? 
 
 how much money. 
 
 
 I haven't reckoned it up 
 
 I yet not reckon up ; not is one 
 
 
 yet ; it wasn't all bought 
 
 piece place buy ing. Wait 
 
 
 at one place. Wait till I 
 
 I take them open ing bills 
 
 
 get the bills they made 
 
 bring come reckon a reckon. 
 
 
 out and reckon it up. 
 
 
 46. 
 
 You stupid! Why are you 
 
 You this stupid thing. How 
 
 
 such a fool ? A brainless, 
 
 thus idiotic. Like you 
 
 
 lazy lout like you isn't fit 
 
 thus not have brains, also 
 
 
 to serve in a respectable 
 
 lazy, also loutish, serve 
 
 
 family. Out you get, 
 
 (chung) what use ah. Not 
 
 
 sharp. 
 
 fitted at respectable man 
 
 
 
 home do affair. You quick 
 
 
 
 give me roll out go pa. 
 
 44. 
 
 j^lj shua 1 ^ abrush(thereisalso 
 another charac- 
 
 46. g ch^ng* j stupid, doltish. 
 
 
 ^ tzu. ) ter for fly brush). 
 
 A c US nao 7 i. 
 4o. '4? ^ > brains. 
 
 i5. 
 
 mkuo 3 7 f *. 
 > trmT. 
 
 -f tzu ) 
 
 
 3- tzu 3 
 
 46. ^ pen 4 , clumsy, awkward, 
 
 i5. 
 
 jjl t'ung 1 , to pass through, to 
 
 stupid, thick-headed. 
 
 
 penetrate. 
 
 AC, 4 chung 1 ") to be of use, cap- 
 
 45. 
 
 dh kung 4 , all. 
 
 x $J ynng 4 3 able of use. 
 
 45 
 
 j, t'ung 1 ) altogether, the 
 
 46. g p'ei 4 , to match, pair. 
 
 A K. 
 
 dfc kung 4 3 whole. 
 & ho 2 7 to reckon up, add 
 
 46. ^ P< . 4 not fit, not worthy. 
 g p ei ) 
 
 45. 
 
 ^[ suan 4 3 up a sum. 
 
 46. j|j ching 1 , past, the warp of 
 
 45. 
 
 $1 chang 4 , a bill, account. 
 
 textile fabric. 
 
 
 ^ k'ai 1 } to make out a 
 
 j cheng 4 ) honest, respect- 
 
 45. 
 
 bill, to open an 
 
 46. able, straight- 
 
 
 IH chang 4 ) account. 
 
 & ching 1 ) forward. 
 
 4fi 
 
 $f] hu 2 7 
 
 46. jg kun 8 , to roll (a strong term 
 
 TtU. 
 
 H? t'u 2 ) s U P X 
 
 of abuse, to be used spar- 
 
 46. 
 
 $| hun 4 , muddy, dull. 
 
 ingly), boiling (of water).
 
 126 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 47. Where are you off to ? 
 
 I am going to the garden 
 to see if the seeds sown 
 there have come up or not. 
 The man that is looking 
 after the garden now is 
 not very satisfactory, and I 
 am not sure that he has 
 sown them properly. He 
 has been my coolie hither- 
 to, and was not a gardener, 
 but for the last few months 
 he has been frequently 
 with the gardener and now 
 understands a little about 
 it. The gardener has ap- 
 plied for two months' leave, 
 and he is taking his place. 
 
 48. Both these roads go to Pe- 
 
 king. The west one, al- 
 though a little nearer, is 
 not good going. A little 
 further on you reach a 
 
 You this is towards where go. 
 
 I to flower garden go, look look 
 garden in sow ing seeds 
 come out ed not have. 
 Now that piece care gar- 
 den's man not great satis- 
 factory. I not know he 
 sow ing correct not correct. 
 Hitherto he is give me 
 serve as coolie; originally 
 not is gardener. This few 
 piece month constantly 
 with gardener at together, 
 now then understand a 
 little. Because that gar- 
 dener ask ed two piece 
 month's leave, he then give 
 him serve substitute work. 
 
 This two strip road all is towards 
 Peking go ing. West side 
 one, although near a little, 
 but not good walk; walk 
 ed not far then is stone 
 
 47 
 
 wang", to go towards, to- 
 wards, past and gone. 
 47. fH chung 4 , to plant, sow. 
 
 47. i ,^ u | seeds. 
 
 47. T t'o 3 , secure, satisfactory. 
 
 47. [p] hsiang 1 , towards, facing. 
 . |pj hsiang 1 ) hitherto, here- 
 
 2fc lai 2 ) tofore. 
 47. ^ k'u 3 , bitter, unpleasant, 
 distressing. 
 
 47. 'rh y a gardener, 
 g chiang 4 ) 
 
 47. $% chia 4 , leave of absence ; 
 chia 3 , false. 
 
 ^ kao 4 ^ to ask for leave of 
 
 47. > absence, to be on 
 $% chia 1 ) leave. 
 
 ^Xkung'}^ 11 "^ 6 - 
 
 48. ^ t'iao 2 , a strip ; the nurne- 
 
 rative of roads, dogs, 
 trowsers, towels, &c. 
 48. ^ lu 4 , a road, way.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 127 
 
 stone road which has not | 
 been repaired for a good 
 many years, and is full of 
 holes. The other road, 
 although it makes a bit of 
 a detour, is the more ex- 
 peditious in the end. 
 49. You gave me seven tiao, 
 didn't you ? I spent alto- 
 gether nine tiao eight 
 hundred cash on the things 
 I bought for you, so you 
 have got to give me two 
 _ tiao eight hundred cash 
 and we shall be quits. 
 
 I've no change, but you 
 can deduct your two tiao 
 eight hundred cash from 
 this dollar and give me 
 the balance of seven tiao. 
 That won't do. The dol- 
 lar changes now for nine 
 tiao, and by that reckon- 
 ing I should lose. 
 
 road. That stone road 
 good some years not re- 
 pair, only is some holes. 
 That one strip road al- 
 though wind a little far, 
 after all compare this piece 
 expeditious many lo. 
 
 You not is give me seven tiao 
 cash? I give you buy ing 
 those things altogether 
 spend ed nine tiao eight 
 hundred cash. You yet 
 must give me make good 
 two tiao eight hundred 
 cash, we two piece man 
 then reckon not affair lo. 
 
 I not fraction money. You take 
 this one dollar take out 
 your two tiao eight hun- 
 dred cash ; remainder seven 
 tiao find give me pa. 
 
 That not suit. Now foreign 
 money exchange nine tiao 
 cash. Thus reckon, I then 
 eat loss lo. 
 
 48. ^ 
 
 shih 2 , stone. 49. 
 
 $| pu 3 , to patch, fill up, 
 
 48. 1 
 
 ghih? } 
 ( t'ou 2 j stone ' of stoD6 ' 
 
 
 repair. 
 ^ chao 3 \ to make up a 
 
 48. & 
 
 : hsiu 1 , to mend, repair. 
 
 . 
 
 / deficiency, to 
 
 48. J5i 
 
 \ k'eng 1 , a pit, hole. 
 
 
 I make good, pay 
 
 48. 
 
 \ jao 4 , to wind, go round, 
 
 
 -j^ pu 3 / over a deficit. 
 
 
 make a detour. 
 
 49. 
 
 jij p'ao 2 , to dig, hoe. 
 
 48 '1 
 
 | tao 4 ) after all ; ti 3 hsia 4 , 
 j ti 3 j below, hereafter. 
 
 49. 
 
 oj i,< i ( to deduct, take out. 
 
 48. ' 
 
 [ chien 3 ^ expeditious, sav- 
 > ing of time, 
 
 49. 
 
 )jfj k'uei 1 , a deficiency, loss, 
 to lose. 
 
 
 
 [ pien 4 ) simpler. 
 
 
 p ch'ih 1 ^ to be a loser, to 
 
 49 -i 
 
 itsung 3 } alt g ether - 
 
 49. 
 
 > lose by a trans- 
 %$ k'uei 1 ) action.
 
 128 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 50. This fan isn't very good. I'll 
 
 go to the shop to-morrow 
 and choose another one. 
 
 Dear me, this picking and 
 choosing is not good form ; 
 a person makes you a 
 present with the kindest 
 intentions and you go and 
 turn up your nose at it. 
 If he knows you have been 
 to change it he will most 
 surely send you no more 
 presents. 
 
 51. What's your hurry? Sit down 
 
 and rest a bit. Please ex- 
 cuse me from joining you, 
 but there's a man waiting 
 for me over there, and if 
 I don't go as soon as 
 possible, I am afraid his 
 business will be delayed. 
 
 52. Don't be impatient. As he 
 
 made you a promise, he 
 will arrange it for you 
 sooner or later. 
 
 This piece (pa) fan not great 
 good. To-morrow I to 
 that shop in go again 
 choose one piece pa. 
 
 Ai, you thus choose five choose 
 six ing is what fashion. 
 Person good intention 
 send you ing things, you 
 still turn nose up at. He 
 if is know you go change 
 go, below positively not 
 again send you things lo. 
 
 Hurry what ing. Sit down rest 
 a rest pa. You Sir please 
 pa. There have man wait 
 me; if is not hurrying 
 go, fear delay ed his busi- 
 ness. 
 
 Don't get impatient ; he since 
 
 promise ed you, early late 
 
 . he must give you manage. 
 
 50. 
 
 50. 
 50. 
 
 50. 
 
 50. 
 51. 
 
 shan*, a fan, a leaf of a 
 
 folding door. 
 
 shan 4 \ f 
 
 tzu j afan ' 
 
 t'iao 1 , to choose, pick out. 
 
 t'iao 1 -\ 
 
 51. 
 
 51. 
 52. 
 
 wu 3 
 t'iao 1 
 
 Sto be fastidious. 
 
 
 liu* 
 
 
 52. 
 
 t'iao 1 
 
 "\ to look down up- 
 
 
 
 / on,- to be super- 
 
 52. 
 
 
 C cilious, to turn 
 
 
 yen 3 
 
 ) one's nose up at. 
 
 52. 
 
 hsieh 1 , to rest 
 
 kan 3 } to hurry up, 
 as quickly as 
 k'uai 4 ) possible. 
 
 to delay business. 
 
 chi 2 , urgent, urgently, an- 
 xious, impetuous, excited. 
 chao 2 } to be impatient, get 
 excited, anxious, 
 chi 2 ) irritated. 
 hsii 8 , to allow, promise, 
 perhaps, much. 
 
 & 1 to P^ mise -
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 129 
 
 53. Aren't you very dull sitting 
 
 here all by yourself? Why 
 don't you make a trip to 
 the Western hills? The 
 scenery there is very fine, 
 and there are temples all 
 over the place ; wouldn't it 
 be nice to stop there for 
 three or four days? 
 
 54. Yes, it would be nice, but 
 
 there isn't much fun for 
 me going alone ; if I could 
 find a companion it wouLl 
 be all right. Can't you 
 go with me? I should 
 like to very much, but for 
 the moment I can't get 
 away. If you could wait 
 a few days I will try and 
 see if I can ask for a few 
 days' leave. 
 That would be excellent. 
 
 You at here one piece man sit- 
 ting not dull ? You why 
 not to West hill go tour a 
 tour. There 's scenery 
 very good, each place all 
 have temple, at there live 
 piece three five day not 
 good? 
 
 Good, is good, only is I one piece 
 man go not interest (i-ssu) ; 
 can find piece man do com- 
 panion, then good. You 
 with me go, suit not suit. 
 I very willing go, only is 
 temporarily not can put 
 off body. You if can wait 
 few day I then think plan 
 ask few days leave. 
 
 That good extreme lo. 
 
 53. |?t men 4 , dull, melancholy, 
 
 sad, oppressive. 
 53. ^ huang', agitated, confused, 
 
 dreadfully. 
 
 KQ fa 4.' I very much bored, 
 53. & te fr dull 
 
 53. lij shan 1 , hills, mountains. 
 
 53. ^ miao 4 , a temple. 
 
 54. ffi pan 4 , a companion. 
 
 54. H ^ | to be a companion. 
 
 '[jtf ch'ing 2 ^ perfectly willing, 
 54. Jgg yiian 4 > only too 
 ;t i 4 ) pleased. 
 
 54. Hf chan 4 , temporary, a shcrc 
 time. 
 
 54. JJ. ch'ieh 3 , moreover, besides, 
 for the time being, a while. 
 
 54. "II c , t . r 3 j temporarily. 
 
 54. ^ t'o 1 , to put off, as clothes; 
 to retire, escape. 
 
 t'o 1 ) to get away, to get 
 shen 1 ) away from. 
 
 tai 4 , to wait (see IX. 57). 
 clii 2 , the utmost, extreme. 
 
 k 2 | excellent, capital.
 
 130 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 55. His grandfather is seriously 
 
 ill, and I heard from his 
 people that there is no 
 hope. From his condition 
 it would appear to be a 
 matter of only three or 
 four days. 
 
 56. This coat of mine is torn. 
 
 Get a needle and thread 
 and sew it up. 
 
 57. The rent is too big; sewing 
 
 won't do, it will have to 
 be patched. This coat of 
 yours is not new, and if T 
 only sew it up I'm afraid 
 the stitches won't hold. 
 If I do it neatly the patch 
 won't show. 
 
 He grandfather ill ing very heavy 
 I heard their home in ' s 
 man say not have hope. 
 Look he that piece fashion 
 also then at this three 
 four day lo. 
 
 I this piece coat torn, take needle 
 thread give me sew up. 
 
 Tear ing rent too big ; only sew up 
 not suit. According I lo jk, 
 positively must patch on 
 one piece patch then can 
 substantial. You sir this 
 piece coat not is new one, 
 only take thread sew up, 
 fear that thread eat not 
 hold lo. Hand work if is 
 fine a little, that patch 
 then show not out come. 
 
 55. 
 
 57. 
 
 1 2 f a grandfather, 
 jw yen- ; 
 
 55. g| wang 4 , to hope, look to- 
 
 wards, towards. 
 
 tfc* 
 
 KK is 
 DD. ^ 
 
 56. |^f ssu", to tear. 
 56. ff chen 1 , a needle. 
 
 56. ^ hsien 4 , thread. 
 
 57. P k'ou 3 , the mouth, an open- 
 
 ing (see IX. 58). 
 
 57. Sparer 
 
 ^ tzu 
 
 57 -pti"ag'] a P ato11 - 
 
 ta :{ ^ 
 57. ^ pu 3 > to put on a patch. 
 
 IT ting 4 ) 
 57. j$jjj chieh 1 , to tie ; chieh 2 , to 
 
 finish. 
 
 f. 7 $ chieh 1 ) fi r m, strong, 
 01 |f shih 2 ) hardy. 
 
 57. 
 
 $ ch ' 4 ih '? won't hold, cannot 
 
 endure. 
 
 ^L shou 3 ) handiwork, work, 
 '' Xkung 1 ) handicraft. 
 57. jH hsien s , apparent, manifest, 
 visible, conspicuous. 
 
 57 m ch'u 1 5- to b u e a PP arent > to 
 ' ^ lar C 8how '
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 131 
 
 58. Then, according to you, if I 
 
 want to go into the inte- 
 rior I must have a passport. 
 From whom do I get it? 
 
 You get it from the Con- 
 sulate. 
 Must I go and get it myself? 
 
 59. You needn't. You can write 
 
 to the Consul and tell him 
 where you want to go. 
 He will fill in a blank 
 passport form and send it 
 to the local official with a 
 request that he will put his 
 seal on it, that's sufficient. 
 
 60. In the compilation of the 
 
 above sentences only eight 
 hundred characters odd 
 have been employed alto- 
 gether. If the reader can 
 commit these to memory he 
 may be considered to know 
 a little Chinese. 
 
 Thus, according to you thus speak, 
 I want to interior go tour 
 go, must have passport. 
 This passport from (ken) 
 who receive (ling) na. 
 
 From (ta) Consul office receive. 
 
 Must I own (ko) man go receive ? 
 
 Not must. You give Consul write 
 a piece letter, say want to- 
 wards what place go. He 
 then take one piece empty 
 white passport add on 
 character, send give place 
 official request him affix 
 seal, then finished. 
 
 Above make ing these character 
 sentences inside altogether 
 use ing not exceed is eight 
 hundred more character. 
 Look officer if can take this 
 eight hundred character 
 all record at stomach in, 
 also can reckon is know a 
 little Chinese talk lo. 
 
 58. 
 68 '1 
 
 68 -S 
 
 58 '1 
 
 a 
 
 58. f. 
 
 59. I 
 
 59. & 
 59. En 
 
 chao 4 , to reflect, according 
 to. 
 
 cw} accordiD g to - 
 
 nei 4 1 the interior, away 
 
 ti 4 3 from the coast. 
 
 chih2 7 a passport. 
 
 a blank, in blank. 
 
 ling' ^ 
 
 shih 4 > a consul. 
 
 kuan 1 ) 
 
 k'ung 1 
 
 pai 2 
 
 t'ien 1 , to add. 
 
 yin 4 , a seal, to print. 
 
 59. 
 60. 
 
 GO. 
 
 CO. 
 
 60. 
 
 60. 
 
 Ukai 4 
 E|J yin 4 
 JU 3 
 
 ^ tzu 4 
 / frj chii 1 
 k'an 
 
 to affix a seal, to 
 
 seal. 
 
 Aforegoing, in 
 excess of, up- 
 4 ) wards of. 
 
 sentences. 
 
 reader, the reader; 
 a form of 
 address used 
 __ kuan 1 ^ only in novels. 
 ^t tu 4 ^ the stomach, the seat 
 of intelligence, the 
 ^ tzn) mind. 
 
 jn~
 
 132 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 XI. 
 
 IN the following three stories the paraphrase, of which the student is 
 by this time doubtless thoroughly weary, has been dispensed with. 
 It is obviously impossible to translate literally from one language to 
 another, but an endeavour has been made in the English version to 
 follow the Chinese text as closely as is consistent with a due regard 
 for readable English. If the student wishes to criticise the transla- 
 tion, he is recommended to paraphrase the Chinese text for himself as 
 in the foregoing exercises, and after doing so he can correct the 
 English translation to suit his own taste. The notes will indicate 
 new characters and will explain fresh combinations. 
 
 An apology is perhaps needed for the juvenile character of these 
 stories. Experience has proved to the writer that, if simplicity of 
 style is aimed at, the nearer one can get to the style in which one 
 would tell a story to a child, the easier will the language be to under- 
 stand. It is so difficult to find purely Chinese stories for Chinese 
 children, that in two of the stories lie has gone back to the memories 
 of childhood for inspiration, with the result, no doubt, that these 
 stories have suffered much ir.utilaiion in the process of reconstruction. 
 But he ventures to claim for them the merit of being fair specimens 
 of simple colloquial Chinese.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 133 
 
 XI. 1 
 
 A STORY OF THE RECOMPENSE OF VIRTUE AND WICKEDNESS. 
 
 ONCE upon a time there was a widow, and this widow had two 
 daughters. These sisters were very unlike in appearance ; the elder 
 one being the ditto of her mother, not only plain, but also of a very 
 bad disposition, while the younger sister was very handsome and was 
 of a very kindly nature. As the elder sister had the same tempera- 
 ment as her mother, the latter was very fond of her. This is a natural 
 principle, and she could not be blamed for that, but what she was to 
 be blamed for was the way in which she treated the younger sister. 
 The elder sister was well fed and well dressed, while the younger 
 sister did all the coarse work of the house. Not only did she prepare 
 the food every day for her mother and her elder sister, but her duties 
 even comprised the cleaning out of the rooms, the washing of the floor 
 and the drawing of water from the well. She fed on the leavings of 
 the other two, and she wore the old clothes that her sister had dis- 
 carded. One day the younger sister went as usual to the well to 
 draw water, and when she got to the mouth of the well she saw an 
 old lady sitting there. Directly the old lady saw the girl approach 
 she stood up and said, " Kind-hearted girl, have pity upon an old 
 woman who is suffering from thirst, and bestow on me a bowl of cold 
 water to drink." The girl promptly drew a bucket of water from the 
 well, ladled out a bowlful, and gave it to the old lady to drink. 
 When the old lady had finished drinking it she thanked the girl and 
 said, " As you have shown sympathy for an aged person, and have 
 most kindly waited upon a stranger from afar whom you do not know, 
 I will bestow a benefit upon you. Hereafter, every time you speak, 
 a pearl shall drop from your mouth." As she spoke, she turned into 
 a cloud and floated away. When the girl saw the old lady suddenly 
 change into a cloud and drift away with the wind she was very much 
 surprised, and when she had finished drawing the water she carried it 
 away on a carrying-pole, wondering to herself as she went. When 
 she returned to the house her mother abused her, and said, " You idle 
 drab, why have you delayed all this time upon the road ? I know,
 
 134 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 you have been gossiping on the way with some good-for-nothing 
 dissolute youth." Now this girl was naturally a very bashful person, 
 and directly she heard her mother use this unseemly kind of language 
 her heart began to flutter, and she said, " I never did so." Directly 
 she had said this sentence of four words, four pearls dropped from 
 her mouth. As soon as her mother saw these bright glossy things 
 drop from her daughter's mouth she hastily picked them up and 
 looked at them. Sure enough they were four real pearls. " What's 
 all this about ? " she promptly inquired. 
 
 Gentle reader, just reflect : if pearls drop out from the mouth when- 
 ever a person speaks, and these are picked up by somebody else, 
 although the latter may gain the advantage, the individual himself 
 cannot help being somewhat embarrassed, for if directly one speaks 
 he is to spit out precious stones, a loquacious person would in a very 
 short time spit out so many that the ground would be covered with 
 them, and in the course of a year, if they were all picked up by 
 people, precious stones would become common articles and no one 
 would want them. The fairy (the old lady was a fairy) had also 
 foreseen this point, and so, although she bestowed the power of spitting 
 out pearls upon the girl, she left her free to use or not to use this 
 power as she liked, and so the girl suited her own convenience about 
 spitting them out or not. But this is a digression. To return mean- 
 while to our story. Her mother closely cross-questioned her daughter, 
 and got out of her all that she said to the old lady from first to last, 
 how the old lady replied, and how she acted ; and when she had heard 
 everything she called the elder sister to come, and said, " What do 
 you think of the pearls your sister has spit out ? " handing to her as 
 she spoke the pearls for her to see. She also told her all the details 
 of the business from first to last. Now the elder sister was a greedy 
 person, one who thought of ten when she had got five, so she said to 
 her younger sister, " Spit out some more pearls. I want to see with 
 my own eyes." Her younger sister was unwilling to do so, and so 
 she would not spit out any ; whereupon the mother and elder sister 
 lost their tempers and drove the young girl out of the room, telling 
 her to make haste and get the dinner ready, after which the mother 
 said to her elder daughter, " You think this business of spitting out 
 pearls is not real, but I saw her spit them out with my own eyes, and 
 BO I know she can spit them out ; the reason she does not do so is all
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 135 
 
 because of her obstinacy. She does not want to let us gain a little 
 advantage. Never inind, the benefits she has obtained you can also 
 obtain. You have only got to go to the well and bale out a bowl of 
 water for an old woman, and the thing is done." " I won't demean 
 myself," replied the elder sister, " by drawing water for people. I am 
 not a servant. Why should I wait upon an ugly old woman ? I won't 
 go." Her mother urged her for a long time, and at last she consented, 
 and went strutting and swaggering off to the well holding a well- 
 bucket in her hand. On arriving at the mouth of the well she looked 
 all round, but there was no one, so she sat down with a pout on her 
 lips and grumbled at her mother. " This is fooling people," she said ; 
 " there is no one here, and isn't this making me come for nothing ? 
 Wait till I get back, and if I don't take that lying little baggage and 
 give her a jolly good hiding I'm not a ' thing.' " When she had said 
 thus far she suddenly heard the sound of a person walking. She lifted 
 her head and saw a nice-looking old lady standing there in front of 
 her. " Good maid," said the lady, " I am thirsty. Won't you give 
 me a little water to drink ? " When the elder sister heard the two 
 words " ya t'ou " (maid) her face flushed, and she said, " What maid ? 
 I am a young lady of an honourable family. If you want water to 
 drink, draw it for yourself." " I beg your pardon," replied the old 
 lady, " I beg your pardon ; I have made a mistake. I thought you 
 were a kind-hearted person, and so I asked you to draw me a little 
 water to drink. You go back, and when you get home give my 
 compliments to your mamma and see what jumps out of your mouth 
 when you speak." When the elder sister heard this remark about 
 things jumping out of her mouth she thought to herself, " This surely 
 must be the fairy " ; and she was just about to return her a polite 
 reply, when suddenly the lady disappeared. The elder sister gave her 
 eyes a rub and looked again sure enough, there was not a vestige of 
 the lady. " This is strange," thought she ; "just now there certainly 
 was a lady standing there. How can she have disappeared ? " Then 
 she slowly walked home, pondering as she went, found her mother 
 and began to tell her the strange story. She had just opened her 
 lips and said the two words " Ma ma," when out jumped two frogs 
 from her mouth. " Ai-ya ! " cried her mother, and asked, " How's 
 this ? " The elder daughter replied, " I don't " two more frogs 
 whereupon she daren't say any more. When her mother saw these
 
 136 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 frogs jump from her daughter's mouth she got into a furious rage, 
 and said, "This is surely your younger sister's doing ; she is determined 
 to injure you. Wait till I get hold of her and beat her to death." 
 As she spoke she looked round for a big stick with the intention of 
 beating her second girl to death. 
 
 When the young girl heard through the kitchen wall her mother 
 say that she would beat her to death, she didn't wait, but rushed out 
 bareheaded and ran wildly away. After she had run for some time 
 she reached a wood and hid there, not venturing to return home. 
 After she had waited a long time in the wood and did not see her 
 mother come she became a little more composed in mind. " Since I 
 cannot return home," thought she, "I must think of some way of 
 finding some other person's home in which to live. Unfortunately I 
 am a girl. If I was a man, that could be easily managed. All that 
 I can do is to find some family and exchange my ability to cook for 
 food and clothing." So she got up and walked into the wood, 
 proposing to find some road that passed through the wood. She 
 walked a long time, but the farther she walked the denser became 
 the wood. By this time the girl was not only tired but was also 
 both hungry and thirsty and could not walk any farther, so she sat 
 down and began to cry. Who would have thought that just at the 
 time she was crying there a young gentleman heard the sound of her 
 crying? He hastily bored his way through the thick foliage and 
 there saw an extremely beautiful girl sitting on the ground crying. 
 
 Gentle reader, would you guess who this young gentleman was ? 
 He was none other than the eldest sou of the Prince of that place, 
 who was hunting in the forest, and most opportunely came across the 
 young girl. This young nobleman was both dignified and handsome, 
 and was moreover of the most compassionate disposition. The thing 
 he could least endure was the sight of anyone suffering hardship or 
 calamity and so directly he saw the girl crying there his heart was 
 touched, and he hastily asked, " Why are you crying so, young lady ? 
 Is it that you have lost your way, or is it that you have suffered some 
 wrong ? " When the young girl heard the sound of a human voice 
 she was really like a dead person come to life again, and hastily 
 replied, " Ah ! good sir, my deliverer, you have arrived most oppor- 
 tunely; I was waiting here to die." What did she think at this 
 crisis about spitting out pearls or not ? And so, a? she spoke, pearls
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 137 
 
 went dropping from her mouth. The young nobleman was very 
 much surprised, and promptly asked the reason, whereupon the girl 
 told him the particulars of the story that has been narrated above 
 The subsequent story need not be told in detail. The same principle 
 holds good all over the world. A good-looking young nobleman, an 
 elegant and handsome girl ; have we not here to hand an appropriate 
 match ? Of course the young gentleman helped the girl to rise and 
 slowly conducted her to his palace, where his mother carefully 
 nursed her, and in a few days the girl was quite well again. The 
 Prince was just looking for a satisfactory person to give his son to 
 wife and this girl exactly suited his ideas ; moreover, she had the 
 capacity of spitting out pearls. So it was not a month before the 
 wedding took place and a virtuous and handsome nobleman and an 
 elegant young lady became husband and wife. 
 
 If you ask what subsequently became of the elder sister who spit 
 out frogs, this will not take many words to tell. When the elder 
 sister saw that every time she talked, frogs jumped from her mouth, 
 she was afraid to speak and in course of years she became dumb, 
 while her mother became ill from vexation and died. 
 
 H shan 4 , goodness, virtuous, 
 
 virtue. 
 
 ffi pao 4 ,to requite] reward, re- 
 \ compense, 
 
 Jjg yingSto reward] requital. 
 ^ chuan*, a record, story. 
 
 ch'uan 2 , to transmit, hand 
 
 down. 
 
 fj ch'ien 2 , before ) formerlv 
 che, here, -\j, fo ^' 
 
 sometimes ing. J 
 3jji kua 3 , few, soli- \ 
 
 tary I a widow. 
 
 # fu 4 , woman,\vife j 
 
 % Jung 3 , face j appearance, 
 
 |j inao 4 , manner, > facial ap- 
 
 airl pearance. 
 
 8. 
 
 9. 
 
 10. 
 
 11. 
 12. 
 
 13. 
 
 14. 
 
 sws- 1 }--"- 
 
 tui 4 , a pair, a match. 
 
 J| chang 3 , to grow 
 
 $J ti 
 
 #f hao 3 
 
 5f k'an 4 
 
 ^pu 4 
 
 { tan 4 , only, but 
 
 was good 
 lookin. 
 
 not only. 
 
 I mei 3 , handsome, beautiful. 
 
 p t'eng 2 , to be fond of. 
 
 | nan 2 , difficult | cannot ob- 
 
 I ject, 
 
 ( kuai 4 , to ob- ( find fault 
 ject with. 
 
 f so 3 } that which was 
 ^ kuai 4 ) objected to.
 
 138 
 
 THE CHINLSE LANGUAGE 
 
 15. 
 
 16. 
 
 17. 
 18. 
 
 19. 
 
 20. 
 21. 
 
 22. 
 
 23. 
 24. 
 
 25. 
 
 26. 
 
 27. 
 
 28. 
 
 29. 
 
 30. 
 31. 
 
 32. 
 
 as was her 
 wont. 
 
 jig lien 2 , even. 
 
 ft ta 3 , verb of] to sweep, 
 action I to sweep 
 ^ sao 3 , to sweep J out. 
 
 ft ta 3 , verb of action ) to draw 
 7jt shui 3 , water $ water. 
 
 ft ching 3 , a well. 
 
 HS chao 4 , accord- 
 ing to 
 
 |,H yang 4 , fashion 
 ^ lao 3 . old I an old woman, 
 ^| p'o 2 , woman > Iao 3 -p'o, a 
 ^ tzu J wife. 
 
 r f shang 3 , to bestow, reward, 
 
 gaze upon. 
 
 || kan 3 ) promptly, forth- 
 f chin 3 j with. 
 
 si" fun" 3 ) i 1,1 i 
 5 ;_ ^ a bucket, barrel. 
 ^p tzu j 
 
 Q k'uai 3 or yao 3 , to dip, bale, 
 ladle out. 
 
 IS i_ Z U * f to wait upon. 
 jt| hou 4 5 
 
 $f hao 3 ) benefits, advan- 
 
 ^ ch'u 4 j tages. 
 
 H k'o 1 , a bead ; the numera- 
 
 tive of beads, precious 
 
 stones. 
 
 H pao 3 , precious | a pearl, chu 1 - 
 > tzu, pearls 
 
 J^ chu 1 , pearl J or beads. 
 ^ pien 4 , to change ^changed 
 jg; ch'eng 2 ,tobecome5 into. 
 
 yiin 2 , cloud ^ cloudg> 
 
 ts'ai 3 , variegated 
 Pt p'iao 1 , whirled by the wind, 
 floating in the air. 
 
 j^r ch'a 4 , origin- \ to be sur- 
 
 ally to brag > prised, 
 J| i 4 , strange I astonished. 
 
 33. 
 34. 
 
 35. 
 36. 
 
 37. 
 38. 
 
 39. 
 40. 
 
 41. 
 42. 
 
 43. 
 44. 
 
 45. 
 
 46. 
 47. 
 
 i 1 ) at one and the 
 
 ^ pien 4 , side $ same time. 
 
 imtn 4 ] tobe P Uzzled - 
 
 7" ya 1 , forked! a female ser- 
 > vant, a serving 
 5f t'ou 2 , headJ maid. 
 
 serve no ; pur- 
 , useless. 
 
 chung 4 
 fflyung 4 
 
 ^ lang 4 , a wave, dissipated, 
 profligate. 
 
 ^?l idle gossip. 
 
 shy, bashful. 
 
 j'flij mien 3 
 f $L t'ien 3 
 
 || ch'ou 3 , ugly, offensive, dis- 
 graceful. 
 
 ]^ t'iao 4 , to jump. 
 ^ ping 4 1 (ping 4 intensifies the 
 > negative) never 
 $ mei 2 J did. 
 
 a bead; the nurnera- 
 tive of beads, pre- 
 cious stones, trees, 
 &c. 
 
 kuang 1 ) bright, shining, 
 
 liang 4 J lustrous. 
 
 chien 
 
 ch'i 3 / to pick up. 
 
 k'o 1 
 
 m che 4 ' 
 
 
 J^ shih 4 
 48 ' 1 tS ' n3 
 
 what's this all a- 
 bout? what's the 
 
 ^ mo 
 ft'-J ti 
 
 meaning of this ? 
 
 ^ shih 4 

 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 139 
 
 4Q ^f k'an 4 dreader, gentle read- 
 
 P^wen 4 ) 
 
 "' ^ kuan 1 ) er. 
 
 68. 
 
 Jtj ch'u 1 I y ques- 
 
 50. p'L 2 l to f ore ; ^in an 
 g c j advantage. 
 
 69. 
 
 |& shuo 1 , speak) , . 
 ^cho,in/ j as she spoke. 
 
 K-, %* Pn 3 )the individual, the 
 ' A* Jen 2 ) man himself. 
 
 70. 
 
 P ^p | to hand to. 
 
 52. jfa mien 3 , to avoid, dispense 
 
 
 Jg yiian 9 , origin i from begin- 
 
 with. 
 
 
 1 ningtoend, 
 
 53. IE -. . 4 (embarrassment. 
 
 .. 
 
 ^ wei 3 , to de- 1 the whole 
 pute. 1 story. 
 
 54. p^ t'u 3 , 4 , to spit out, vomit. 
 
 
 i 1 
 
 55. $ ch'eng 2 , to become. 
 
 79 
 
 i in detail, the full 
 
 56. Sfyj wu 4 , things, articles. 
 
 / &, 
 
 -f shih 2 P ai ' ticulars - 
 
 _,. sjiiji shen 2 , spirit ) ~ . 
 57 ' jlijhsien 1 , fairy, geniif fa11 ^ 
 
 
 fo ti 
 ^ t'an 1 , covetous 
 
 co $E hsiang 3 to think of, fore- 
 
 70 
 
 tjfo hsin 1 , heart greedy, 
 
 3$\ tao 4 see. 
 
 / o. 
 
 ^ pu 1 , not avaricious. 
 
 59 *" p 6 I tn i s point, or par- 
 'jfts'eng 2 ! ticular ' 
 
 74. 
 
 jig, tsu 2 , enough 
 ^ r 3 (to see with one's 
 
 60. ^ ch'iian 2 , power, authority. 
 
 
 H.1 ch'iao 2 J Own eyes> 
 
 g tzu 4 self to P ro , ceed fr m 
 one s self, of 
 
 75. 
 
 ^ chao 2 ) to get impatient, to 
 ^ chi 2 5 lose one's temper. 
 
 61 ' fcyu'from, ^'s own ac- 
 
 
 II kan 3 | 
 
 i cord, as one 
 * pleases. 
 
 76. 
 
 {fj ch'u 1 > to drive out. 
 ch'u 4 J 
 
 ^ ling 4 separate, outside, 
 62 *Lwai 4 something extra. 
 
 D ^ , -V V \\ dl TT j 1 t 
 
 Here with hua, a 
 
 77. 
 
 [el hui 2 , turn jafterwards, by- 
 5^ t'ou 2 , head) and- bye. 
 
 $j ti digression. 
 
 
 J^JL i s , to take | to take, to be, 
 
 63. _g^ ch'ieh 3 , for the time being, 
 moreover. 
 
 78. 
 
 \ consider, re- 
 ^ wei 2 , to be J gard as. 
 
 fHf wen 4 to ask the long 
 
 79 
 
 4 1 uiu 2 , ox jobstinate, per- 
 
 ,,4 ^ ch'ang 2 and short, to 
 
 1 *7 
 
 ^> hsin 1 , heart) verse. 
 
 Ptlj wen 4 cross - question 
 
 
 $B fan 4 , to offend j it's not 
 
 # tuan 3 closely. 
 
 80. 
 
 7fc pu 4 > worth my 
 
 65. jg chih 4 , to reach, arrive at. 
 
 
 j^ shang 4 J while. 
 
 Rad. 38. 
 
 
 ^J tno 4 , arrive 1-4.1 * 
 
 66. ^ wei 3 , the tail, end. 
 
 81. 
 
 
 67. ^7 hsing 2 , to do, act. 
 
 
 fa erh ' 1 at last "
 
 140 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 g9 f& va 2 > to shake)strutting, 
 In! pai 3 , to spread ^swaggering. 
 
 83. 
 
 ffi liu 1 ( to hold by the handle - 
 
 yc5. 
 
 84. 
 
 ifjjp liu 3 , willow| a well bucket 
 ^ kuan 4 , jar, I m a d e o f 
 
 99. 
 
 
 mug, canister] withes. 
 
 
 85. 
 
 |jg ssu 4 | 
 "pj hsia 4 > in every direction. 
 
 100. 
 
 86. 
 
 P$ chueh 1 , to pout 
 ^ out the lips * u P^ 
 
 101. 
 
 
 I9| tsui 3 , the mouth the llps ' 
 
 102. 
 
 87. 
 
 ^ pao 4 , to cherish) to gruni- 
 3g yuan 4 resent- > ble, com- 
 
 103. 
 
 88. 
 
 ment j plain. 
 ffl hu 2 , how, blindly, to make 
 recklessly a fool 
 ^ nung 4 , to do, of, de- 
 make ceive. 
 f^ chia 1 ) household utensils, 
 > furniture, a "bag- 
 \k huo 3 J gage." 
 i 4 )a turn, time (used of 
 
 90. 
 I 
 
 91. | 
 1 
 
 92. | 
 
 93. | 
 
 94. | 
 
 95. ? 
 
 tun 4 
 pu* 
 
 a meal, a beating, 
 &c.). 
 
 a good-for-nothing, 
 a useless person. 
 hsi 1 ' 
 
 sheng 1 , sound, noise] sound 
 yin 1 , sound, tone, >of any 
 notes. Rad. 180. J kind. 
 t'i 3 , the body ) respect- 
 mien 4 , the face \ able. 
 
 ma 1 , nurse, mother} 
 
 ma 1 J mama ' 
 
 wen 4 ) to ask after a person's 
 hao 3 > health, to greet. 
 
 97. 
 
 104. 
 
 105. 
 
 106. 
 107. 
 
 108. 
 109. 
 
 110. 
 111. 
 
 112. I 
 
 113. | 
 
 114. i 
 
 3 
 
 115. 'A 
 
 \ ying 3 , shadow, vestige. 
 
 at one and the 
 same thinking, 
 thinking as she 
 
 _ hsiang 3 walked. 
 
 tg ha 2 ) a frotr 
 
 1^ ai 1 ! an exclamation of 
 or > .pleasure, pain, or 
 1| ai 1 ] surprise. 
 
 /ff yu 3 ) intentionally, de- 
 jt i 4 5 signedly. 
 
 ftzfH*- 
 
 pg ko 2 , sepa-\ separated by 
 
 rated I the wall, on 
 
 ^ cho \ the other 
 
 Jill ch'iang 2 , I side of the 
 
 wall ) wall. 
 Jfc kuang 1 ! 
 
 ^ cho > bareheaded. 
 i/ t'ou 2 J 
 
 ^ huu 4 , wildly, confusedly. 
 ^ ts'ang 2 , to hide, conceal. 
 hao 3 ) a good while, long 
 ^ chiu 3 ) time. 
 
 >f} hsin 1 ) ease or quietude 
 /j? ting 4 j of mind. 
 
 i^JL i 3 , to take. 
 
 shen 
 
 n, 1 deep, thick ) , 
 , thick, close j d 
 
 o 4 , hungry. 
 
 not walk, 
 > could not walk. 
 4 farther. 
 
 tsou 3 j could 
 
 pu 
 
 tung
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 141 
 
 116. 
 
 52 k'u 1 , to cry, weep. 
 
 133. ^ 
 
 chiu 4 , to rescue ) to save 
 
 117. 
 
 )fg hsiang 1 ) a youth, young 
 ^ kung* ) gentleman. 
 
 V 
 
 G 
 
 fr ming 4 , life 5 life. 
 sui 2 , to fol-jas she spoke, 
 
 118. 
 
 f^ tsuan 1 , to bore, pierce, a 
 gimlet. 
 
 134. ;j 
 
 i 
 1 
 
 | cho lowl following 
 shuo j J her speech. 
 
 119. 
 
 5j!f ts'ai 1 , to guess. 
 
 12K J 
 
 % i3 If 
 
 120. 
 121. 
 122. 
 123. 
 
 124. 
 125. 
 126. 
 
 127. 
 128. 
 
 129. 
 
 130. 
 
 131. 
 132. 
 
 ; | of that place. 
 
 3E wang 2 
 
 P 
 a nobleman's son. 
 
 ch'ia 1 , timely )fortu- 
 ch'iao 3 , lucky j nately. 
 
 ^ chien 4 , see 
 ^ hsing 4 ) disposition, tem- 
 ^f ch'ing 2 5 perament. 
 ^ tz'u 2 , kind, kind- 1 com pas- 
 ness, mercy \ sionate, 
 ^ pei 1 , pity, sym- / merci- 
 
 pathy, sad j lul. 
 % jen 3 , to endure. 
 ^ k'u 3 , bitter 1 trouble, 
 HI nan 4 , trouble, /sorrow, 
 
 misfortune ) misfortune. 
 ^ mi 2 , puzzled, 
 bewildered 
 7 liao 
 5l tao 4 
 
 ^ wei 3 , to send, de- 
 pute, bend down 
 /fg ch'u 1 , bent, in- 
 justice 
 
 Il/g ni 1 , an interrogative par- 
 ticle, a final particle. 
 fljj erh 2 , and, and yet. Kad. 
 126. 
 
 lost the 
 way. 
 
 tice, 
 wrong. 
 
 136. ^ shih 4 > a story. 
 
 hsiu 4 , elegant, accom- 
 
 plished. 
 
 | chia 1 , good, j a good or 
 excellent > happy 
 
 | ou 3 , a pair j match. 
 fu, 2 to assist, hold] helped 
 ch'i 3 up[ her 
 
 lai 2 I up. 
 
 fu 3 , to soothe, I to nurse, 
 
 pacify I take 
 H yang 3 , to I gentle 
 
 nourish ' care of. 
 
 137. 
 
 138. 
 
 139. 
 
 140. 
 
 142. 
 
 144. |5 f* l ^ t husband and wife. 
 
 ability, capacity. 
 
 in course of time. 
 . after a long time. 
 ^ chiu 3 
 
 E& ya 3 ) dumb, a dumb per- 
 " I pa 1 ) son. 
 147. @ yin 1 , because ofl
 
 142 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 XI". 
 
 THE STORY OF THE MAGIC BEAN. 
 
 CHAPTEE I. 
 
 A GREAT many hundred years ago, I cannot precisely remember how 
 many years it was, there was a widow. This widow was very poor, 
 and when her husband died he did not leave her any property except 
 one small house, two acres of ground and a cow. This widow had 
 only one son and the two of them depended entirely for their sub- 
 sistence upon the milk which this cow gave. Unfortunately the son 
 was not a good son ; he did not help his mother in the least to look 
 after the household and all he thought of was playing with his little 
 friends in the street. So, after several years had passed, as the 
 income did not equal the expenditure, the widow owed a considerable 
 number of debts and the proprietors of the shops in the village 
 would not sell her anything. " You owe us & considerable amount 
 of money," said they, " you do not pay us the money you owe us 
 and still come to us here to demand things. That won't do ; we also 
 have wives and children, and if we give you tilings for nothing how 
 are we going to live ?" So it came to pass that one day the widow's 
 son (I forgot to say that his name was Chieh-ko) came home in the 
 evening and wanted some food to eat. " My son," said his mother, 
 " I have really no help for it ; there is no money in the house, none of 
 the shopkeepers will give me credit and we must go to bed hungry." 
 On getting up the next day the widow said to Chieh-ko, " My son, I 
 have been thinking all the night, and there is really no other way, 
 we must sell the cow ; so you take it and lead it to the market and 
 sell it." So Chieh-ko, with an empty stomach, took the cow and led 
 it away. He had not walked very far when he met a butcher. The 
 butcher asked him, "Where are you driving this cow of yours to?" 
 "I am driving her to market to sell," replied Chieh-ko, and as he 
 spoke he gazed at some things that the butcher held in his hand ;
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 148 
 
 they were neither round nor square, neither blue nor green. " What 
 are those things that you are holding in your hand?" asked he. 
 " These are very rare things and are worth a great deal of money," 
 the butcher told him. " If you want them I will exchange this bag- 
 ful of them for your cow." Now Chieh-ko had always been a simple 
 child and he did not know that the things which the butcher was 
 carrying were only beans; but the butcher did not know that 
 amongst these beans there was a magic bean. If you ask what is a 
 magic bean, read on farther and you will know. Chieh-ko took 
 what the butcher was saying to be the truth, so he took the cow and 
 exchanged her for the beans. He returned home in high spirits and 
 told his mother how he had come across the butcher, and how the 
 butcher had in the kindness of his heart given him these pretty beans, 
 and how he had given the cow to the butcher. Directly his mother 
 heard this story she began to cry, and said, " You good-for-notliing 
 boy, will not this cause us to die of hunger ? " and as she spoke she 
 took the beans and threw them into the garden, the mother and son 
 going hungry to bed. 
 
 The next morning early when Chieh-ko got up he went to the 
 window and looked out, when he saw a big tree. " This is strange," 
 thought he to himself, " yesterday there was no tree in the garden ; 
 how could a big tree like this have grown up in one night ? " He 
 hastily went down to look, and sure enough there was a big tree 
 which grew so high that when he looked up he could not see the top. 
 Chieh-ko did not wait to say anything to his mother, but climbed up. 
 He climbed for several hours before he reached the top, and when he 
 looked round on all sides from the top of the tree there was no sky, 
 all was ground. By this time Chieh-ko had not only come out all 
 over perspiration but he was also very tired, so he got down on to 
 the ground from the top of the tree and directly he lay down he fell 
 asleep. How long he sl-ept before he waked I do not know, but by 
 this time, as Chieh-ko had not eaten anything for two days, he was 
 naturally insufferably hungry and all he thought about was finding 
 something to eat. He looked all round him, but there were no 
 houses and no people, so he walked forwards, thinking that perhaps 
 he might find a house and demand a little food from the people in 
 the house to appease his hunger. He walked for several miles and 
 crossed over a small hill, when he saw right in front of him a large
 
 144 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 house. "When Chieh-ko saw this house he was much rejoiced in 
 heart, and quickly ran to the front door and rang the bell. The bell 
 sounded loudly, aud in a short time a woman came out. Directly 
 she saw Chieh-ko, " Ai-ya ! " said she, " what have you come for ? 
 Run away quickly, otherwise you cannot live two days." " I do not 
 know what the meaning of your remarks is," said Chieh-ko, " but I do 
 know that if you don't give me something to eat I cannot live even a 
 single day," and as he spoke he fell down to the ground and lay there 
 just like a dead person. 
 
 Now the woman was a kindly person at heart, and as soon as she 
 saw Chieh-ko's condition she picked him up in her arms and carried 
 him into the House. . If you want to know what happened afterwards, 
 kindly read the next chapter. 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 Now the house that Chieh-ko had come to was not the house of 
 an ordinary individual. The master of it was a very cruel giant, 
 whose chief delight was the devouring of small children whom he 
 went out every day to look for. As the residents of that neighbour- 
 hood had had a considerable number of their children eaten by the 
 giant they had all run away, and this was the reason why Chieh-ko 
 had not come across anyone on the road. 
 
 I will now resume the story of Chieh-ko's affairs. When the 
 woman carried him into the house the giant was not at home, having 
 gone out to look for small children. After a time Chieh-ko came to 
 again and the woman gave him food and drink ; and when Chieh-ko 
 had finished his meal he felt very much better, whereupon he asked 
 the woman, " What did you mean when you said just now that I 
 could not live two days here? I don't understand." "You do not 
 know," said the woman, " that my husband is a very dreadful giant 
 and is particularly fond of eating small boys. Directly he hears you 
 are here he will take you and eat you." When Chieh-ko heard this 
 he began to be afraid, and was just going to run away when he heard 
 the loud voice of a man calling outside. The woman hurriedly took 
 Chieh-ko and put him into a big iron stove (there was no fire in the 
 stove) and told him to hide in there and not to make the slightest 
 sound, otherwise her husband would certainly eat him. As she
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 146 
 
 spoke she went out to open the door for her husband. The giant 
 had been unsuccessful in his search for small children and having 
 returned empty-handed he was naturally full of rage. Directly he 
 came into the room he lifted up his head, gave a sniff, and said, " I 
 smell the smell of a small child." " What are you talking about ?" 
 replied his wife, "there are no small children here, this is dream 
 talk." The giant gave a grunt and sat down, telling his wife to 
 make haste and bring the supper, whereupon the old woman brought 
 in a whole pig from the kitchen and the giant ate it all, besides 
 drinking several large jars of wine, after which his anger gradually 
 subsided. Then said he, " Bring the hen " ; and his wife brought in a 
 big hen and put it on the table. " Lay a golden egg," said the giant ; 
 and the hen laid a large golden egg. " Lay another," said the giant ; 
 and the hen laid another. So it went on, the hen laying five or six 
 large golden eggs in succession as the giant gave the order. At this 
 time, as there was not much air in the stove, Chieh-ko had gently 
 pushed open the door a little, and looking out through the crack in 
 the door he saw the hen laying the golden eggs. Thought he to 
 himself : " If we could have a magic fowl in our house like that we 
 should never suffer hunger all our lives," and the more he thought 
 about it the more he coveted the fowl. After a while the giant, 
 having drunk too much wine, became sleepy. First he nodded and 
 afterwards went to sleep. Chieh-ko waited till he was sound asleep 
 and then, creeping stealthily out of the stove, made a grab at the 
 magic fowl and ran off. If the fowl had not cried out nothing would 
 have happened, but it gave several squawks in succession and the giant 
 woke up with a start. Directly he opened his eyes and saw Chieh-ko 
 running off with the fowl under his arm he gave chase and, my word ! 
 the race was a terrible one. If the giant had caught up Chieh-ko 
 there would be no occasion to proceed farther with this story, but 
 where the advantage came in was this : Chieh-ko was young and the 
 giant was both old and fat ; Chieh-ko was the first to get to the top 
 of the tree, and" although he was panting so that he could hardly 
 breathe, he did not wait, but hastily climbed down, the giant climbing 
 down after him. Chieh-ko got down to the ground first and looking 
 up he saw the tree waving backwards and forwards, so he knew the 
 giant was coming down after him. He saw an axe on the ground, 
 and picking it up he hacked at the trunk of the tree with all his 
 
 L
 
 146 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 might. In a short time the trunk of the tree snapped and down fell 
 the gi tut, bumped on the ground, and died. 
 
 The sequel does not require much telling. The magic fowl laid 
 golden eggs for Chieh-ko every day, and so he soon became very rich. 
 Afterwards he married the daughter of a high official and had five 
 sons. These five sons also married when they grew up and each one 
 of them also had five sons besides a number of daughters, and the 
 three generations all lived happily together in one large enclosure. 
 After the fowl had laid a good many tens of thousands of golden 
 eggs it died. Chieh-ko was very fond of the fowl and was unwilling 
 to bury it in the ground, so he skinned it, stuffed the skin with straw 
 and put it into a glass case, which is still kept in the house of 
 Chieh-ko's descendants. If anyone does not believe it he can go 
 to the house and see. 
 
 Possibly there may be people who assert that Chieh-ko was not a 
 Chinaman. I venture to ask, how do they know ? 
 
 1. 
 
 S 
 
 tou 4 , a bean. Had. 151. 
 
 2. 
 
 Si 
 
 mu 3 , a Chinese acre. 
 
 3. 
 
 4 1 
 
 niu 3 , an ox. Ead. 93. 
 
 4 
 
 $* 
 
 chi 3 , to squeeze) nk 
 
 
 75 
 
 nai 3 , milk j co 
 
 5. 
 
 $ 
 a 
 ^ 
 
 kuo 4 , to passi , ... 
 jih 4 ,day I to live, get 
 tzu j ahvm g- 
 
 6. 
 
 88 
 
 she 1 , to buy or sell on 
 credit. 
 
 7- 
 
 f 
 
 t'u 2 , to butcher > , . , 
 hu 4 ,door,family5 abutcher ' 
 
 8. 
 
 H 
 
 yiian 2 , round. 
 
 9. 
 
 It 
 
 Ian 2 , blue. 
 
 10. 
 
 ft 
 
 lii 4 , green. 
 
 11. 
 
 $ 
 
 hsi 1 , rare, seldom } 
 han 3 , rare, seldom j rare> 
 
 12. 
 
 
 
 sha 3 , foolish, simple. 
 
 ' J| 
 
 14. 
 
 15. 
 
 16. 
 
 kao 1 , high j the repetition 
 hsing 4 , I intensifies the 
 
 w 
 
 spirits] me 
 niei 2 
 
 ch'u 1 , to bring 
 forth, 
 produce 
 hsi 2 , interest 
 on money 
 
 waning, 
 that brings 
 in no in- 
 terest ; 
 therefore 
 worthless, 
 good for 
 nothing. 
 
 to throw, throw 
 away. 
 ch'uang 1 , a win-] 
 
 do w>a window. 
 hu 4 , a door J 
 
 18. JR3 p'a 2 , to climb, crawL 
 
 19. f ''^perhaps.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 147 
 
 20. 
 
 j$ chieh 3 , to explain, undo, 
 
 Pf heng 1 , to grunt 
 
 
 get rid of. 
 
 36 T liao gave a 
 
 21. 
 
 Jl li 3 , a Chinese mile. Ead. 
 
 i 1 grunt. 
 
 
 166. 
 
 jf> sheng 1 
 
 
 ^ ling 2 , a small agmallbell) 
 
 37. H| cheng 3 , complete, whole, 
 entire. 
 
 22. 
 23. 
 
 ft tanked- ^^ 
 lar s gong 
 ^ hsiang 3 , to sound. 
 
 38. ffi chu 1 , a pig. 
 39. ^ , . > an earthenware jar 
 
 
 ^ hsiang 3 j 
 
 40. ffi hsiao 1 , to melt, dissolve. 
 
 23a 
 
 ^ sheng 1 > sound. 
 
 41. ^ chin 1 , gold. Ead. 167. 
 
 
 5 erh J 
 
 42. flt t'ui 1 , to push. 
 
 24. 
 
 pfyaijai-ya! 
 
 A r, &k fens 4 ) 
 43. ** g^ > a crack, fissure. 
 
 f)C 
 
 f$ shuai 1 , to tumble Humbled 
 
 i 1 ^ 
 
 Zo. 
 
 fgj tao 3 , to upset 5 over. 
 
 A A jas * a generation, all one's 
 ** ii P ei f 1,-fp 
 
 26. 
 
 |B] hui 2 , a chapter of a novel. 
 
 -^. J V 1 lliC. 
 
 27. 
 
 Jjg, hsiung 1 , malevolent, cruel. 
 
 45. f^} sleepy. 
 
 28. 
 
 fl ko 4 \ a giant. 
 
 fl* ta 3 , verb of action , , 
 Aa m tun 3 , to nod with to . n ^ a 
 
 46 ' clppn Wlth 
 
 OQ 
 
 fig hsing : ) , .. 
 ^ k * I come to after a 
 
 fi . rh sleep. 
 
 z. 
 
 3J![ i -a j fainting fit. 
 
 Igt shui 4 , sleep "j 
 
 30. 
 
 oMteh',tojv, felt 
 #cho f himse - 
 
 47. ^ shu 3 , mature isound asleen. 
 T lo ) 
 f$! t'ou 1 , to steal j 
 
 
 ^ hai 4 
 
 48. ^ r, ul [stealthily. 
 
 31. 
 
 4g chl 3 , to begin began to be 
 
 fsi 
 
 
 f p'a 4 afraid. 
 
 49. ^ chu a 1 , to grab, clutch, 
 
 
 ?JS lai 
 
 scratch. 
 
 32. 
 
 ? tzu S a stove - 
 
 PJf chiao 4 , to call Ho call 
 
 
 
 50. > or cry 
 
 
 \it p 1 ) not to make a 
 
 5^ ban 3 , to cry aloud) out. 
 
 33. 
 
 f -' J i. 
 
 51. jig lien 2 , successively. 
 
 34. 
 34a 
 
 ^ biltJilg J 
 
 ^ wen 2 , to smell or sniff. 
 ^ wei 4 , taste or smell. 
 
 52. P^ ka 1 , to cackle. 
 Aching., alarm, to wake 
 
 35. 
 
 || meng 4 , a dream. 
 
 "ah^.awake ^/
 
 148 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 54. 
 
 $ chia 1 , to carry under the 
 
 59. P^ ch'uan 3 , to gasp for breath. 
 
 
 arm. 
 
 i f u 3 ) 
 
 65. 
 
 31, ohui 1 , to pursue. 
 
 60 - ?tzur naxe - 
 
 66. 
 
 P3 ai 1 )ai-yo! hai-ya! an 
 Kff; yiieh 1 ) ejaculation. 
 
 61. t| kan * \ ^e trunk of a tree 
 
 
 #f hao 3 , good x , but the ad- 
 
 => tzu J 
 
 
 p]f k'o 3 , but vantage lay 
 % tsai 4 , at \in this ; but 
 
 fi9 f| fa 1 , to put forth } to get 
 ' ij- ts'ai 2 , wealth j rich. 
 
 07. 
 
 5g che 4 , this there was 
 
 63. jf mai 2 , to bury. 
 
 
 _ shang 4 , upon this advan- 
 
 ^J pao 1 , to flay | 
 
 
 J$f t'ou J tage. 
 
 64. J liao [skinned. 
 
 68. 
 
 $fc p'ang 4 , fat, corpulent. 
 
 ch'ii J
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 149 
 
 XI s . 
 
 THE DOG THAT REPAID A KINDNESS. 
 
 IN the district city of Wu-hu, on the Yangtsze Kiver, there was a 
 merchant named Wang who had been in business there for twenty 
 odd years and had made a fortune of a lakh and more of taels. As 
 he was over fifty years of age, he relinquished his business and made 
 up his mind to return to his place of domicile, there to rest and 
 foster his old age. As soon as he had come to this decision he hired 
 a junk, placed his baggage on board and selected an auspicious day 
 upon which to set sail on his return to his home. Just as the junk 
 was about to get under way old Mr. Wang saw from the deck a man 
 tying up a dog on the river's bank, with the evident intention of 
 killing it to eat. Old Mr. Wang, observing the pitiful appearance 
 of the dog, thereupon went ashore, gave the man a few cash and 
 ransomed the dog's life. Directly the dog was released Mr. Wang 
 returned on board the junk and ordered the skipper to get undei 
 way. The dog followed him on to the junk and would not leave his 
 Bide; but Mr. Wang did not take much notice of the dog, only 
 casually throwing him scraps to eat at meal-times. Now, this 
 skipper and his mates were not respectable people. On the contrary, 
 they were river pirates of many years' standing ; and when they saw 
 that their passenger had brought with him by no means an incon- 
 siderable amount of baggage they conceived the idea of murdering 
 him and distributing his effects amongst themselves. They accord- 
 ingly proceeded to pole the junk to a solitary spot and took out 
 their swords with the intention of killing old Mr. Wang. When 
 Mr. Wang saw their savage demeanour he realised that his end had 
 come ; so he said to them, " Since you want to do me to death, all 
 I ask is that you will do me the favour of leaving me with an 
 unmutilated body." This request seemed reasonable to the pirates, 
 so, after consulting amongst themselves for a short time, they pro- 
 ceeded to thrust Mr. Wang into a sack and having tied up the
 
 150 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 mouth of the sack with cord they threw both sack and man into the 
 river. Directly the dog saw the sack which contained his benefactor 
 thrown into the river, he jumped after it, took it into his mouth and 
 floated down the stream with it. After floating for some time he 
 reached a spot where the water was shallow and his four feet found 
 ground. The dog then waded through the water, and having dragged 
 the sack to the river's edge, proceeded to gnaw the cord with which 
 the sack was tied, with the intention of releasing his benefactor. He 
 gnawed for some time but failed to undo it, so he ran to a house that 
 overhung the river and howled loudly in front of the door. The 
 inmates came out ; and when they saw the dog howling and at the 
 same time running towards the river's bank they followed him to 
 the bank and there they saw the sack. They undid it, and inside 
 they saw a man half dead and half alive. They hastily carried him 
 between them to the house, took off his clothes and after lustily 
 rubbing him for some time he came to and proceeded to tell them 
 the foregoing episode. Although these men were simple country 
 folk they were none the less possessed of consciences, so they nursed 
 him for several days and then placed him upon one of their small 
 boats and sent him to a neighbouring market town. As luck would 
 have it, an old friend of Mr. Wang's lived in this market town, so he 
 went to look up this friend, borrowed money from him, rewarded the 
 countrymen and sent them back to their home. After this he stayed 
 a few days in the friend's house waiting for a convenient vessel upon 
 which to return to his home. One day old Mr. Wang and his friend 
 were walking on the river's edge, the dog following as usual, when 
 the dog suddenly ran on board a junk that was lying alongside the 
 shore, seized a man on board the junk by the leg and held him fast. 
 Mr. Wang hastily jumped on board the junk with the intention of 
 driving the dog off. He gave a look the man that the dog had hold 
 of was none other than the chief of the pirates! Old Mr. Wang 
 thereupon cried out, some bystanders ran up, and Mr. Wang told 
 them the whole story of how the skipper of this junk had tried to 
 murder him. The men thereupon bound the skipper of the junk and 
 afterwards searched his vessel, in the hold of which Mr. Wang's 
 baggage was still stowed. There were the pirates and there was the 
 booty. Wasn't this sufficient evidence ? If it be asked how, for the 
 moment, old Mr. Wang had not recognised the junk and the skipper
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 151 
 
 of the junk, it was all due to the fact that the pirates had painted 
 the junk a different colour and had changed all the clothes they 
 originally wore. 
 
 Dear ! dear ! A dog who thus repays a favour can surely afford an 
 example to those who forget benefits and are ungrateful for kindness 
 shown ! 
 
 1. 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 
 4. 
 
 4:0. 
 
 5. 
 
 6. 
 
 the port 
 
 14. 
 
 ofWu-hu 
 
 15. 
 
 on the 
 
 
 Yangtsze. 
 
 16. 
 
 $ pao 4 , to requite | to requite 
 Jj[ en 1 , grace, fa- > a kind- 
 
 vour, kindness J ness. 
 ^ ch'ang 2 , long } the Yang- 
 tt chiang 1 , a river)tsze Eiver. 
 ^H wu 2 , abundant 
 (not used col- 
 loquially) 
 88 hu 2 , a lake 
 J||i hsien 4 , a departmental 
 
 district. 
 
 n chih 1 ) a district magis- 
 hsien 4 ) trate. 
 
 5^ ngl j a merchant, trader. 
 
 ^ ko 1 , put | to relinquish, 
 "I*" hsia 4 , down ) lay down. 
 ^ ting 4 | made up his mind, 
 jr chu 3 > came to the de- 
 ^ i 4 termination. 
 
 pen 3 , original, \ 
 
 chi 2 , a regi 
 
 population ; 
 
 place of 
 domicile. 
 
 10. 
 
 11. 
 
 hence place 
 of domicile 
 ^H yang 3 , to cherish, | to foster 
 nurture? his old 
 3* lao 3 , old J age. 
 
 1g chih 1 , classifier of ships, 
 
 birds, &c. 
 
 #f hao 3 i an auspicious day 
 H jih 4 I according to the 
 tzu J calendar. 
 
 12. 
 13. 
 
 21. 
 
 k'ai 1 jto start on a 
 ch'uan 2 ) voyage. 
 lao 3 , old | the manager 
 pan 3 , board) of a shop, &c. 
 ho 2 , river )the river's 
 
 yen 2 , bank, edge) edge. 
 pang 3 , to bind, tie up. 
 i 1 , a [of dogsi 
 
 t'iao 2 , the classifier La dog. 
 %ty kou 3 , dog 
 
 17. ^ tsai 3 , to slaughter animals. 
 
 18. '{| ts'an 3 , pitiable, pitiful, 
 
 cruel. 
 
 19. -^ 
 
 20. 
 
 fift ming 4 , life 
 vj- ts'un 4 , inch \ 
 
 pu 4 , pace I never left his 
 pu 4 , not j side. 
 {Jjjf li 2 , separate / 
 2 9 JE cheng 1 , correct j respect- 
 ' ^ ching 1 , past ) able. 
 
 23. ^ tsei 2 , a thief, robber. 
 
 24. 
 
 25. 
 
 26. 
 
 ch'i 3 , to ] raised the idea, 
 raise? it occurred to 
 i 4 , idea ) them. 
 chun', equal, 1
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 fig sui 2 , according] they ac- 
 
 27. \ cordingly 
 ^ chiu 4 , then J proceeded. 
 
 28. ^ ch'eng 1 , to pole, push off. 
 
 pi 4 , secluded j se- 
 ching 4 , quiet, stilljcluded. 
 tao 1 , a sword. 
 
 29. 
 30. 
 
 31. ft 
 
 32 - n 
 
 33. 
 
 34. 
 
 35. * 
 36. 
 
 38. & 
 
 39. J 
 
 40. M 
 
 41. PH 
 
 43. fig 
 
 sha 1 , to kill. 
 
 nung 4 , make, do 1 to do to 
 ssu 3 , die 5 death. 
 
 ch'uan 2 ,all, whole, l whole 
 
 complete > , , 
 shen 1 , body. 
 
 pi 8 , that | mutually, mu- 
 > tual, amongst 
 tz'u 3 , this J each other, 
 k'un* to bind) Mnd 
 shang 4 , up $ 
 hsien 2 , to hold j to hold fast 
 in the mouth > in the 
 chu 4 , fast, tight! mouth. 
 
 
 r 
 
 liu 4 , current 
 
 fou 2 , to float. 
 
 te 2 ,to obtain | 
 
 liao >found ground. 
 
 ti 4 , ground ) 
 
 fang 1 , to wade. 
 
 k'en 3 , to gnaw. 
 
 chieh 8 , loosen ] , , 
 4 I could not 
 
 lin a , to approach, neigh- 
 bouring. 
 
 45. 
 
 59. 
 
 61. 
 
 62. 
 
 t'o 1 , to take off,] to take 
 1 [shed> off one's 
 
 shang 1 
 JS 7^ simple 
 
 R min 2 , subjects, 
 
 people J 
 
 j clothes. 
 ] 
 
 47. 
 48. 
 
 49. 
 50. 
 51. 
 
 52. 
 
 53. 
 
 54. 
 
 56. 
 57. 
 
 58. 
 
 4 , remain, 
 exist 
 
 e 7 were 
 still pos- 
 sessed of. 
 
 pfj" fu 4 , near j adjoining, in 
 > the neigh- 
 jj chin 4 , near J bourhood. 
 ^ chen 4 , a marketl amarket 
 
 own > town. 
 Jjij tien 4 , an inn ,' 
 
 ^g pien 4 , convenient] a con- 
 > venient 
 
 ^ ch'uan 2 , vessel j vessel, 
 ff! lung 3 , to drag,] lay along- 
 lay alongside > side the 
 J^s an 4 , the shore j shore. 
 ^ sou 1 , to search. 
 H ts'ang 1 , the hold of a ship. 
 $$ tsang 1 , booty. 
 ^ chii 4 , evidence. 
 
 shang 4 
 
 yen 2 
 
 se 4 
 
 ) to put on 
 
 j to paint. 
 
 paint, 
 
 ^ 
 
 shih 4 , the world, a] 
 
 ishan^ir^P 
 60. ^ fu 4 , to be ungrateful for. 
 i 4 , kindness, public spirit, 
 high character. 
 pang 3 , list of] 
 names 
 yang 4 , fashion 
 
 names >an example 
 U
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 153 
 
 m ei -t 
 
 W;6 
 , A,
 
 154 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 m 
 
 fl 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 7 
 
 * 
 
 56 
 
 *, 
 
 ffl 
 
 W ^: 
 
 ffl^r 
 iz* 
 
 , tt 
 ft 
 
 * m 
 
 4ffl jg 
 
 tt 
 
 i& 53 Aff 
 
 7, S 
 
 I 8 
 
 /^ yb 
 S iffi* 
 
 * 
 
 ffi 
 
 fl 
 
 T , It 
 
 SB Ift 
 
 A, 
 
 A , 56 
 
 tt 
 
 A 
 
 7, A, 
 
 SB 
 
 * 
 ft 
 
 7 
 
 7 E 
 
 H5 $& 
 
 m 
 
 *, - 
 
 3 & 
 
 7, - 
 
 % 
 
 & 
 
 tt 
 
 iE 
 
 * 
 
 SS H 51 7 
 
 ffi lEj ft 
 
 fl, ^t 05 
 
 = jit 
 
 X ^T 
 
 T 
 
 A, 
 
 tr 
 
 n 
 
 IEJ 
 
 *
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 155 
 
 ft 47 
 
 tt m 
 
 # fl 
 
 7Ji^ 
 It 
 
 ft f 
 
 50 
 
 * 
 
 7 
 
 in 
 
 T 
 
 m 
 
 * 
 
 m s 
 
 in A 
 
 *, 
 
 fc 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 A 
 
 I * J Till ^jC* "7^ \y* 
 
 131 Pi W J ^ 
 
 #, * o lit 
 
 IP *, ft - J?g 
 
 S * 7, ffi SI 
 
 ia * w 4 * 
 
 fl *^ T - 
 
 T ^ m ^ ^ gj 
 
 *i T , R ft 10 
 
 flt 
 
 Tit 
 
 llHJ ^g I I 
 
 * *, # 
 
 JE 
 
 n 
 
 *, 
 
 7 
 
 * 
 
 7 
 
 SI5 
 
 R 
 
 ft 
 
 m 
 
 tt 
 
 A 7 
 
 7
 
 156 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 A 
 
 to 
 P 
 
 
 P 
 
 m vt s 
 
 IS K ft ffi 
 
 ^rb 34 321. -trr -fffl 
 
 tK BE , m ?O 
 
 flf ffl 7 ^ 
 
 * it i' m 
 
 7 ^ ffl 
 
 flS W tg 
 
 ft 5B, 
 A WL R 
 5 ft * 
 
 ? 
 
 * 
 
 7, 
 
 ft 
 
 p 
 
 7, - 
 
 S5 10 
 
 ft 
 
 P * 
 
 7, 
 
 915 
 
 
 
 tt a 
 
 >^ B 
 
 ft 6 
 ]E 22 * 
 ft I 
 
 A, R 
 
 m 
 
 - 
 
 23 
 
 ffl wfc 
 *. T, 
 
 *, 
 
 m 
 
 SI 
 
 25
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 157 
 
 XI. 3 
 
 THE DOG THAT REPAID A KINDNESS. 
 CHINESE TEXT. 
 
 A, *, -t * 7, 
 
 is 20 * *r m m 
 
 7 *, a 
 
 A w 
 
 w ft 2 
 
 K ft 
 
 m 
 
 S 7, Ml 
 7 ' 7 
 
 - 7 + 
 
 - it 
 *fr i- 
 
 W. -L. 
 
 In^ 
 "* > 
 
 3E *, 
 
 IE) 
 
 ^ll $* 
 
 Aft T 
 
 WM J 
 
 M 
 
 i* 10 
 ** 
 
 ^ 15 at ffi IEJ IB 
 
 *'*., SI f- * 
 
 ^h: -J^ 8 tia "* X 
 
 ^th IK, Jl i, ^ I> 
 
 W f T 7 ^ ifc ?ffi tt 
 
 M M tt 11 jft SP 
 
 ^ B T BK T 
 
 
 
 , 7 
 
 12
 
 158 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 fP 1 ) A 
 
 i IB 
 
 P * 
 
 ^ ffl T 
 
 H ffi * 
 
 * * * 
 
 * JS & 
 
 T 
 
 II, 
 
 A,
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 159 
 
 m 
 
 m 
 
 7 
 
 ^ 7 
 
 ft, 
 SI5 
 
 1=1 
 77 
 
 S, ffi ^^ fi +t * 
 
 J9f *ft 7- <S It fi 
 
 K T, |fc * ft JS 
 
 ft * W EF T X 
 
 a *n$ *, 7, x 
 
 JE 
 
 7 ft 
 fi T 
 
 JLj J 
 
 58 
 
 T T, m 
 
 ?fc is ^ IB a T 
 
 T ffl $ ft W, iS 
 
 $H x KB ft T 
 
 *,*,*! 
 
 A IB SB" tt * & 
 
 W i S| T SI M 
 
 J TO^ ^ ^^^ "2J* J Pjfq 
 
 J* ^ ^P & 4r ffil 
 
 7, m 
 
 ^7C *B Kw^ IU 
 
 10 Si;' ^ 
 
 W IB SB ^ 
 
 T, 
 
 iJEL 
 
 ft 
 T 
 
 it
 
 160 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 , m 
 
 4 H 
 7 
 
 *r a, T 
 
 PI & - W 
 
 M 43 10 ft, ? 
 
 IE H$ iJI5 
 
 .48 
 
 tfc .&:*' ft 
 
 W B| a' * 
 
 W *r 7 fl A 
 
 * tt - 7 
 
 7 T- tt " SB 
 
 45 
 
 55 
 
 ft, 
 
 7 7, -IT 
 
 46 
 
 7 
 
 T ^. 
 
 7 SI 
 
 - ft. 
 
 10, T 
 
 41 
 
 IE H 
 
 - fc 
 ^, T 
 
 * 7 
 
 53 
 
 T, 7 7, 
 
 . 11. 
 
 T 
 T 
 
 a
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 161 
 
 l 
 
 * 
 
 tt 
 si 
 * 
 7 
 
 # * 
 
 *. 
 m 
 
 m 
 
 T 
 
 * 
 Pi 
 T 
 
 p? se ^ @ m m 
 
 - * ft w *r 
 *, si * jfe. 
 
 * 88: gt In 14 
 
 T it' T m m 
 
 14 ft it ji ^ 
 
 m a ' A SB 
 
 ^ ^ Jtt K s 
 
 * , M n, M 
 
 'K X S A 
 
 C 7 
 
 a, -ft 
 
 31 
 
 tt 
 
 7 ffi ft 33 4 
 
 ffi, * , ffl 
 
 HB rK ^ . 
 
 1^ TC\ J\* & 
 
 N 
 
 * 
 
 * 
 7 
 
 ft tr 
 
 is, 
 
 SE 
 
 * A 
 
 *, - 
 
 a ft 
 
 ^ s 
 
 lej P2 
 
 * tt. 
 
 7, m 
 
 32 
 
 A
 
 162 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 a , a 
 
 Hfc 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 T 
 PS 
 
 tt 
 
 A, 
 ft 
 * 
 Bfc 
 
 % 
 *. 
 
 T 
 g 
 a 
 
 
 
 *^L 
 W 
 
 T, $ 
 
 30 
 
 JB, 
 
 ffi a IB 
 
 a _ 
 
 il 
 
 u/i i4J Ft. 
 
 jtB JU ^ 
 
 7, * T 
 
 ft * fir 
 
 H i, A 
 
 ^ m 
 
 SB 
 H 
 
 f\ in 
 
 T, P 
 
 SP -f* 
 
 M n 
 
 a 
 -t 
 
 10 )t"
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 Jt W A 7 
 
 * 5 IB T, 
 
 *' is sif % 
 
 S. ' <jl. fl t 
 
 at* a a 
 
 
 i m 
 
 T 
 
 |EJ : 
 
 T, 
 ' 
 
 a 
 
 T, 1* 
 
 T 
 
 fB it 
 
 T, 
 
 ft 
 
 24 
 
 T 
 
 tk 
 
 E SB' 
 
 ffi it 
 
 , T, A 
 
 - 
 
 -i. * s
 
 164 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 m. 
 
 a 
 
 m 
 
 7 
 
 ffl 
 * 
 
 tt ** * ft 
 
 * ft * T, 
 
 -^ -fc^ ~~^ -^ JArt 
 
 W *K J ^ IB? 
 
 -7- P2 if' 7 if 
 
 is 
 
 * ffi 
 
 tr 
 
 ft 
 
 7 
 
 A 
 
 - ^ 
 
 *, ^, m 
 
 as a 
 
 20 A 
 
 ^ ft E5 7 
 
 7 * if * 
 
 IX? 21 _Lr-f -*-^t\ - 
 
 7 8 8fe 
 
 ^^ K, g 
 
 ~T T^ pj 
 
 i^ U J^ 
 
 m -*- *a 
 
 IU Kl^ HI 
 
 ffl 
 7 
 
 7 ffi
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 165 
 
 tt 
 
 s 
 
 ft 
 
 7 
 
 18 
 
 T ft ^ 
 
 JK iDi 
 
 ^, S ft 
 
 m-tW {& 
 
 ft.} ?** 
 
 * * 13 
 
 Rft -W" if 
 
 t' 7, fl 
 
 g S M-l 
 
 ^D yL 1 1 j 
 
 7 
 
 tt 
 
 SB 
 
 it 
 
 s 
 
 is, 
 
 ft 
 * 
 
 T, 
 
 T 
 
 g 
 ^ 
 
 T 
 
 X
 
 1(5(1 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 ft 
 
 m ft 
 
 a 
 
 * *. 
 
 H 
 
 7 
 7 
 
 ' * 
 
 , * 7, 
 
 m & w 
 
 
 
 JK pffl $& 
 
 ^ 
 
 a m iei 
 
 K * 
 
 a is a ft 
 
 5iJ |f ffi 7 
 
 ^ ?M ^ a 
 
 -t a # w 
 
 * 7 ^9 S 
 
 I 
 
 7 * 7 
 
 H 
 
 . 
 
 ffl M 
 
 JS. W 
 
 ^ ffi 
 
 ^, *R 
 
 ^ ft 
 
 - ^ 
 
 ^, tf 
 
 SR a 
 
 & * 
 
 7 *'
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 XI. a 
 THE STORY OF THE MAGIC BEAN. 
 
 CHINESE TEXT. 
 
 ft 
 
 ffi 
 
 m 
 
 m 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 ft -* m 
 
 ^e HA Jv 
 
 it ~" 5E 
 
 W IE 
 it 
 
 m 
 
 It SB T 11 Sft @ ^. 
 1F1 M h W T-, 4 T W 
 W W ^ *l W 7 SU 
 
 A m H' - w * 
 
 ^M^7fflm* 
 
 fi4 
 
 HI 
 
 a 
 
 *
 
 168 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 # 
 
 it !*, 
 
 i 
 
 B T ?, 
 
 a * 
 
 ^, *B 
 It 
 
 ^c 
 
 T 
 
 /h iffi 
 
 *a, W 
 
 tt 
 
 7, 
 
 ^73 /[> 4ffl 
 
 fl ftfl ]39 if 
 
 S *' - 
 
 T, I 
 
 SB 5! ft 
 
 I fife /> 
 
 134 
 
 * 
 
 x 
 
 ffi 
 ffi 
 T, 
 
 . s - -p > 
 
 6fi ~" 
 
 T I 2 
 
 rt * ?! ^ ^ 
 
 tfii 
 5E 
 T, 
 
 A, 
 
 158 
 
 , T
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 * T 
 3^ A 
 
 "T i& 126 
 
 flT 
 
 ft 
 
 - tft T 
 
 , , jfr.,. 118 frtft 
 
 a 
 
 -/r Hf -f tf 
 
 TIE *^ ^HSJ JCi> 
 
 S ff * 
 
 X * * A 
 
 9 * M 
 
 T, 
 
 JW at 
 
 /JL i^j/j v^j^* I ^ |rf -* 1 o i y ^ &J~t 5^" 
 
 ^ftfc A> 5i (ft ^ 6^ B$ i& 
 
 IB tt J8^ * X W tt f^, ^ 
 
 X * fi SB fl A^ ^ T. 
 
 tt ^ * 315 *, W 4 A - 
 
 * tt S 130 tt 125 ^ * Ml ifc 1I5 
 
 tt*, *9tft*rw*i* 
 
 *f^*SlfSH. 105 W T.
 
 170 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 =| 3JR 5s? 
 
 *\~\ > 2/I-* *9 
 
 ffll *, 
 
 a 
 
 a 106 
 
 tr 
 
 lej 
 
 T 
 tt 
 
 a 
 
 VV >^V 
 
 * s s 
 
 T 
 
 IT 
 IE 
 
 m 
 
 A 
 
 * 
 It 
 
 a 
 *' 
 
 T 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 ft - 
 
 B, J, fc 
 
 SI tt ift ffi y. 
 
 7 Ah -Ji. -i-fc. 
 
 JUa ^/L ^/u |x|^ 
 
 i* tt * fl 
 
 i # if 
 
 * T ffi 
 
 
 
 '& ^ ffi 
 
 Sfc Sf tr 
 
 109 tt 5E 
 
 ~v^ 
 
 ft 
 
 ** 5P 
 
 ft 
 
 T 
 
 HL 
 
 ff 
 
 IEJ *' 5 T, 
 
 102 
 
 ffl 
 
 *, 
 
 tt
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 171 
 
 * * 
 
 tr M 
 
 ffi * 
 
 jf lei 
 
 ft 7 
 ffl *' ft 
 i*S ft!t ^ 
 
 7, ^ i 
 
 fill * * 
 
 T * IS 
 
 m 
 
 B 
 
 ft ft 
 
 tr 7 JS 
 tr - a' Y 
 
 fill Is 
 , 7 ffi 
 
 ' 
 
 T 
 
 I 
 
 101 
 
 * ftf 
 
 * K' ffl. 
 Jz IU tt 
 & ft 
 ft siT tr 
 
 lej t 
 
 ! * 7 A 
 
 c ^H T W 
 
 
 
 j ~^ ^K j^j- 
 
 I 5J5 |w 
 
 7 W a 7 
 
 on *r m 
 
 TO n5u ^ 
 
 Ji 7 ffi M 
 
 , 
 
 ft f* 
 ffi il 
 
 
 
 T - 
 
 
 10 
 
 j\u) Bt 
 
 tr 
 
 A. G 
 
 rrr 
 
 m
 
 172 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 ft 
 
 1, 
 
 AS- 
 
 * * * * T, a K 
 
 * A ffi A PI m & n 
 
 lfc A m ift 7 7 A qfc 
 
 * * ft , # ft g 
 y 1$ iSt !& P, 3=- tr n 
 a, *" ^ ir ra 85 3e, *, 
 
 a W, /h A T PJ 81 a # 
 
 i *s 89 m 7 ^ * 
 
 T, ft M , a ft * 
 
 " *, m m %C HL J& & 
 
 * B ff M' ^ * T 
 
 ss # *r ft m' 7 ia" * 
 
 > 
 
 * 
 
 4ft 
 
 SI 
 
 m s 
 * k 
 
 y p * 
 
 : 91 J, 
 
 * IH 
 ffi, * 
 ft ft 
 
 <^ ^ 
 
 "tinCC* 
 
 
 * ft 
 
 a 
 
 JR i 
 
 IK 
 
 of
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 178 
 
 i at 
 7 - 
 
 ft 
 
 & ft ft 7 ffi T 
 
 ^T t $fe 3t m 1ft 
 
 ft" . ; ff 7 H * . 
 
 si te^ n M * 
 
 BR fEj^ 7 B, ?tS W i^ 
 
 Ji 
 
 ^3 frL. 
 
 s\ T^ 
 
 11 m 
 
 itt, ^ 
 
 0f ? 
 
 72 q 
 5. {H 
 - * 
 
 ffl 
 
 
 .a 
 
 S: 
 
 m 
 
 59 
 
 fi tt 
 ^ 75 tic 
 
 J nJu 
 
 ZA 1=1 
 
 T 6 ? St 55^ 
 
 ffi 
 
 JS. 
 
 tt 
 
 ftt 
 
 ffl 
 
 T 
 
 % 
 T 
 
 tt
 
 174 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 ft 
 
 il' 
 fill 
 
 58 
 
 fit 
 
 H 
 
 tt 
 
 * w m t- 
 
 I M J is- .' 
 
 38 A !R Js 
 
 ttt" tt *, :* 
 
 ffi IB tt * 
 
 * *, tt * 
 
 #* ffl W, tr 
 
 IK si it m 
 
 as 
 
 ft 
 A, 
 
 55 
 
 ft, ft 
 * 61 * 
 
 A * 
 
 is 41 
 
 
 
 A 
 
 ft 
 
 3141 
 
 ft 
 ft @|' 
 
 is, is 
 
 4T /C- 
 
 m 
 
 * 56 St 1' 
 T, * It 
 
 * 
 
 A as 
 . j ft 
 
 , tr 
 
 57 
 
 It T 
 
 ft ra 
 
 ^t" p 
 
 IS * 
 
 *, * 
 
 tt * 
 
 7 7 
 
 48 HB 40 
 
 T 
 
 ia.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 176 
 
 j x 
 
 35 
 
 ^32 gn 
 
 * 7 
 
 2 * 
 
 7n 7, 
 
 7 * 
 
 *T 
 T 
 
 i 21 SB - 
 
 T m m % 
 
 (ft . SB 
 
 SP ^ SB" M 
 
 6 *, * B8 
 
 fc- 21 -t 
 
 lei 
 
 X 
 
 7, tt * * 
 
 ^ ^ fit SB Jft 
 
 8S ^C fa % i 
 
 ^H. I ~ HB X'ff _IJT- 
 
 W y*C >W^ XR 7J 
 
 ^ P| M ft -fc 
 
 a s m PJ 
 
 28 , T M JA T 
 
 * a a 41 22 *e # 
 
 *, fflt SB 5J * P 
 
 tt * ftS ft ft ft 
 
 27
 
 176 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 XL 1 
 
 A STORY OF THE RECOMPENSE OF VIRTUE AND 
 WICKEDNESS. 
 
 CHINESE TEXT. 
 
 jffi H 
 
 - *fl 
 
 10 $H. 
 
 A * 
 
 rfi JK* 
 
 RV ^^ 
 
 #, il 
 
 ft 
 
 ft, ., ft 
 & *o i( 
 
 is m & 
 
 x 
 
 ft M s^t 'S "IS ft, sft S 
 
 ffi T-, ft ft 1i /h 5fn it 
 ffl^^ftftftmW 
 
 flftft^ftftftfi 
 
 A *ft ffi m fa tR ft A 
 
 W *, ft, ^ -S H? IK 
 
 ft # w is m tR ft a, ffi 
 
 *, X 35 ft S$ 12 tR ft 9 ffl 
 
 ft 35 * m, 3|4i ft 4fl 
 
 iVf Jf A^ ' *^ *=ir >t=e ~W -L4* 
 
 *, ffi T-, ft, ^P *fe 
 
 ft is fl& *a ft SP -g 10 w 
 
 ffi ft -ft *a g * ^ w (
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 177 
 
 7 
 
 AiLl> 
 4^5 
 
 
 T 
 
 60 
 
 m w 
 
 s w 
 
 JU JS PI 
 
 as * *& 
 
 ^ > i . # ^ 
 
 iS ftfc W ==& 
 
 ^ R HC A 
 
 /JP JJyL Aim /\ 
 
 BR 
 il 
 
 59
 
 178 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 to 
 
 SB 
 
 
 
 * 
 * 
 
 SB 
 tit 
 US 
 
 ft 
 7, 
 
 SB 
 ?<ifi 
 IT 
 
 *. 58 
 
 tr SB 
 
 J, 
 
 18 
 
 n 
 
 7. 
 
 5S 
 
 a 
 i 
 
 IT, 
 
 to 
 
 ft 
 m 
 ft. 
 
 * 
 
 as ft 
 
 7> A 
 
 Hfe 
 
 1B 
 A 
 
 to 
 
 n 
 
 *, 
 
 It 7, 3c . 
 
 fl- IB. a 
 
 &' fH SB tw 
 
 tr SB *f Jp 
 
 p 7 *, 
 
 T ?-. 55 
 
 54 
 
 113 
 A 
 
 * 
 
 n 
 
 e 
 * 
 
 m 
 
 m 
 
 UJ 
 
 S? tt . 35
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 179 
 
 7 
 
 52 
 
 91 
 
 flL 
 
 m 
 
 7 
 ^ 
 
 53 
 
 m 
 
 , *, m 
 % ft 
 
 ffl 
 
 BV it n# W iVt .5!. 
 
 m 38T TC * 9e > . Ire ni 
 
 a. ft i a s A 
 
 1 #J m ft ft W 
 
 M. It ' ' ff vK' A . M 
 
 SI > f$ ^jE ^ W ^ 
 
 SB * 5E 7 $|, ffl 
 
 M t% a so ~P PB 
 
 A IS fi^ ffi -b A 
 
 ^ T ft Jii ft St 
 
 ^ ?fe s ^ tt & 
 
 * T> ^c & * 
 
 * S ^, F, T 
 
 il A 
 
 SB 
 
 HS ^ h 4=f 
 
 K--I /B> I - \ j > 
 
 To ^ m m 
 
 51 f ffi 
 
 'It &>; ? 7^ 
 
 a 
 
 -b 
 ft 
 
 , 
 
 JS, 
 
 ft 
 
 ft 
 
 A 
 
 iE fS* 
 
 A 
 
 m 
 
 0> 
 
 T 
 
 49 
 
 to
 
 180 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 ft, 
 
 is 
 
 7 E, 
 
 M 
 
 ft 
 
 ft *. 
 
 A $fe 
 7 -t 
 
 ar, T- IE 
 a *, a 
 
 7 ^t IE 
 
 46 
 
 ffi 
 i& 
 JS 
 
 ft 
 
 41. 
 
 4 8 , ffl 
 
 )t ig ^ 
 
 SI ffi ffi 
 
 fi& ^ -& 
 
 i>T JjyL XE 
 
 ft - t 
 
 M ^S * 
 * iB ?K 
 
 7 tu m 
 
 *&. & *& 
 
 *r. a *r 
 
 M <7 BI 
 
 SB it X 
 
 ft , 
 
 f ft X 
 
 la IB *> 
 
 Bi 
 
 7 
 
 45
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 181 
 
 B, 
 
 * ffi 7, 
 
 m -T- * a 
 
 SB 
 
 E 
 til 
 
 ft 
 
 7. 
 
 
 ft 
 
 ft 
 
 42 41 
 g ffi 
 
 g 
 
 *, 
 
 
 
 A 
 
 ft 
 * 
 
 ft * tt * 
 
 t3. I >/A. I-J^T ;<i3 
 
 *E A. \ m > ^ ^ >K 
 
 ft ffi 35 fflj # 
 
 * tt IK tt 
 
 # ft ^o, ft S 
 
 tt & n & M. 
 
 9 > ^ ift Slf tt 
 
 Y ft ft- ' *, 6 
 
 "IjT ~i^ j^o //| ^& 
 
 ^ T^J^ R/P 
 
 fl 44 it iP i^ 
 
 16 ^R S tfl )9f 
 
 JB ^ iS ^ JSl 
 
 40 
 
 ffi 
 
 /& *rn ^ 
 18 
 
 if 
 
 ft 
 
 * 
 
 Jgf^ 
 
 ft
 
 182 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 39 
 
 7* cic Xitn 
 
 ,^ ^fy- Jott 
 
 * ?is. ? 
 
 =S S 37 
 
 f #1 A 
 
 ffl 10 f; 
 
 rtKfl 6/i 5^ ~rr 
 
 ^|r| \ H v *X^4 
 
 IB aS. 
 W. ^ 
 
 xe. 
 
 * 
 
 38 
 1 
 
 T. 
 
 a 
 
 3- 
 
 . m 
 
 m 
 
 3E 9t 
 
 ^ ^ g |gt 
 
 4T tt B 
 
 - W A 
 
 ^i ^ fe 
 
 m 
 
 ^. 
 
 3C 
 
 7. 
 
 i a 
 
 Si -t 
 
 sis S 
 
 tr na 
 
 W A 
 
 ^ A 
 
 w 
 
 is.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 183 
 
 ffl 
 
 35 Vt A 
 
 7, 
 
 51 ff 
 f > 
 
 ifcg W x 
 
 35 ffc W S 
 
 #i '1^: ;& ft 
 
 it jfc J /h 
 
 A a 34 B 
 
 a is r. ift 
 
 u ^ a 
 
 A 
 
 , 7 
 
 IB. 
 
 7, 
 
 m 
 
 7 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 Ift 
 
 F 
 3D 
 
 > *, M 
 
 3 Ji 
 
 , 7 
 
 7 * 
 
 32 & 
 
 a * 
 
 Ji 7. 
 
 7 
 
 33 
 
 lei 
 
 A 
 
 *,
 
 184 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 T % ^fc A * 
 
 m 
 n 
 
 & 
 a 
 
 1 
 tt 
 
 a 
 
 m 
 
 il tfc 
 
 T- J^ 
 
 ti a 
 
 IE! 
 
 Bg 
 
 * 1 
 
 tfc 
 
 a ft 
 
 *M* ^fe 
 
 rw IB 
 
 5fn $i 
 
 zfc 
 
 :fc 
 
 I f 
 
 iE )E 
 
 1B JS 
 
 Sfc^ * 
 
 * f ift *, * 
 
 IBJ tr ^ a a ^ 
 
 ft ft&> ^ ffl ffl fi 
 
 ft 
 
 B5 1 
 ftfc $1 
 
 ' 
 
 [I I )1 
 "Sjtf^ 
 
 fit 
 
 A> 
 
 f 
 
 ft @ 
 
 a m 
 
 a - 
 
 tr 
 
 BS *!"-. 
 
 ***^n *^f^* 
 
 JZ. ttta 
 
 ^J^ % MJ'HJ 
 
 ft f: 
 * ft
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 185 
 
 ft 
 
 m 
 
 m 
 
 m 
 
 ft 
 
 m, ft 
 
 ft -m 
 
 "f-T I^> 
 
 "GST T-> 
 
 IS 
 
 , 
 
 7 
 
 T, 
 
 ft 
 
 3 
 * 
 
 A, 
 
 1SL IS, 
 7 > IB! 
 
 is xv 
 
 ft. 
 
 a 
 
 , ft 39I5 
 
 f: 
 
 i t, n * * 
 
 i m n- 30 
 
 ^^ -t F 8l 
 
 1 A tt 9k* 
 
 3 -H q $ ic 
 
 H. Mi 7 ^ *> ft> ^ 
 
 "^> iltiCc $5 IB )S $ 7 > 
 
 $1 a ^ T 1 1B 5lB ft 
 
 ft m m m. m m 
 
 ^ IEJ ft m -F .1 * 
 
 > a* -fi, i ^ - 
 
 IS 
 
 a 
 
 29 
 
 SB 
 ft 
 
 #. 
 
 m 
 
 i m
 
 186 
 
 7 
 
 AT m 
 m 
 
 (Ej, 
 
 & 
 s 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 SO 
 tt 
 
 7; 
 
 * 
 tfc, 
 
 SU 
 
 K 
 a 
 
 an 
 * 
 
 2: 
 7> 
 
 28 g 
 
 fl 
 
 7. 
 
 7, 
 
 E t- 
 
 7. 
 
 K 
 7, 
 
 27 
 
 7 
 
 26 
 
 tf 25 24 
 
 m T a 
 
 , 7. 
 
 7. 
 
 jtt 
 4* 
 
 ^ 4- 
 
 ^> ?K 
 
 * 
 
 JB 
 
 fiB 
 
 7 ^ 
 
 fit 
 
 23 
 
 * - 
 
 at m 
 m 
 
 A 
 
 a, 
 
 S15 
 
 * #a 
 
 fit 
 
 IE] 
 
 10 
 a 
 
 fit 
 il 
 * 
 PS
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 187 
 
 
 ft 
 
 SB 
 
 a 1 
 
 IE] 
 * 
 
 7 
 
 21 
 
 & SB 
 
 m 
 
 tf SB 
 ^ SB tt 
 
 a 
 
 SB 
 
 ftfi 
 ft 
 
 7 
 
 ft 
 
 B* 
 
 f* 
 
 IP! 
 
 B 
 
 T 
 
 22 
 
 SB 
 ffi 
 
 fir 
 TU> 
 
 . ft. 
 ft 
 
 , 7> 
 
 ^c ^ S tr 
 
 [ ^. n 
 
 m, SB IP 
 
 B. m A 
 
 x ^. \ ^ 
 
 ft et A 
 
 j* f* BIF 
 
 * 
 
 20 
 
 . 7> M 
 ffi 
 
 . 7, 
 
 ft 7 
 
 SB
 
 188 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 fi 
 
 S 
 
 * 
 
 ft 
 
 ^ 19 -$ 
 
 * a IP 
 
 #? i W 
 
 7 Hk ^ 
 
 *n * a 
 
 5 7. - 
 
 K 
 
 Ji ft W 
 
 T o Mi 
 
 bt ,H 
 
 5^ XS 
 
 S ft 
 
 Ji. ft 
 
 [ ft 
 
 *. 
 
 sc 
 
 il 
 
 1 * 
 
 W >t '8 
 
 is a t: 
 
 ft 
 * 
 
 a 
 
 ft 
 
 1'u 
 
 ffl 
 
 JfiF 
 
 SB 
 
 Pi tt. f 
 ^> ^ ^ 
 f: tt it 
 
 & il 
 E IE 
 
 ft 
 
 a 
 
 7, 
 
 W 
 
 PI 
 
 7, 
 
 ft 
 
 fir 
 
 fi 
 
 IE 
 
 ft 
 a 
 ffi 
 
 
 lej 
 M, 
 
 m 
 
 ft
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 189 
 
 I; JS 
 
 7> 
 
 f: 
 
 m 
 _t 
 
 w, . 
 
 a *r 
 
 ffl 
 
 7 
 
 ft 
 
 - A. 
 
 it, ft 
 
 ft ig 
 
 t 7. 
 
 ft 
 
 A 
 
 17 
 
 ft. 
 
 A 
 
 jFfe 
 7PS 
 
 7 
 
 M. 
 
 to 
 
 if S 
 7. PR 
 
 S * 
 
 i fa 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 , ft 
 
 W. 
 
 ft 
 
 7, 
 
 7, 
 
 A 
 
 16 
 
 a 
 
 ft 
 
 , SB 
 
 a fl 
 
 * <R l % 
 it' , i
 
 190 
 
 tt 
 
 THE LftfftE.SE LANGUAGE 
 
 tt 
 
 J8 
 SB 
 
 w 
 
 tt 
 flj 
 
 7 
 
 is 
 
 SB 
 flj 
 
 tt 
 * 
 
 SB 
 
 tt SB m 7. m 
 
 m m 7 a 7 
 
 & ft Ui ft _t 
 
 #r SB s -^, 
 
 1* S SB tt In 
 
 fls 7 SB a 
 
 & si # 5 ^ 
 
 ffl 1 7 i^ tt fg. 
 
 SB It. 7 
 
 tt. . 
 
 ft, 
 * 
 
 
 
 7. 
 
 tt 
 
 if 
 
 M 
 
 M 
 ft 
 
 tt 
 
 7. 
 
 wt 
 
 fr _t 
 
 ^ J m * 
 ? JW ii 7 tr 
 
 ffi 
 f 
 
 tt 
 ff 
 ^ 
 It 
 
 7 
 
 tt 
 IS 
 
 tt 
 
 it 
 
 tt 
 
 12 
 tt 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 m 
 tt 
 
 tr, 
 
 7.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 191 
 
 if 
 
 te 
 
 ft> 
 
 m 
 
 "4 
 & 
 A 
 tr 
 
 ;E 
 + 
 
 * 
 
 * 
 
 11 
 
 >"^ 
 *EL 
 
 ft 
 
 * 
 A 
 
 W 
 f* 
 
 10 
 A 
 ft 
 35 
 ffi 
 
 A 
 
 7 
 
 tr 7 
 
 7, 
 
 HI] m 
 
 7, 
 4 
 
 7, 
 
 tft 
 
 PI 
 *, 
 
 , 
 
 7y I - ^t 
 
 , ^ ;$ 3$ 
 
 M IB ^ i 
 
 tt # K 8B, , 
 
 T> w m 1 it 
 
 K, - f ^ 
 
 8 ^ ^ * ft 
 
 A-rt I >' I I 1 1 1 r^ f- 
 
 10 A > 1?t ^ 
 
 ^ a 7 $s 
 
 T 7, - ft 
 
 ft # -JO ft!i $, 
 
 A JS 
 *E T. 
 
 10 M, W H 
 SI5 4 ti T 
 
 tu 
 
 * 
 
 7 
 
 ffi ^ 
 * 
 
 n 7. 
 
 A.
 
 192 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 A, 
 
 X. 
 
 CHINESE TEXT. 
 
 i 
 ffi 
 
 na, & @ 
 
 
 & 
 
 > m 
 
 > m 
 
 BT tt ' 4$ . tt tt 4t 
 
 A ft $5 n 3 a ft $ n 
 
 ^ 7>SF ffi $L-yS M ^r 
 
 S i- fffi T^Bi S$ fe fix/ IK, 
 
 Si 1 W ffi B. ^ *, x gfe 
 
 ffi, iffi,, 31, T ^ ffl *> 
 
 ffi fifi, fifi, ^ fi4 ^ ?E (Ej gfe, 
 
 a e T, a * ^ 
 
 f^ S S5 fPI i$ 35 X $ ^ 
 
 S S,*,F,F PS 2 J*'^-
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 PI ft 
 
 a 
 
 SB 
 
 4^ > iir 9f- 
 
 jg m' a 
 
 w m 
 
 & ?t 
 
 }js m SB 
 
 67 
 
 71 
 
 ail 
 
 J * * 
 ?5 IS 
 
 | i i prr 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 5B iff 
 ft & 
 
 IK 
 
 W 
 ffi 
 * 
 
 SB 
 A 
 
 SB Jf. ^ 68 ^ 
 
 m fr. a w 
 
 ^ 69 11 4 A 
 
 70 * * 5c ^ 
 
 SB & * m 
 
 66 
 
 Hi 
 T> 
 
 
 7, 
 
 a 
 
 at 
 
 fl% il 
 
 JM ft 
 
 *. SB 
 * ~T ^ 
 
 *
 
 194 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 if 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 65 
 
 7 , 
 
 a 
 
 tr 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 7 
 
 PI 
 7 
 
 K 
 ft 
 
 A 
 
 M 7 
 
 i 
 m 7. 
 
 & 
 
 * ^ 
 
 7, ^ 
 
 ff- tt 
 , 
 W 7 
 
 64 
 
 1i 
 7, 
 
 ff 
 ft 
 4 
 
 PI m 
 
 7. 
 
 *> T, 7 W 
 
 Q PI ?R 
 
 SB 
 
 7 
 
 63 
 
 
 o 
 
 7, 
 
 T 
 
 a, 
 
 M 
 7 
 
 SB 
 
 v tS. 7 
 
 81 
 
 - 7
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 195 
 
 @F $- fe @ #P IS 
 
 ffi ft T T 4 m 
 
 SB ft 58 7 + # 
 
 /nj /fc- irfi? * irt. 
 
 1 fE 59 1* ^H 
 
 T 
 
 61 
 
 s: 
 
 62 
 
 a 
 
 *r 
 
 is na m 
 a. * H 
 
 . P 3t 
 
 a F$ 
 
 7 % ^7 
 
 PI 
 
 7 n 
 
 60 
 
 7, 
 
 3H 
 
 & 
 Jt 
 * 
 ft 
 
 a M 
 
 015 
 
 015 
 
 05 
 
 flit 
 7 
 
 * 
 
 9 
 7, 
 
 m 
 
 a 
 
 05 
 
 P IS I 
 
 7, 
 
 a t, 
 tt, n& 
 
 57 
 
 05 
 
 59 
 
 -tfc.
 
 196 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 * 
 
 ft 
 
 
 a 
 ft 
 
 U 
 a 
 
 p 
 7 
 
 JW 
 
 ft 
 
 015 
 
 # 
 
 55 
 
 & 
 
 m ft 
 
 & m m m 
 
 K #> & * 
 
 . 7, fl SS tU 
 
 , it a, # 
 
 H T* cut i-f-t 
 
 ;E h SSS T* 
 
 IE ^ ? te 
 
 tt /?. s s 
 
 ^P fi ^ )S ~F 
 
 to =r fi& f 
 
 5<T ^ >2& J > 
 
 JSo W te fi P] 
 
 7 Ih Ml fft IM 
 
 tt ^ ^ fl gg 
 
 IE ff i? 
 
 -^H. *~JL nm /A -H 
 
 W 7T W) Wti 3? ^ 
 
 ft ff m 7 us 
 
 H 54 A * ^ 
 
 IS, ft ft 7 fPI 
 
 ife fl- W 5 2 H 
 
 t 64 ft % 
 
 931 g a a 
 
 # 
 
 7, 
 
 T 
 
 B 
 
 a 
 
 w 
 
 7. 
 
 a 
 * 
 tt 
 
 IB 
 
 T,
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 197 
 
 44 
 
 * 
 
 3t, 
 
 ft 
 
 - 7 
 
 W. 
 
 a 
 m 
 
 7. 
 ft 
 
 AUk 
 
 ft 
 
 -ft 
 
 *, ff Jfi 
 
 T * * 
 
 f A, li 
 
 * J5>S *E 5 
 
 T !A >$ 
 
 ff W. 
 
 **, 
 
 ft A 
 
 flfi. ft 
 
 ft. j 
 
 ^v .^P* 
 
 Yrtj "Y* 
 
 IT* > J * 
 
 * 4K 
 
 *fi 
 
 45 
 
 T 
 
 til 
 
 fit 
 
 ^7 PS W ft 46 
 
 H , 51 -fig 14 j^; ^ 
 
 In' 64 SB JlS ft^ iS^ 
 
 <* 7J ffi ?, W, fl 
 
 7/ T ft. * 48
 
 198 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 s 
 
 43 Jg 
 
 m ^ 
 
 ife *E 
 
 5 * S - 38 #, * 
 
 SR, ^ JS S* 1 ffi 
 
 i j& A Ji * m 
 
 ^ Jg S H ft fl$ M ^ L 
 
 , ii tt, s a, ji * a 
 
 ffi^^c^w^^^^ 
 
 * ^, K m ff s PI 36 M 
 
 M,^i$ T>T> 89 M i.$fc ~^ 
 M ^P Wt $L M H$ f[ >&> 46 
 
 s w $i # $i ffc # & a 
 
 ^^^s-^*, m^^r 
 
 ^c^^S^K^fc^pT^ 
 
 T JS *> ft, ^ M, 37 ^ 
 
 , * :* J t 86 
 
 ^B^iSl^>B$tra*!lfli 
 
 ffi S 7,*e ^ 0! ^,S "F 
 M 4E 8t N tl ^% In H 
 
 KK^ft^-a^ 
 
 * K T ^^asm 
 
 *tt* y "" j - ^ V ^-^^r' . 1 , f r i^*/ 
 
 JR 'T* J I^T M S* > W- \ ov 
 
 ^ P] 55 40 m ^ m. %, &
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 w 
 
 34 
 
 g 
 
 SB 
 
 \ J "*"* 
 
 ft> m 
 m * 
 
 7C 
 
 7 
 
 Hi, 5c SB 
 
 ft m m 
 m 7, * 
 
 83 vl 
 
 S * 
 
 ? * 
 
 * % *r 
 
 SB 
 
 Sfl 
 
 7, 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 m 
 
 m 
 
 7 
 
 
 , ^ 
 
 * * 
 
 SB # if ^> - ft -i, 5E 
 
 n jtt a 5 % T;' m # 
 
 ^ 7, *F> 7. X* *, ffl
 
 00 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 28 
 
 a 
 
 24 
 
 ft 
 
 26 
 
 A 
 
 *' 
 
 f* 
 
 * 
 
 ti 
 
 KB 
 
 ft ft 
 
 ffi lej 
 
 n 21 
 
 ft JS ft 
 
 7, 
 
 a 
 
 *r 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 . If 
 
 ft, 
 
 iM ii, {g 
 
 27 25 J| ^ 
 
 It; ^ 
 
 * 
 
 4 ,u 
 
 |1 , yv 
 
 a * 
 
 015 
 
 * * 
 
 M2P 
 \ Tt 
 
 a 0R 
 
 ft A 
 
 ^J7y 'M.^fc 
 
 7-|*Tr; 
 ?T 
 
 ft 
 
 tt 23 
 
 tr 4
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 201 
 
 ^ Iff 
 
 ft, * 
 
 HL 
 
 m A 
 
 20 
 
 ft 
 
 H 
 
 fta 
 
 18 
 
 A 
 
 T fi 
 * A 
 
 iBj ^ # 
 
 3fc, ^ IS 
 
 P] + ffi 
 
 T ^ ffi 
 
 IJhg gJ-; 
 
 W M 
 
 ^ 
 
 m 
 
 Sa J^ ftfc 
 
 , e^ 
 
 * - 
 
 19 
 
 f 
 M 
 
 ffl SB 
 
 4r* rgj -|jg 
 
 ^ M T 
 
 tr ^ l7 
 
 IE m a 
 
 * n
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 m * 
 
 * 
 
 7 ft 
 
 ' T 
 
 15 ffi 
 i 14 4$ 
 
 SB 
 
 x 
 
 /$ 
 
 IS 10 
 
 Jra -4- I 
 
 10 R /h 
 
 i$? A lf (ft 
 
 ^P f^ i3 j y- 
 
 n 
 
 SB 
 
 T, 
 
 4 
 
 SB 
 
 T * 
 
 * 
 
 SB 7 
 
 11 K, SU 
 T. - A 
 
 BE 7 
 
 n 
 
 12 
 
 16 
 
 fls 
 
 =lt SiJ ft ^ If 7 fit 
 is * m 7, it x s i* 
 
 ^ &.JS H 7 *, il fe 
 fit H ^, ffi, ffi 1! 
 
 -<** 
 
 E 

 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 * 
 
 ft 
 
 3D 
 A 
 
 IX. 
 
 CHINESE TEXT. 
 
 * * 
 
 ffl 
 
 7 * A> 
 5 # J 
 
 ft a SB 
 
 w 
 ft 
 
 S 
 
 1 A 
 
 * If 
 
 ^ ft 
 
 H 1$ it , a is 
 
 * ^ a * t 
 
 (Kf 3 fP] 2 ^) 
 
 SP f$i ft S5 ^ 
 
 1 a 
 
 ^ a& ^ 
 
 ^B ffi^ "T 
 
 . 7 /K fi 
 
 a tt, ^ 
 
 
 K. 
 
 f: 
 ft 
 i@ 
 
 
 +t 
 
 A, 
 
 a 
 
 a - 7
 
 804 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 78 
 
 T 
 
 ft 
 
 * 
 
 79 
 
 * 
 
 W 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ff 
 
 80 
 
 ff 
 
 74 72 
 #B Hi 
 
 
 
 7 
 
 76 
 
 77 
 
 tf 
 
 m 
 
 & T 63 58 
 
 ft 
 
 f* 4SL 
 
 *^Cf 
 ^*+- 
 
 *r s, 
 
 *r 
 ft 
 
 69 
 
 7, 7, 
 
 *f ft 
 
 70 
 
 f& 6 * fft 
 
 67 f3? 
 
 ft m - 
 
 W >S ^ ffi ~F -fT 
 
 75 a fe lej ffi 
 
 ^T ^R ^ 68 
 
 iS^ 73 7&'\ 3S 
 
 r. >^ 
 
 IB) 
 
 ft 66 
 
 (4 
 
 ft 
 
 fi 
 
 ft 7 
 
 jg 59 
 
 ffi 
 
 M 
 
 S ft ii eo 
 
 m 65 jt ffl 
 
 % fo m n 
 
 x s as T, 
 
 61 
 
 ft 
 
 62 
 
 t T
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 206 
 
 m 
 m 
 
 itL \ jfc ^ / 
 
 a -w s 
 
 ^ 4 ?K 
 
 ^6 ^ so 
 
 * ffi 
 SB ^ 1;, 
 
 10 T a 
 
 56 
 
 55 p] Jg 
 
 53 51 
 
 38 
 
 A 
 
 *, 
 
 * 
 
 57 
 
 tt 
 
 
 . i ill i,^ ,y, ,t < 
 
 W w w W By 
 
 1g, IB W 4 7 44 
 
 a A a 
 
 All jfefa. ~1C 
 
 HE* t/v >T* 
 ft - IB 
 
 It IS 54 
 
 n & ft 
 
 T JS RB 
 
 49 
 
 45 
 
 A. 
 
 46 
 
 % 1, 
 
 * 
 
 s9 
 
 *-. 
 
 41
 
 206 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 34 
 ft 
 
 7 
 
 35 
 
 32 
 f^= 
 
 XH, 
 
 W, # g ffi 
 
 fft 24 # JB 
 
 *, fft SE Ji 
 
 -f ^ xffc ^ 
 
 J ^B | ^a 
 
 28 |$ 23 H 
 
 m i a BJ 
 
 Bfr ntf RR ^t^ 
 
 Hp ^* ^/J ^/v 
 
 ZC Tjtf ^lp <!!/ 
 
 7C >K yC ix. 
 
 to 
 
 PJ 
 
 20 
 
 PI, 
 
 7 
 
 17 
 
 * 
 
 18 
 
 */>. T 
 
 *B J 
 
 II 33 
 
 H 815 
 
 36 ft 
 
 % W 
 
 87 
 
 a 
 * 
 
 30 
 
 p 
 
 31 
 
 t ft 
 
 ^, 26 
 
 29 
 * 
 
 m 
 
 22 
 ffi 
 
 21 
 * 
 
 tf 
 
 JS 
 
 S ?R F ^ 
 
 IS W M Hi * 
 
 JS Ig" ft. SI 515 
 
 27 {5; ^ ^E ^ 
 
 55 > fll 7 W 10 
 
 i* a 3W *, E 
 
 ^P 4 i; B9 a
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 201 
 
 fit 
 
 ftii 
 m 
 
 16 
 
 a 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 14 
 
 12 
 
 7 , 10 
 
 tt 'TT 
 
 a, 
 
 VIII. 
 
 CHINESE TSXT. 
 
 *> s 
 fr ^ 
 
 IS, 10 
 
 IS * Jg 
 
 7 a , 
 
 H fft 
 
 15 ^ 
 
 /yjt J-fi. -* 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 * 
 
 5 
 
 tr 
 
 m 
 
 6 
 
 a 
 
 tr 
 
 7 
 
 *r 
 
 a 
 *, 
 
 a 
 
 a & 
 
 a a 
 
 *RK*t ^11 
 
 /^i > ^ \ 
 
 H a 5 
 
 *, 
 
 a 
 
 * 
 
 tr 
 
 SB 
 
 #. 
 
 a 
 
 7, 
 
 a 
 * 
 
 2 
 
 a
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 7 
 * 
 
 79 76 
 
 ft if 
 
 80 
 
 
 ft 
 
 82 
 
 tt S 7 
 
 is * m 
 
 SI 78 
 
 AA 
 
 B-I 
 
 75 
 
 , fit Ji 
 
 H 7 . 
 
 70 f{ 
 
 If iffi 
 
 ft, ft # 72 
 
 i ft 74 015 
 * * SB * 
 
 7, 
 IB 
 
 f$ it 
 
 M ft) 
 
 1H ft 
 

 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 209 
 
 53 
 
 7 
 
 66 
 
 67 
 
 68 
 
 * 
 
 61 
 
 63 flg, fft 
 
 * fl. T 
 
 .^/V. W* **A^ 
 
 BSE ^r W 
 
 ft ft, 58 
 
 ga. yt qp 
 
 B>L ;C2\ yv 
 
 ft * t 
 
 -Jr ^ A> 
 
 ./v /no 
 
 *. 
 
 a SB 
 
 H 62 
 
 65 ffc 
 
 it Ml 
 
 59 
 
 T 
 
 60 
 
 *, 
 
 HI 
 
 PI 
 * 
 
 7 
 
 56 
 
 A 
 
 fl 
 
 ISJ 
 
 * 
 
 7 
 
 ft * 
 7 7, 
 
 m m 
 
 54 50 
 
 55 # 
 
 7 
 
 1% 
 # 
 
 7 
 
 46 
 
 51 fl 
 0R IS> 
 
 w 
 * 
 
 7 
 
 47 
 
 52 7 
 
 m
 
 210 
 
 38 
 ffi 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 f$ S3 ^ H 
 
 ?c #R si 
 
 ,*v x~ a 
 
 40 4 ^P ^5 3C i* 
 
 PI I * M m m 
 
 i 37 a x a 
 
 T ^ * ^ 
 
 41 ^ i fTg flj ^ 
 
 PI * 35 |R, Sx 28 % 
 
 22 
 
 26 
 
 XS. 
 
 42 iff 
 
 43 {& 
 JE ^5 
 
 nt7 / * - 
 
 p 
 
 Ii3 38 
 
 33 
 
 * 84 
 
 31 g ^ 
 
 ft @ 
 
 * W 
 
 fix) 29 
 
 a ft 
 
 24 
 
 ft 
 
 ft 
 
 % 
 ft 
 
 25 
 
 ft 
 
 ft 
 
 m 
 
 fif 
 ft 
 
 m 
 
 A 23 
 
 SB 
 
 ft 
 
 m
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 2H 
 
 a 
 
 * 
 
 20 
 
 UK 
 
 tt 
 
 21 
 
 w 
 
 if 
 
 * 
 
 19 
 # 
 
 7 
 
 16 
 
 X. 
 
 >rfX HcE 
 
 sv* )2 
 
 18 IS, 
 
 VII. 
 
 CHINESE TEXT. 
 
 * ft * 
 
 I, S ffi 
 
 K * ^ 
 
 ir i^ 10 
 
 B, lei 
 
 a 
 
 7 * 
 IS, -ftfi. H 
 
 fi4 IP 
 
 13 fe 
 
 IE! 
 
 TJX 
 
 ^T 
 
 14 
 
 IE) 
 * 
 
 11 
 
 * 
 
 12 
 
 L 
 
 7 
 
 a 
 
 it 
 
 7 
 
 '8 
 ffi 
 
 W 
 
 IS 
 
 9 
 
 a 
 
 H 
 
 4 
 
 a 
 
 A 
 
 5 
 
 il 
 
 Jit 
 
 1 es 
 
 6 
 
 a 
 
 i 
 
 i9 
 
 2 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 7 
 
 /!> 
 
 A
 
 212 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 
 m 
 
 VI 
 
 CHINESE TEXT. 
 
 M 10 
 
 4 1 
 
 A 
 
 12 
 
 i 
 
 15 
 
 31 M 
 
 fi X 
 
 16 13 
 
 JL jL 
 
 S 3L 
 
 3R 9 
 
 11 a 
 
 7 3 ^ 
 
 W 2 
 
 + A 4; 
 
 ^ 5 + 
 
 8 H ^L 
 ^F 3 
 
 J--* - |^ 
 
 *"^^ 
 
 m, 6 m
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 815 
 
 S &f ifc 10 120 JJC ft _t 118 
 
 K *F S SB il
 
 S14 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 tt 
 
 7> 
 
 
 f* 
 
 g a 
 
 i m 
 
 109 
 
 ^ 106 
 
 Hi* S 
 
 103 
 
 7 
 
 ST. 
 
 100 -f|g 
 
 93 
 
 A 
 
 94 
 
 & T W JS ft 
 
 ^f 112 f$ 107 ^ 
 
 @ SB ^ ^ ft 
 
 ^ 10 7 ^ 104 
 
 ^ ^ no u ^ 
 
 /$ xj~ J\* 4 IH 
 
 97 
 
 101 
 
 117 
 SB 
 
 X 
 
 *r 
 A 
 *, 
 
 AA A/. 
 
 ml W 
 
 n 4 a 
 
 $ ft 
 
 * 7 
 
 tt m 
 
 a 7 
 
 flf 113 
 
 115 flft 
 
 W 108 
 
 in 
 
 105 102 
 
 98 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 7 
 
 95
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 215 
 
 69 
 
 ft 
 
 ^ 
 
 ft 
 
 91 
 
 * 
 * 
 
 92 
 
 87 
 
 7 
 
 88 
 
 ft 
 
 89 
 
 79 
 
 Ifr & 
 
 74 72 ft # 
 
 a si * 
 
 85 ft 77 ^ 
 
 ft 3fc fft 75 
 
 ^ % ft a 
 
 7 ft ffi *r 
 
 ^ W f5i 
 
 ft 82 & jJR 
 
 90 86 jg ^ * J| 
 
 M flU ?K 78 -|g If, 
 
 m s n & 
 
 i^B )M > 8^ 2f ^1 i^ 
 
 is so a 
 
 !?,/? /^ yg 
 
 _ * _^ >- **_ 
 
 W Ml f$ 
 
 84 jg ^ 
 
 ^ K SB 
 
 & * JS 
 
 a a & 
 
 73 
 
 it s 
 
 70 
 
 71 
 
 7 
 
 62 
 SR 
 
 m 
 
 a ee a 
 
 7 
 
 63 
 
 SB 
 
 SB ft 
 
 ft ft 
 
 % IS 
 
 m 64 
 
 7, 7 
 
 f& a 
 
 A 
 
 7 
 
 ft 65
 
 216 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 56 
 
 m 
 
 52 
 
 m 37 7 
 H Jfc 34 
 
 31 
 
 >^ J 
 
 ^ w 
 
 ^ 9B 
 
 64 K 
 
 60 |S 
 
 i W 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 a 
 
 ft 57 
 
 T no 
 
 61 a 
 
 SB ft 
 
 x a 
 
 a m 
 
 ^fe 58 
 
 H^ v$ 
 
 ^P 49 $ ^ H A M 
 
 53 59 3$ 41 38 #B Jg 
 
 n ffi ^ ffi 3$ X 32 
 
 ^fe S. 46 1 35 i$ 
 
 T H S S M ^ 64 
 
 ^ Ift fi4 42 |I5 jg ^ 
 
 H i$ 10 ^ S 
 
 ^r -* 
 
 ^ > <& 
 
 m so 
 
 39 J5 
 
 54 9$ T 2S 
 
 ffi 8t fX 43 
 
 i; *r a 
 
 H 51 f& S f 
 
 SB 
 
 M 36 gg 
 40 -flft 33
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 217 
 
 ft 
 m 
 
 X 
 
 29 
 
 ft 
 ft 
 it 
 
 ft 
 * 
 
 30 
 
 m 
 
 x 
 s 
 
 ft 
 
 ft 
 
 26 
 
 a 
 ft 
 
 
 
 7 
 7 
 
 27 
 
 ft 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 V. 
 
 CHINESE TEXT. 
 
 A 
 T 
 tt 
 
 W 
 
 20 
 
 iS S" 
 
 jjsL tn 
 
 3^ xu 
 
 7 
 
 21 
 
 JS 915 
 
 a A 
 
 22 
 
 25 
 ft 
 
 T 
 & ft 
 
 
 ft 
 
 & 
 
 X 
 
 SB 
 
 - ft JS Jt 
 
 ft 
 19 
 
 13 
 
 ft 
 
 * 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 StSr 
 it 
 
 m m 
 
 9 5 
 
 915 ft 
 
 fl fl 
 
 S ffi 
 
 6 
 
 915 
 
 to 
 
 fit 
 
 135 
 
 ft 
 
 2
 
 218 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 XII. 
 
 THE student having now mastered a thousand characters and having 
 been introduced to a few of the many combinations which they can 
 be made to form, the important point is to retain them in the 
 memory. The system of writing each character on a separate slip 
 and recognising these when selected at random answers well enough 
 to begin with, but more than this is wanted, as they must be 
 recognised in all their combinations, and the different meanings or 
 shades of meaning they assume in. these varied combinations must 
 also be gradually appreciated. By constantly reading through the 
 list at the end of this volume he will be able to refresh his memory, 
 but it is obviously by constant reading and speaking that progress in 
 the language \\ ill best be made, for the words and phrases in common 
 use will go on repeating themselves, both in reading and in speaking, 
 and will thus impress themselves on the memory. Such a system of 
 study presupposes in due course the services of a native instructor, 
 for no one who has not the opportunity of studying with an instructor 
 by his side can ever hope to speak accurately or to pronounce his 
 words well. It will not be so difficult to acquire a paper knowledge 
 of the spoken language, but the assistance of an expert is indispens- 
 able for obtaining a correct pronunciation and the rhythmic swing 
 and intonation which are so essential to elegant speaking. A point 
 should be made daily of reading, sentence by sentence, after the 
 " teacher," and endeavouring to mimic his intonation and his style as 
 closely as possible. Mimicry is the great element of success, and no 
 one will ever speak Chinese well who adheres to his ordinary accent 
 and emphasis. A good teacher will correct errors of tone and pronun- 
 ciation again and again until they have been overcome, and if at the 
 commencement the student finds that he is not constantly brought 
 to a pause and told to pronounce a word or a sentence over again, he 
 may be sure that his instructor is either careless or incompetent.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 219 
 
 There is always a temptation, when examinations are looming in the 
 distance, to limit the attention to allotted text books and to learn 
 these by heart, but it is not the best way to learn Chinese, and as 
 soon as the student feels himself fairly firm on his feet he should 
 endeavour to cover as much ground as he can, making a note, as 
 he goes along, of new characters and combinations. He should 
 get away from foreign text books as soon as he can read them with 
 comparative ease, and should turn his attention to colloquial novels 
 in which he will find a vast store of phrases, and will at the same 
 time be introduced by degrees to a useful form of the written 
 language with which all novels are interlarded. He will find poetry 
 there too, but that he would do well to leave alone for some time. 
 Newspapers in the vernacular are now published in Peking, and 
 doubtless in other parts of China, which will be found very useful 
 reading. Efforts should be made at the very outset to get away 
 from disconnected sentences, for one of the initial difficulties is the 
 stringing of sentences together. This, it will have been noticed by a 
 study of the examples previously given, is done by means of a few 
 words or particles judiciously used. It will be found very good 
 practice to write down a short connected story made up of words 
 which have already been learnt or are to be found in one or other of 
 the many vocabularies now procurable, and to submit it to some 
 authority for correction. The study of the corrections by a competent 
 hand of a composition of one's own is a more valuable lesson than 
 pages of ready-made sentences. 
 
 One of the most useful books with which the student can provide 
 himself, when he has made a certain amount of progress, is a Dictionary 
 of Chinese, by MacGillivray, formerly known as Stent's Vocabulary. 
 In this book he will find a translation of every word and combination 
 of words he is likely to come across for many years. 
 
 Mention has frequently been made of the " Eadicals." These have 
 to be mastered sooner or later if a dictionary is ever to be used, and 
 some authorities call upon the learner to start with them. They are 
 so dry and so uninteresting that many people who only think they 
 would like to learn Chinese give up the task in despair after labour- 
 ing at them for a few days. The preferable way seems to be to take 
 them by degrees. A fair number consists of words in colloquial use, 
 some of which will already have been met with in the preceding
 
 220 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 When the new colloquial words have been added to the 
 stock the balance that remains will not be a formidable one, and it 
 will be sufficient for practical purposes if these are recognised as 
 radicals and their place in the series is more or less established in the 
 mind. A list of radicals in the order of their strokes is appended, 
 and colloquial words are indicated by an asterisk. Of the rest, some 
 are used in writing onlj, others are never used at all except as 
 radical*
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 221 
 
 THE EADICALS. 
 
 Colloquial Badicals are indicated by *. Modifications are 
 indicated by i, and placed at the foot of the page. 
 
 1 STROKE. 
 
 1 
 
 i l * 
 
 . 
 
 one. 
 
 2 
 
 kun 3 
 
 I 
 
 perpendicular, to pass through. 
 
 3 
 
 chu 3 
 
 * 
 
 a point, dot. 
 
 4 
 
 p'ieh 3 
 
 J 
 
 a stroke to the left. 
 
 5 
 
 i 4 
 
 z, 
 
 curved. 
 
 e) 
 
 chiieh 2 
 
 ] 
 
 a barb, hooked end. 
 
 2 STROKES. 
 
 7 
 
 eTh 4 * 
 
 '. 
 
 two. 
 
 8 
 
 t'ou' 
 
 -L. 
 
 above. 
 
 9 
 
 J6n f * 
 
 A 
 
 a man. 
 
 10 
 
 jen 2 
 
 )l 
 
 a man. 
 
 11 
 
 jn< 
 
 A 
 
 to enter. 
 
 12 
 
 pa> 
 
 A 
 
 eight. 
 
 13 
 
 chiung* 
 
 n 
 
 border waste land. 
 
 14 
 
 mi 4 
 
 + 4 
 
 to cover.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 15 
 
 ping 1 
 
 y 
 
 an icicle. 
 
 16 
 
 chi 1 
 
 )L 
 
 a stool, bench. 
 
 17 
 
 k j an s 
 
 u 
 
 a receptacle, unfilled vessel. 
 
 18 
 
 tao 1 f * 
 
 77 
 
 a knife, sword. 
 
 19 
 
 li 
 
 -ft 
 
 strength. 
 
 20 
 
 pao 1 
 
 1 
 
 to wrap. 
 
 21 
 
 pi' 
 
 L 
 
 a ladle. 
 
 22 
 
 fang 1 
 
 c 
 
 a basket 
 
 23 
 
 hsi 3 
 
 c 
 
 a coffer. 
 
 24 
 
 shih' 
 
 -p 
 
 ten. 
 
 25 
 
 pn 
 
 b 
 
 to divine. 
 
 26 
 
 chieh j f 
 
 p 
 
 a stamp. 
 
 27 
 
 han 4 
 
 r 
 
 a projecting cliff. 
 
 28 
 
 S8U 1 
 
 A 
 
 private, selfish. 
 
 29 
 
 yu 4 * 
 
 X 
 
 again, also. 
 
 3 STROKES. 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 30 
 
 k'cra' 
 
 p 
 
 a mouth. 
 
 31 
 
 wei j 
 
 P 
 
 an enclosure. 
 
 32 
 
 t'u s f f 
 
 
 
 earth. 
 
 f 18 IJ 
 
 26 
 
 32
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 223 
 
 33 
 
 ahih 4 
 
 
 
 a scholar. 
 
 34 
 
 chih 4 
 
 %. 
 
 to follow. 
 
 35 
 
 ts'ui 1 
 
 & 
 
 to walk slowly. 
 
 36 
 
 hsi* 
 
 9 
 
 evening. 
 
 37 
 
 ta 4 * 
 
 * 
 
 great. 
 
 38 
 
 nil 8 
 
 :& 
 
 a female, woman, girl. 
 
 39 
 
 tzu 8 
 
 ^ 
 
 a son. 
 
 40 
 
 mien* 
 
 * 
 
 a roof, shelter. 
 
 41 
 
 ts'un* * 
 
 -$ 
 
 an inch. 
 
 42 
 
 hsiao 3 * 
 
 * 
 
 little, small. 
 
 43 
 
 wang 1 f 
 
 -k 
 
 bent, as an ailing leg, 
 
 44 
 
 shih 1 * 
 
 f* 
 
 a corpse. 
 
 45 
 
 ch'6 4 
 
 $ 
 
 sprouting, a sprout. 
 
 46 
 
 shan 1 * 
 
 \\\ 
 
 a hill. 
 
 47 
 
 ch'uan 1 f 
 
 {({ 
 
 streams. 
 
 48 
 
 kung 1 * 
 
 I 
 
 labour, work, leisure. 
 
 49 
 
 chi 8 
 
 a 
 
 self. 
 
 50 
 
 chin 1 * 
 
 * 
 
 a napkin, towel, cap. 
 
 51 
 
 kan 1 
 
 -f 
 
 arms, to concern. 
 
 52 
 
 yao 1 
 
 & 
 
 small, immature. 
 
 53 
 
 yen 3 
 
 r 
 
 a covering, rof. 
 
 ( ((
 
 224 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 54 
 
 yin' 
 
 L 
 
 to move on. 
 
 55 
 
 kung 1 
 
 ft 
 
 hands folded in salutation. 
 
 56 
 
 i* 
 
 -t 
 
 an arrow, to shoot. 
 
 57 
 
 kung 1 
 
 3 
 
 a bow. 
 
 58 
 
 ch'i* f 
 
 a 
 
 head, pointed like one. 
 
 59 
 
 Shan 1 
 
 & 
 
 hair, streaky. 
 
 60 
 
 ch'ih 4 
 
 i 
 
 a step, to step short, or with the 
 left foot. 
 
 4 STROKES. 
 
 61 
 
 hsin 1 f * 
 
 tf 
 
 mind, heart. 
 
 62 
 
 ko 1 
 
 * 
 
 a spear. 
 
 63 
 
 hu* 
 
 p 
 
 a door. 
 
 64 
 
 shou 3 f * 
 
 ?$* 
 
 the hand. 
 
 65 
 
 chih 1 * 
 
 
 
 a stem, prop, to advance money. 
 
 66 
 
 p'u 1 | 
 
 A 
 
 to tap, rap. 
 
 67 
 
 we-n* * 
 
 % 
 
 stripes, streaks, literature. 
 
 68 
 
 tou * 
 
 4 
 
 a Chinese peck measure, a bushel. 
 
 69 
 
 chin 1 * 
 
 ft 
 
 a Chinese pound, a catty. 
 
 70 
 
 fang 1 * 
 
 % 
 
 square. 
 
 71 
 
 -| 
 
 * 
 
 not, without. 
 
 61 
 
 64^ 66 Jf 
 
 71
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 225 
 
 72 
 
 jih* 
 
 B 
 
 the sun, day. 
 
 73 
 
 yiieh 1 
 
 
 
 to speak. 
 
 74 
 
 ylieh 4 * 
 
 M 
 
 the moon, month. 
 
 75 
 
 mu 4 * 
 
 * 
 
 wood, trees. 
 
 76 
 
 ch'ien 4 * 
 
 ft 
 
 to owe, to be wanting in, deficient. 
 
 77 
 
 chih 8 * 
 
 It 
 
 to stop. 
 
 78 
 
 tai f * 
 
 3f 
 
 bad. 
 
 79 
 
 shu 1 
 
 & 
 
 a quarter staff. 
 
 80 
 
 wtf 
 
 * 
 
 do not, not. 
 
 81 
 
 pi' 
 
 & 
 
 to compare. 
 
 82 
 
 mao 3 * 
 
 % 
 
 hair, fur, wool. 
 
 83 
 
 ch'i 4 * 
 
 ^ 
 
 vapour. 
 
 84 
 
 shih 4 
 
 K 
 
 surname, clan name. 
 
 85 
 
 shui 3 f * 
 
 * 
 
 water. 
 
 86 
 
 huo 8 | * 
 
 *K 
 
 fire. 
 
 87 
 
 chao 3 f * 
 
 fr 
 
 claws. 
 
 88 
 
 fu 4 
 
 3L 
 
 father. 
 
 89 
 
 yao' 
 
 5t 
 
 blending, crosswise. 
 
 90 
 
 ch'iang 1 
 
 Radical 91 reversed. 
 
 91 
 
 p'ien 4 * 
 
 ft 
 
 a slab, leaf, strip, slip. 
 
 92 
 
 ya* * 
 
 ^f- [ the back teeth, a tooth. 
 
 
 f 
 
 t 78 
 
 86 
 
 86 jm 
 
 87 xs
 
 226 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 93 
 94 
 
 i 
 niu 2 f * 
 
 ch'tian'f * 
 
 
 an ox, cattle, oxen, 
 a dog. 
 
 5 STROKES. 
 
 95 
 
 yiian* 
 
 
 
 black. 
 
 96 
 
 yu* f * 
 
 3S 
 
 jade, a gem. 
 
 97 
 
 kua 1 
 
 JJJ. 
 
 a melon, gourd. 
 
 98 
 
 wa 3 * 
 
 %. 
 
 earthenware, a tile. 
 
 99 
 
 kan' * 
 
 * 
 
 sweet, pleasant. 
 
 100 
 
 shlng 1 * 
 
 
 
 to produce, to live, alive, to be> 
 born, raw. 
 
 101 
 
 yung 4 * 
 
 m 
 
 to use, use. 
 
 102 
 
 t'ien* * 
 
 B 
 
 fields, arable land. 
 
 103 
 
 p'i 3 * 
 
 7S. 
 
 a bale, roll. 
 
 104 
 
 ni 
 
 r 
 
 disease. 
 
 105 
 
 po* 
 
 7<t 
 
 back to back. 
 
 106 
 
 pai 8 * 
 
 e 
 
 white. 
 
 107 
 
 pi 
 
 & 
 
 skin, bark, peel, fur. 
 
 108 
 
 min* 
 
 M 
 
 dish, utensil. 
 
 109 
 
 mu* * 
 
 a 
 
 the eye. 
 
 110 | mou 1 
 
 -^ 1 a lance. 
 
 94$ 
 
 96
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 227 
 
 Ill 
 
 shih 3 | *k 
 
 an arrow. 
 
 112 
 
 shih 2 * 
 
 5 
 
 a stone. 
 
 113 
 
 shih* f * 
 
 * 
 
 to show, revelation. 
 
 114 
 
 jou 2 f 
 
 ft 
 
 a footprint. 
 
 115 
 
 ho 5 
 
 ^ 
 
 grain. 
 
 116 
 
 hsueh* * 
 
 ft 
 
 a cave. 
 
 117 
 
 li 4 * 
 
 JJL 
 
 to set up, stand up, erect. 
 
 6 STROKES. 
 
 118 
 
 chu s * 
 
 Yt 
 
 bamboo. 
 
 119 
 
 mi s * 
 
 * 
 
 uncooked rice. 
 
 120 
 
 ssu 1 
 
 ^pi 
 
 silk. 
 
 12] 
 
 fou 3 
 
 llj" 
 
 earthenware. 
 
 122 
 
 wang 3 f * 
 
 m 
 
 a net. 
 
 123 
 
 yang' * 
 
 
 
 a sheep. 
 
 124 
 
 yii' 
 
 M 
 
 wings, plumes, feathers. 
 
 125 
 
 lao 8 * 
 
 % 
 
 old. 
 
 126 
 
 eTh 8 
 
 rfi 
 
 and, yet, but, still. 
 
 127 
 
 lei 3 
 
 * 
 
 a plough. 
 
 128 
 
 erh * 
 
 ^ 
 
 the ear. 
 
 129 
 
 yu* 
 
 * 
 
 a pencil. 
 
 114 
 
 122
 
 777.fi- CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 130 
 
 jou f * 
 
 r*i 
 
 flesh, meat. 
 
 
 131 
 
 ch'e-n' * 
 
 E 
 
 a minister, statesman. 
 
 132 
 
 tzu* * 
 
 @ 
 
 self, from. 
 
 
 133 
 
 chih* 
 
 m 
 
 to reach, arrive at. 
 
 
 134 
 
 chin* 
 
 a 
 
 a mortar. 
 
 
 135 
 
 she" * 
 
 .w 
 
 the tongue. 
 
 
 136 
 
 ch'uan 3 
 
 J4 
 
 perverse, erroneous. 
 
 
 137 
 
 chou 1 
 
 ft 
 
 a ship. 
 
 
 138 
 
 ke-n* 
 
 R 
 
 perverse, limitation. 
 
 139 
 
 86* * 
 
 fe 
 
 colour. 
 
 
 140 
 
 ts'ao* f 
 
 W 1 
 
 grass, herbs. 
 
 
 141 
 
 hu 
 
 ^ 
 
 a tiger. 
 
 
 142 
 
 ch'ung' * 
 
 A 
 
 insects, worms. 
 
 
 143 
 144 
 
 hsueh 3 1 * 
 hsieh 8 ) 
 hsing 2 ) * 
 hang 2 } 
 
 Jfil 
 t7 
 
 blood, 
 to go, do ; hang 2 , a 
 
 TOW. 
 
 145 
 
 i 1 t * 
 
 S 
 
 clothes. 
 
 
 146 
 
 hri 1 f * 
 
 a 
 
 west. 
 
 
 7 STROKES. 
 
 147 
 
 148 
 
 chien* * 
 
 chiao 8 | * 
 chueh' j 
 
 * 
 
 'ft 
 
 to see, perceive, 
 horns, a corner. 
 
 1130^ 
 
 140 -H- 
 
 145 
 
 146
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 229 
 
 149 
 
 yen' * 
 
 f 
 
 words. 
 
 150 
 
 ku 5 * 
 
 # 
 
 a valley, ravine. 
 
 151 
 
 tou* 
 
 S 
 
 a bean. 
 
 152 
 
 shih 1 
 
 ^c 
 
 swine. 
 
 153 
 
 chai* 
 
 ^ 
 
 reptiles. 
 
 154 
 
 pei* * 
 
 & 
 
 precious, a cowry. 
 
 155 
 
 ch'ih* * 
 
 * 
 
 flesh colour. 
 
 156 
 
 tsou 8 * 
 
 
 
 to walk. 
 
 157 
 
 tsu' f * 
 
 J 
 
 the foot, enough. 
 
 158 
 
 she-n 1 * 
 
 * 
 
 the body. 
 
 159 
 
 eh'6' * 
 
 * 
 
 a cart, carriage. 
 
 160 
 
 hsin 1 
 
 ^ 
 
 bitter. 
 
 161 
 
 ch'Sn' 
 
 m 
 
 time, one of the twelve divisions 
 of the day. 
 
 162 
 
 ch'o* f 
 
 ^ 
 
 moving and stopping. 
 
 163 
 
 i 4 t 
 
 a 
 
 a hamlet, a camp. 
 
 164 
 
 yu 
 
 B 
 
 one of the twelve divisions of 
 the day. 
 
 165 
 
 pien 4 
 
 ^ 
 
 to discriminate, sort out. 
 
 166 
 
 li * 
 
 ffi 
 
 a Chinese mile, a hamlet. 
 
 t 157 
 
 162 
 
 163
 
 230 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 8 STROKES. 
 
 167 
 
 chin 1 
 
 * 
 
 & 
 
 gold, metals. 
 
 168 
 
 chang 3 1 
 ch'ang 5 ) 
 
 * 
 t 
 
 ft 
 
 to grow ; ch'ang 2 , long. 
 
 169 
 
 mSn' 
 
 * 
 
 PI 
 
 a door, gate. 
 
 170 
 
 fu 4 
 
 t 
 
 -^ 
 
 a mound. 
 
 171 
 
 tai 4 
 
 
 Jl 
 
 to reach to. 
 
 172 
 
 ohui 1 
 
 
 tt 
 
 short-tailed birds. 
 
 173 
 
 yii 3 f 
 
 * 
 
 ffi 
 
 rain. 
 
 174 
 
 ch'ing 1 
 
 * 
 
 P! 
 
 azure. 
 
 175 
 
 fei 1 
 
 * 
 
 * 
 
 wrong, not. 
 
 9 STROKES. 
 
 176 
 
 mien 4 * 
 
 ffi 
 
 face, surface. 
 
 177 
 
 ko' 
 
 * 
 
 to flay, strip, a hide. 
 
 178 
 
 wei 2 
 
 * 
 
 dressed leather. 
 
 179 
 
 chin 8 
 
 & 
 
 leeks. 
 
 180 
 
 yin- 
 
 * 
 
 sound. 
 
 181 
 
 yeV 
 
 
 
 the page of a book. 
 
 182 
 
 f&Dg 1 
 
 SL 
 
 wind. 
 
 183 
 
 fei 1 
 
 m 
 
 to fly. 
 
 f 168 
 
 170 (J 
 
 173
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 231 
 
 184 
 
 shih j * 
 
 
 
 to eat, food. 
 
 185 
 
 anon 1 * 
 
 t 
 
 the head. 
 
 186 
 
 hsiang * * 
 
 
 
 fragrant, fragrance, incensa 
 
 10 STROKES. 
 
 187 
 
 ma 3 * 
 
 JSy 
 
 a horse. 
 
 188 
 
 ku 1 * 
 
 * 
 
 bones. 
 
 189 
 
 kao 1 * 
 
 w 
 
 high. 
 
 190 
 
 piao 1 
 
 & 
 
 bushy hair. 
 
 191 
 
 ton* * 
 
 n 
 
 to fight, wrangle, teasa. 
 
 192 
 
 ch'ang* 
 
 m 
 
 a sacrificial bowl. 
 
 193 
 
 li 4 
 
 m 
 
 an incense urn. 
 
 194 
 
 knei 
 
 & 
 
 a ghost, spirits of the dead. 
 
 11 STROKES. 
 
 195 
 
 yii' 
 
 ft 
 
 a fish. 
 
 196 
 
 niao' 
 
 iV9 
 
 a bird. 
 
 197 
 
 lu 1 
 
 A 
 
 coarse, salt. 
 
 198 
 
 lu* * 
 
 m 
 
 a deer. 
 
 199 
 
 mai 4 * 
 
 3? 
 
 wheat. 
 
 200 
 
 ma 1 * 
 
 m 
 
 hemp.
 
 232 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 12 STROKES. 
 
 201 
 
 huang* * 
 
 
 
 yellow. 
 
 202 
 
 Shu* 
 
 3& 
 
 panicled millet. 
 
 203 
 
 hei' 
 
 H 
 
 black. 
 
 204 
 
 chih f 
 
 m 
 
 embroidery. 
 
 13 STROKES. 
 
 205 
 
 min 1 
 
 u 
 
 frogs, toada. 
 
 206 
 
 ting 1 
 
 m 
 
 a sacrificial tripod. 
 
 207 
 
 ku' 
 
 m 
 
 a drum. 
 
 208 
 
 shn' 
 
 m 
 
 a rat. 
 
 14 STROKES. 
 
 209 
 
 pi' 
 
 % 
 
 the nose. 
 
 210 
 
 ch'i 1 
 
 m 
 
 even, complete. 
 
 15 STROKES. 
 
 211 
 
 ch'ih 1 
 
 18T 
 
 the front teeth.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 233 
 
 16 STROKES. 
 
 1 
 212 
 
 213 
 
 lung' * 
 kuei 1 
 
 ft 
 & 
 
 a dragon, 
 the tortoise. 
 
 17 STROKES. 
 
 214 
 
 yo* 
 
 * 
 
 flute, pipe.
 
 234 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 XIII. 
 
 As has been remarked more than once, the way to fix the characters 
 in the memory is to pass them constantly under review. The 
 characters in the following list have been arranged more or less in 
 the order in which they appear at the foot of each page in 
 Volume I. This list should be referred^ frequently as the student 
 progresses. When he passes on to the study of other text books he 
 is strongly advised to enter in a note-book each new character he 
 comes across, arranged in the same manner as those in this list. 
 The addition of a second thousand words to his stock, so arranged as- 
 to be handy for reference and verification, will be an immense help. 
 A third thousand will probably be all that he will ever require to- 
 learn. The figures to the left of each character indicate the Badical 
 under which it will be found in the Chinese dictionaries.
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 23& 
 
 162 
 
 
 73 
 
 106 
 
 200 
 
 62 
 
 146 
 
 che 4 , this 
 
 2 
 
 ko 4 , piece 
 
 3 -*-^ 
 
 shih* is 
 
 .j&iXj n>4Xu 
 
 ItM 
 
 ^ 
 
 ti, 's, -ing, one, -ly 
 
 nio]"an interroga- 
 tive 
 
 7 
 
 wo 3 , I t^s-. 
 
 8 /m 9'^v 
 men, plural of pro- 
 nouns 
 
 9 
 
 pu 4 , not 
 
 10 
 
 yap 4 , want, will 
 
 163 
 
 
 145 
 
 32 
 
 75 
 
 
 12 
 
 ' ' 
 
 shen 2 (with mo) r 
 what? 
 
 13 
 
 li 3 , in 
 
 14 
 
 t'a'Jie 
 
 15 
 
 tsai 4 ^ v at 
 
 16' * 
 tung 1 , east 
 
 17 
 146 If LI hsi 1 , west 
 
 18 
 
 T 
 
 tso 4 , do, make 
 
 19 
 
 lai a , come 
 
 20 
 
 liao 8 , past tense 
 C-ed)
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 85 
 
 167 
 
 64 
 
 181 
 
 109 
 
 147 
 
 21 
 
 mei 2 , not 
 
 74 ytil yu 3 , have 
 
 10 
 
 A 
 
 23 
 23 
 
 erh 2 , son, noun in- 
 dicator 
 
 24 
 
 tsti 3 , son, noun in- 
 dicator 
 
 ch'ien 2 , money, 
 " cash " 
 
 na 2 , hold, take 
 
 27 
 
 t'ou 2 , top, end, head 
 
 k'an*, look, read 
 
 chien 4 , sec 
 
 30 
 
 jen*, man 
 
 111 
 
 162 
 
 118 
 
 120 
 
 32 
 
 154 
 
 154 
 
 37 
 
 31 -if t 
 chih 1 , kno\ 
 
 tao 4 , way 
 
 33 
 
 teng 3 , wait 
 
 34 
 
 kei 3 , giv* 
 
 35 
 
 tso 4 , sit 
 
 mai 3 , buy 
 
 37 
 
 mai 4 , sell 
 
 ta 4 , great 
 
 149 - ^VJT shuo 1 , speak 
 
 40 
 
 hsieh 1 , some
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 287 
 
 30 
 
 41 
 
 wen 4 , ask 
 
 149 * I * hua *' talk) lan " 
 
 PO s age 
 
 ^dt* 43 
 
 UQ ^i5 ch'ing 3 , please, in- 
 y fc ^" 1 vite, request 
 
 j 
 
 
 T 
 
 60 
 
 42 
 
 44 
 
 hsia 4 , down, below 
 
 45 
 
 hen 3 , very 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 46 
 
 hsiao 3 , little, small 
 
 47 
 
 shang 4 , above, up- 
 
 162 
 
 on, to 
 
 48 
 
 kuo 4 , pass, cross, 
 exceed 
 
 49 
 
 tsou 3 , walk, go 
 
 50 
 
 hao 3 , good 
 
 31 
 
 12 
 
 51 
 
 52 
 
 erb>, two 
 
 53 
 
 san 1 , three 
 
 54 
 
 ssu 4 , four 
 
 55 
 wu s , five 
 
 56 
 
 liu 4 , six 
 
 57 
 
 ch'i 1 , seven 
 
 12 
 
 A 58 
 pa 1 , eight 
 
 24 
 
 chiu 3 , nine 
 
 shih 2 , ten
 
 238 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 106 
 
 173 
 
 11 
 
 118 
 
 36 
 
 61 
 
 pai 3 , hundred 
 
 24 " ch'ien 1 , thousand 
 
 140 . 3L wan *> myriad 
 
 64 
 
 ling 2 , fraction, zero 
 
 65 
 
 liang*, two, ounce 
 
 66 
 
 ti 4 , number, indi- 
 cator of ordinal 
 numbers 
 
 67 
 
 to 1 , many, more 
 
 42 -^J ^ shao 8 , few 
 
 52 
 
 149 
 
 chi s , some, how 
 
 many 
 
 70 - 
 
 chi 4 , remember, re- 
 cord 
 
 60 
 
 163 
 
 66 
 
 72 
 
 106 
 
 61 
 
 72 
 
 39 
 
 40 
 
 72 
 
 71 
 
 te 2 , obtain, suc- 
 ceed ; tei 3 , must 
 
 72 
 tou 1 , all 
 
 73 
 
 shu 3 , count ; shu 4 , 
 number 
 
 74 
 
 ming a , bright 
 
 75 
 
 pai 2 , white 
 
 76 
 
 tung 3 , understand 
 
 77 
 
 jih 4 , day, sun 
 
 78 
 
 tzu 4 , character, let- 
 ter 
 
 79 
 
 lisieh 3 , write 
 
 80 
 
 shih 2 , time
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 lei 
 
 81 
 
 hou 4 , wait 
 
 82 
 
 hui 2 , return, turn 
 
 83 
 
 t'ien 1 , day, heaven 
 
 31 
 
 37 
 
 30 mr P m kao 4 , tell, accuse 
 
 o 
 
 _L^ 85 
 149 rr 
 
 128 
 
 73 
 
 1 
 
 60 
 
 86 
 
 t'ing 1 , listen, hear 
 
 87 
 
 hui 4 , able, a society 
 
 feng 1 , envelope, 
 classifier of let- 
 ters 
 
 89 
 
 hsin 4 , letter, be- 
 lieve 
 
 hou *. affcer > behind 
 
 130 
 
 43 
 
 144 
 
 37 
 
 30 
 
 64 
 
 61 
 
 30 
 
 184 
 
 91 
 
 neng, can 
 
 92 
 
 chiu 4 , then, only, 
 immediately 
 
 hsing a , suit,- pro- 
 ceed 
 
 94 
 t'ai 4 , too 
 
 95 
 
 k'o 3 , but, can 
 
 pa 1 , take hold of; 
 pa 4 , a handle ; 
 pa 3 , handful 
 
 97 
 
 tsen 3 , how ? 
 
 98 
 
 ch'ih 1 , eat 
 
 99 
 
 fan 4 , cooked food 
 
 100 
 
 shih 4 , affair
 
 240 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 61 
 
 
 118 
 
 169 
 
 169 
 
 167 
 
 28 
 
 17 
 
 40 
 
 101 
 
 ch'ing 2 , feelings 
 
 102 
 
 jo 4 , if 
 
 103 
 
 kuan 3 , care, take 
 charge of 
 
 104 
 
 kuan 1 , shut 
 
 105 
 
 men 2 , door 
 
 106 
 
 k'ai 1 , open 
 
 107 
 
 ts'o 4 , wrong 
 
 108 
 
 ch'ii 4 , go 
 
 108 
 
 ch'u 1 , out, forth, 
 issue 
 
 110 
 
 chia 1 , home, family 
 
 36 
 
 154 
 
 18 
 
 40 
 
 101 
 
 83 
 
 111 
 
 wai 4 , out, outside 
 
 112 
 
 kuei 4 , expensive,, 
 honourable 
 
 113 
 
 p'ien 2 , cheap: 
 pien 4 , c o n v e- 
 nient 
 
 114 
 
 115 
 
 ch'ien 2 , before, 
 front 
 
 116 
 
 shih 2 , true 
 
 117 
 
 yung 4 , use 
 
 118 
 
 ch'i 4 , vapour, 
 breath, anger 
 
 ch'uan 1 , wear, to 
 go through
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 241 
 
 145 
 
 145 
 
 15 
 
 LJU 
 
 ip j^ 
 I JCT 
 
 38 
 
 75 
 
 64 
 
 159 
 
 6 
 
 120 
 
 121 
 
 i 1 , clothes 
 
 122 
 
 shang 1 , clothes 
 
 123 
 
 leng 3 , cold 
 
 124 
 
 k'uai 4 , fast, quick, 
 sharp 
 
 125 
 
 hsing 4 , surname 
 
 12T 
 
 ko l , put 
 
 e 
 
 129 
 
 130 
 
 na 4 , collect, pay 
 taxes 
 
 10 
 
 72 
 
 30 
 
 64 
 
 87 
 
 31 
 
 131 
 
 hsien 1 , before, first 
 
 132 
 
 sheng 1 , beget, born, 
 raw 
 
 133 
 
 tso 2 , yesterday 
 
 134 
 
 chiao 4 , order, call 
 cause 
 
 t!35 
 
 ta 3 , beat, from 
 
 138 
 
 wang 4 , forget 
 
 137 
 
 yeh 3 , also 
 
 138 
 
 hai a , yet, still ; 
 huan 2 , repay 
 
 139 
 
 wei 4 , for, because ; 
 wei 2 , to do 
 
 140 
 
 yin 1 , cause, reason
 
 242 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 163 
 
 18 
 
 162 
 
 30 
 
 203 
 
 20 
 
 64 
 
 61 
 
 
 122 
 
 40 
 
 141 
 
 hsiang 1 , country 
 
 142 
 
 tao 4 , to, arrive at 
 
 143 
 
 yuan*, far 
 
 144 
 
 t'ung 2 , same, with 
 
 145 
 
 tien 3 , a little, dot, 
 point 
 
 146 
 
 chih 3 , paper 
 
 147 
 
 chao 3 , search, seek 
 
 148 
 
 p'a 4 , fear, expect 
 
 149 
 
 pa 4 , a final particle 
 
 150 
 
 wan 2 , finish 
 
 72 
 
 61 
 
 75 
 
 96 
 
 72 
 
 72 
 
 156 
 
 173 
 
 51 
 
 151 
 
 wan 3 , late 
 152 
 
 153 
 
 yang 1 , fashion, 
 kind, pattern 
 
 154 
 
 hsien 4 , now, ready 
 
 155 
 
 chu 4 , live, tight, 
 fast, stop 
 
 156 
 
 shang 3 , noon 
 
 157 
 
 tsao 3 , 
 
 158 
 
 ch'i 3 , rise, get up, 
 commence 
 
 159 
 
 160
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 243 
 
 168 
 
 til 
 
 75 
 
 149 * 
 
 r-* j| 
 
 157 
 
 104 
 
 40 
 
 123 
 
 161 
 
 chin 1 , now 
 
 162 
 
 ch'ang*, long ; 
 chang 3 , grow 
 
 163 
 
 tuan 3 , short 
 
 164 
 
 pan 3 , board 
 
 165 
 
 chieh 4 , borrow 
 
 kai 1 , owe, ought 
 
 167 
 
 ken 1 , with, from, 
 follow, heel 
 
 168 
 
 ping 4 , illness, ill 
 
 kuan 1 , official, offi- 
 cer 
 
 170 
 
 cho, verbal particle 
 
 187 
 
 61 
 
 85 
 
 140 
 
 125 
 
 171 
 
 ma 3 , horse 
 
 172 
 
 hsiang 3 , think 
 
 173 
 
 chun 3 , positive, ac- 
 curate, sanction 
 
 174 
 
 hua 1 , spend, flower 
 
 175 
 
 *i^ 
 
 40 ff\ ting 4 , fix 
 
 /Cr 
 
 61 
 
 
 H 
 
 176 
 
 lao 3 , old, ever 
 
 177 
 
 chu 3 , master, ruler 
 
 178 
 
 i 4 , intention, idea 
 
 179 
 
 ssu 1 , think, reflect 
 
 180 
 
 61 JHuA man 4 , slow
 
 244 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 162 
 
 149 
 
 50 
 
 24 
 
 172 
 
 86 
 
 89 
 
 147 
 
 89 
 
 30 
 
 D 
 
 181 
 
 lien 2 , connect, even 
 (adv.), and 
 
 182 
 
 jen 4 , recognise, ad- 
 mit 
 
 183 
 
 tai 4 , carry with 
 one, girdle 
 
 184 
 
 pan 4 , half 
 
 185 
 
 sui 1 , although 
 
 186 
 
 jan 2 , but, yet 
 
 l , father 
 
 188 
 
 ch'in 1 , relative, 
 self 
 
 yeh 2 , sire, grand- 
 father 
 
 190 
 
 ah 1 , an exclama- 
 tion 
 
 49 
 
 120 
 
 149 
 
 75 
 
 50 
 
 61 
 
 75 
 
 tt 
 
 41 
 
 62 
 
 191 
 
 i 3 , already, final 
 particle 
 
 192 
 
 J, past, a re- 
 ligious "office," 
 canon, ritual. 
 
 193 
 
 hsii 3 , may, might, 
 promise, pos- 
 sibly 
 
 194 
 
 chien 4 , item, a 
 classifier 
 
 195 
 
 hsiang 1 , mutual ' 
 
 196 
 
 pang 1 , help 
 
 197 
 
 mang 2 ,hurry, busy 
 
 198 
 
 pen 3 , root, source 
 
 199 
 
 chiang 1 , take, on 
 the point of 
 
 huo 4 , or, perhaps, 
 if, either
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 245 
 
 64 
 
 145 
 
 1 
 
 19 
 
 85 
 
 116 
 
 170 
 
 120 
 
 201 
 
 ai 2 , suffer ; ai 1 , 
 close to 
 
 pel*, suffer, endure, 
 coverlet 
 
 shou 4 , receive, 
 suffer, endure 
 
 204 
 
 kou 3 , dog 
 
 205 
 
 lao 2 , trouble, toil 
 
 tung 4 , move, touch 
 
 207 
 
 fa 2 , remedy; fa 3 , 
 rule 
 
 208 
 
 k'ung 1 , empty. 
 
 ch'u 2 . except 
 210 
 
 20 
 
 74 
 
 29 
 
 75 
 
 19 
 
 18 
 
 120 
 
 149 
 
 31 
 
 140 
 
 211 
 
 yun 2 , divide, set 
 apart 
 
 212 
 
 p'eng 2 , friend 
 
 213 
 
 yu 3 ,friend,friendly 
 
 214 
 
 lo 4 , pleasure, 
 laugh ; yiieh 4 , 
 music 
 
 215 
 
 li 4 , strength, force 
 
 216 
 
 , just now, 
 hard 
 
 217 
 
 ts'ai 2 , then, just 
 
 218 
 
 shui 2 , who 
 
 219 
 
 kuo 2 , country, 
 kingdom 
 
 ying 1 , English, 
 eminent
 
 240 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 64 
 
 I 
 
 160 
 
 18 
 
 71 
 
 140 
 
 85 
 
 50 
 
 102 
 
 75 
 
 221 
 
 t'i 2 , mention ; ti 1 , 
 lift up 
 
 hsiang 4 , like, like- 
 ness, image 
 
 transact, ar- 
 range 
 
 224 
 
 pieh 2 , another, do 
 not, distinguish 
 
 chi 4 , since 
 
 chien 4 , introduce, 
 recommend 
 
 227 
 
 huo 2 , alive, move- 
 able, work 
 
 ch'ang 2 , constant- 
 ly, often 
 
 tang 1 , ougnt, at 
 time of ; tang 4 , 
 suitable, pawn 
 
 230 
 
 mu 4 , wood 
 
 22 
 
 167 
 
 64 
 
 131 
 
 63 
 
 145 
 
 113 
 
 64 
 
 32 
 
 41 
 
 231 
 
 chiang 4 , mechanic, 
 workman 
 
 chung 1 , bell, clock 
 
 an 4 , according to ; 
 en 4 , press down 
 
 234 
 
 wo 4 , recline, lie 
 down 
 
 235 
 
 tang' 2 , house, room 
 
 236 
 
 piao 3 , watch 
 
 237 
 
 li 3 , worship, cere- 
 mony, offerings 
 
 pai 4 , salute, pay 
 calls 
 
 t'ang 2 , hall, chapel 
 
 240 
 
 tui 4 , to compare, 
 correct, oppo- 
 site, a pair
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 247 
 
 48 
 
 241 
 
 ch'a 1 , differ; ch'ai 4 , 
 to send, depute 
 
 242 
 203 " j ^ hei 1 , black, dark 
 
 4Y% 
 
 243 
 
 109 
 
 64 
 
 85 
 
 44 
 
 30 
 
 166 
 
 18 
 
 ch'iao 3 , look, look 
 at 
 
 244 
 tiao 4 , fall 
 
 M 
 
 ho 2 , river, canal 
 246 
 
 cho 1 , table 
 
 247 
 
 wu 1 , room 
 
 248 
 
 shang 1 , consult, 
 merchant 
 
 249 
 
 liang 2 , estimate ; 
 liang 4 , capacity 
 
 250 
 
 k'o 4 , carve, quarter 
 of an hour 
 
 158 
 
 61 
 
 105 
 
 162 
 
 64 
 
 104 
 
 18 
 
 40 
 
 112 
 
 109 
 
 251 
 
 tan 1 , delay 
 
 wu 4 , hinder, ne- 
 glect 
 
 fa 1 , put forth 
 
 sung 4 , send, pre- 
 sent to, escort 
 
 265 
 
 chih 3 , point; chih 3 , 
 finger 
 
 256 
 
 t'eng 2 , pain, ache, 
 love dearly 
 
 257 
 
 li 4 , gain, interest 
 
 hai 4 , injure, injury 
 
 259 
 
 p'eng 4 , bump, 
 strike against, 
 collide 
 
 shui 4 , sleep
 
 248 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 147 
 
 98 
 
 261 
 
 chiao 4 , chiieh 2 , per- 
 ceive, feel 
 
 p'ing 2 , jar, bottle 
 
 82 "" I *. mao 2 , hair, fur 
 
 120 
 
 chin 3 , tight, press- 
 ing 
 
 102 ^^^ hua 4 , draw, picture 
 
 leal 
 
 181 f5*t| yen 2 , colour 
 
 139 
 
 81 
 
 I 
 
 267 
 
 se 4 , colour 
 
 pi , compare, com- 
 pare with 
 
 269 
 
 chia 4 , price 
 
 270 
 
 chih 1 , price, worth 
 
 32 
 
 176 
 
 172 
 
 166 
 
 72 
 
 118 
 
 35 
 
 115 
 
 271 
 
 chiao 1 , deliver to, 
 friendship 
 
 272 
 
 ching 1 , metropolis 
 
 273 
 
 ch'eng 2 , walled 
 city, city wall 
 
 274 
 
 mien 4 , surface, face 
 
 275 
 
 11 2 , distant from, 
 separate from, 
 part from 
 
 276 
 
 11 3 , a Chinese mile 
 
 277 
 
 ch'un 1 , .spring 
 
 278 
 
 suan 4 , reckon 
 
 279 
 
 hsia 4 , summer 
 
 280 
 
 ch'iu 1 , autumn
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 249 
 
 15 
 
 13 
 
 19 
 
 102 
 
 167 
 
 63 
 
 130 
 
 281 
 
 tung 1 , winter 
 
 282 
 
 tsai 4 , again 
 
 283 
 
 ch'iian 4 , advise, ex- 
 hort 
 
 284 
 
 liu 2 , keep, retain, 
 detain 
 
 285 
 
 hsin 1 , heart, mind, 
 centre 
 
 36 
 
 ho 2 , with, har- 
 mony, unite 
 
 ting 4 , nail, to nail 
 
 3 > P lace ' whLh > 
 all which 
 
 i 3 , according to, use 
 
 290 
 
 p'i 2 , temper, dis- 
 position 
 
 187 
 
 184 
 
 119 
 
 184 
 
 141 
 
 31 
 
 191 
 
 86 
 
 21 
 
 32 
 
 ch'i 2 , ride 
 
 wei 4 , feed (animal 
 or child) 
 
 liang 2 , grain 
 
 shih 2 , food 
 
 hao 4 , mark, label, 
 stable, name 
 
 ch'uan 1 , circle, en- 
 circle ; chiian 4 , 
 coop, pen 
 
 297 
 
 nao 4 , bustle, tu- 
 mult, break out 
 
 huo 3 , fire 
 
 * 
 
 it 
 
 pei 3 , north 
 
 300 
 
 ti 4 , ground, place
 
 250 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 70 
 
 169 
 
 301 
 
 fang 1 , square, 
 region 
 
 302 
 
 ch'i 1 , relative 
 
 hsien 2 , disengaged, 
 leisure 
 
 P 
 
 304 
 
 30 | 1 chih 3 , only 
 
 40 
 
 53 
 
 69 
 
 128 
 
 50 
 
 k'o 4 , 
 
 visitor, guest 
 
 tien 4 , inn, hotel 
 
 307 
 
 hsin 1 ,new, recently 
 
 308 
 
 wen 2 , hear, smell 
 
 hang 2 , business 
 firm, row, order 
 in series 
 
 310 
 
 shih 4 , market 
 
 167 
 
 162 
 
 187 
 
 64 
 
 113 
 
 85 
 
 32 
 
 132 
 
 112 
 
 311 
 
 yin 2 , silver 
 
 312 
 
 chin 4 , enter, ad- 
 vance 
 
 313 
 
 chia 4 , chariot 
 
 314 
 
 "huan 4 , exchange 
 
 315 
 
 p'iao 4 ,ticket, bank- 
 note 
 
 316 
 
 yang 2 , ocean, 
 foreign 
 
 317 
 
 k'uai 4 , bit, piece 
 
 318 
 
 shih 3 , employ 
 
 310 
 
 tzu 4 , self, from 
 
 320 
 
 sui 4 , fragments, 
 broken into bits
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 251 
 
 162 
 
 53 
 
 140 
 
 86 
 
 8G 
 
 93 
 
 130 
 
 321 
 
 kuang 4 , ramble, 
 visit 
 
 ch'u 2 , a cook 
 
 ts'ai 4 , vegetables, 
 provisions, food 
 
 181 ~ in yii 4 , beforehand 
 
 325 
 
 pei*, prepare 
 
 elm 3 , boil 
 
 196 AF^ chi 1 , chicken, fowl 
 
 k'ao 3 , roast 
 
 329 
 
 niu 2 , ox, cow 
 
 330 
 
 jou 4 , flesh, meat 
 
 142 
 
 140 
 
 119 
 
 20 
 
 33 
 
 85 
 
 331 
 
 tan 4 , egg 
 
 85 YjE t'ang 1 , soup, gravy 
 
 333 
 
 ch'a 2 , tea 
 
 140 "iPr yeh 4 ,leaf 
 
 335 
 
 fang 2 , sugar 
 
 197 h* EH yen 2 , salt 
 
 337 
 
 wrapper. 
 
 trapper, bundle 
 
 338 
 
 hu 2 , kettle, pot 
 
 112 Jh Aft wan3 > bowl 
 
 340 
 
 shui 3 , water
 
 252 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 108 
 
 112 
 
 18 
 
 29 
 
 21 
 
 38 
 
 195 
 
 32 
 
 167 
 
 1 08 
 
 341 
 
 p'an 2 , plate 
 
 342 
 
 tieh 2 , saucer, small 
 plate 
 
 343 
 
 tao 1 , knife, sword 
 
 344 
 
 ch'a 1 , fork, forked 
 
 345 
 
 ch'ih 2 , spoon 
 
 346 
 
 nai 3 , milk 
 
 347 
 
 hsien 1 , fresh 
 
 f huai 4 , spoiled 
 
 349 
 
 t'ieh 3 , iron 
 
 350 
 
 box 
 
 covered box 
 
 85 
 
 170 
 
 85 
 
 
 30 
 
 120 
 
 164 
 
 86 
 
 140 
 
 351 
 
 kuan 4 , to water, 
 pour into a 
 bottle, &c. 
 
 352 
 
 sui 2 , follow, com- 
 ply with 
 
 353 
 
 k'o 3 , thirsty 
 
 ho 1 , drink 
 
 355 
 
 tan 1 , single, odd 
 (of numbers) 
 
 356 
 
 65 II^V^ snoul > collect, re- 
 ceive, put away 
 
 in 
 
 357 
 huiig 2 , red 
 
 358 
 
 chiu 3 , wine, spirit 
 
 359 
 
 tobacco, 
 
 smoke 
 
 360 
 
 ho 2 , lotus
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 253 
 
 145 
 
 85 
 
 149 
 
 tai 4 , bag, pocket, 
 purse 
 
 tan*, weak, watery 
 
 shih 4 , try, test, ex- 
 periment 
 
 864 
 
 44 
 
 163 
 
 66 
 
 365 
 
 chii 3 , depot, store 
 
 366 
 
 367 
 
 154 
 
 66 
 
 shou 3 , hand 
 
 fei 4 , expend, waste 
 
 370 
 
 fang 4 , to place, let 
 go 
 
 144. 
 
 149 I^ 
 
 ya 2 , government 
 tribunal 
 
 75 
 
 60 
 
 120 
 
 66 
 
 189 
 
 111 
 
 372 
 
 hsieh 4 , thank 
 
 373 
 
 spread out 
 
 374 
 
 chang 3 , control, 
 palm of the hand 
 
 375 
 
 kuei 4 , till, counter, 
 cupboard 
 
 376 
 
 ts'ung 2 , from 
 
 M377 
 
 9 J~ yiian 2 , because, 
 affinity 
 
 378 
 
 ku 4 , cause 
 
 379 
 
 eminent 
 
 380 
 
 ai 3 , short, low
 
 254 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 40 
 
 116 
 
 190 
 
 140 
 
 30 
 
 85 
 
 140 
 
 182 
 
 182 
 
 24 
 
 381 
 
 k'uan 1 , broad, in- 
 dulgent 
 
 chai 3 , narrow 
 
 sung 1 , loose, slack, 
 loosen 
 
 384 
 
 pao 2 , thin 
 
 885 
 
 lo l , final particle 
 
 liang 2 , cool 
 
 387 
 
 chao 2 , hit the mark, 
 catch (as a cold) 
 
 feng 1 , wind 
 
 kua 1 , blow (of 
 wind) 
 
 390 
 
 nan 2 , south 
 
 
 109 
 
 181 
 
 162 
 
 86 
 
 62 
 
 57 
 
 391 
 
 kuang 1 , bright, 
 rays, flame, only 
 
 392 
 
 sheng 3 , province, 
 economise 
 
 shun 4 , following, 
 obedient 
 
 wei 4 , gentleman, 
 seat 
 
 395 
 
 chin 4 , near 
 
 396 
 
 chiu 3 , long since, a 
 long time 
 
 397 
 
 yang 3 , look up to, 
 look up 
 
 mei a , coal 
 
 ch'eng 2 , accom- 
 plish, complete, 
 fractional part 
 
 400 
 
 ti 4 ,yo*nger brother
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 255 
 
 10 
 
 30 
 
 38 
 
 PI 
 
 169 
 
 75 
 
 85 
 
 85 
 
 401 
 
 hsiung 1 , elder bro- 
 ther 
 
 402 
 
 ko 1 , elder brother 
 
 403 
 
 chieh 3 , elder sister 
 
 404 
 
 mei 4 , younger sis- 
 ter 
 
 405 
 
 chung 1 , centre; 
 chung 4 , to pass 
 an examination 
 
 406 
 
 chien 4 , space be- 
 tween 
 
 407 
 
 pei 1 , cup, tumbler 
 
 408 
 
 kan 1 , dry, clean 
 
 409 
 
 ching 4 , pure, clean 
 
 410 
 
 hsi 3 , wash 
 
 * 
 
 411 
 96 LM P Ql > vitreous 
 
 412 
 
 96 I-?J k 2 , vitreous sub- 
 stance 
 
 64 
 
 50 
 
 18 
 
 120 
 
 18 
 
 167 
 
 *4 
 
 413 
 
 ts'a 1 , rub, wipe 
 
 414 
 
 pu 4 , cotton cloth 
 
 415 
 
 la 2 , to cut with a 
 knife 
 
 416 
 
 sheng 3 , rope, string 
 
 417 
 
 hsi 1 , pity, regret 
 
 418 
 
 tiu 1 , lose 
 
 1 419 
 
 t'i 4 , to shave the 
 head 
 
 420 
 
 chiao 3 , to cut with 
 scissors or shears
 
 256 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 190 
 
 18 
 
 118 
 
 64 
 
 112 
 
 102 
 
 140 
 
 m 
 
 421 
 
 fa 3 , hair of the head 
 
 422 
 
 hsiao 1 , pare 
 
 423 
 
 pi 3 , pen, pencil 
 
 424 
 
 mu 3 , thumb 
 
 425 
 
 p'o 4 , break 
 
 chia 3 , nails of finger 
 or toe, armour 
 
 427 
 
 ~- ^^ lao 4 , to alight, fall, 
 drop ; la 4 , leave 
 behind 
 
 428 
 
 huo 3 , comrade, 
 partner 
 
 429 
 
 149 Hi 1* chi 4 ,calculate,plan 
 
 It 
 
 fy> 430 
 rvU t'ou 1 , steal 
 
 44 
 
 41 
 
 39 
 
 32 
 
 61 
 
 18 
 
 73 
 
 66 
 
 30 
 
 61 
 
 431 
 
 ch'ih 3 , foot mea- 
 sure, a linear foot 
 
 ts'un 4 , inch 
 
 433 
 
 hsiieh 3 , learn ; 
 hsiao 2 , imitate 
 
 434 
 
 mo 4 , ink 
 
 435 
 
 hsing 4 , disposition 
 
 fen 1 , divide, divi- 
 sion, distinguish 
 
 437 
 
 shu 1 , book 
 
 438 
 
 kan 3 , venture, dare 
 
 chii 4 , sentence 
 
 440 
 
 nien 4 , recite, read 
 aloud, study
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 257 
 
 128 
 
 180 
 
 74 
 
 122 
 
 49 
 
 D; 
 
 64 
 
 157 
 
 130 
 
 441 
 
 sheng 1 , sound, tone 
 
 442 
 
 yin 1 , sound, musi- 
 cal tone 
 
 443 
 
 yiieh 4 , month, 
 
 444 
 
 tsui 4 , fault, sin, 
 punishment 
 
 445 
 
 chi 3 , self 
 
 446 
 
 fa 2 , tired 
 
 447 
 
 Uai 1 , exclamation of 
 Ar* regret or annoy- 
 ance 
 
 448 
 
 chi 3 , push, shove 
 
 449 
 
 te'ai 3 , tread OQ 
 
 450 
 
 chiao 3 , the foot 
 
 113 
 
 39 
 
 109 
 
 61 
 
 80 
 
 78 
 
 30 
 
 76 
 
 38 
 
 451 
 
 shen 2 , deity, spirit, 
 attention 
 
 hai 3 , child 
 
 453 
 
 chen 1 , true 
 
 454 
 lien 3 , pity 
 
 455 
 
 mu 3 , mother . 
 
 456 
 ssu 3 , die 
 
 467 
 
 hsi 3 , happiness, joy 
 
 458 
 
 huan 1 , rejoice, 
 happy 
 
 tai 4 , treat, behave 
 towards, wait 
 
 460 
 
 ju 2 , if, as, like
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 77 
 
 64 
 
 100 
 
 75 
 
 61 
 
 184 
 
 75 
 
 30 
 
 117 
 
 P 
 
 461 
 
 sui 4 , year of age 
 
 462 
 
 chii 4 , according to, 
 evidence 
 
 ch'an 3 , bear, pro- 
 duce 
 
 464 
 
 yen 4 , pursuit, pro- 
 perty 
 
 465 
 
 hsi*, proceeds, 
 breathe 
 
 yang 3 , rear, nourish 
 
 467 
 
 pel 4 , times, fold 
 
 468 
 
 li 3 , prune, plum 
 
 k'ou 3 , mouth 
 
 470 
 
 chan 4 , stand, stand 
 
 48 
 
 37 
 
 118 
 
 172 
 
 40 
 
 72 
 
 73 
 
 181 
 
 157 
 
 130 
 
 X 
 
 471 
 
 kung 1 , work, lei- 
 sure, space of 
 time 
 
 472 
 
 fu 1 , man 
 
 473 
 
 hsiao 4 , smile, laugh 
 
 474 
 
 nan 2 , difficult 
 
 475 
 
 jung 2 , contain, en- 
 dure 
 
 476 
 
 i 4 , easy 
 
 477 
 
 tsui 4 , very, most 
 
 478 
 
 ting 3 , superlative- 
 ly, top, oppose 
 
 479 
 
 p'ao 3 , run 
 
 t'ui ', leg
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 259 
 
 481 
 
 30 
 
 130 
 
 140 
 
 64 
 
 145 
 
 145 
 
 120 
 
 145 
 
 yao 3 , bite, bark at 
 
 9 
 
 482 
 
 Jfc 
 
 chung 3 , to swell 
 
 yao 4 , drugs, medi- 
 cine 
 
 484 
 
 mo 4 , rub on ; rno 3 , 
 rub out 
 
 485 
 
 chuang 1 , pack, pre- 
 tend 
 
 486 
 
 hou 4 , thick 
 
 487 
 
 ts'ai 2 , cut out 
 
 leng 2 , sew 
 
 kua 4 , coat, oute: 
 jacket 
 
 49 
 
 ho a , in harmony 
 ' ** with, unite, fit 
 
 1=1 
 
 66 
 
 112 
 
 130 
 
 145 
 
 37 
 
 61 
 
 61 
 
 IOK 
 
 lOO 
 
 shih 4 , form, pattern 
 
 492 
 
 kai 3 , alter 
 
 k'an 3 , to cut with a 
 sword or chopper 
 
 494 
 
 chien 1 , shoulder 
 
 495 
 
 k'u 4 , trousers 
 
 496 
 
 ch'i 2 , strange, won- 
 derful 
 
 497 
 
 kuai 4 , weird, 
 strange, object to 
 
 hu 1 , suddenly 
 
 499 
 
 shu 1 , ease, comfort, 
 open out 
 
 600 
 
 fan 3 , quiet
 
 260 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 96 
 
 164 
 
 30 
 
 85 
 
 158 
 
 86 
 
 158 
 
 140 
 
 116 
 
 75 
 
 501 
 
 li 3 , heed, arrange, 
 principle 
 
 502 
 
 hsing 3 , awake 
 
 503 
 
 sang 3 , gullet, 
 larynx 
 
 504 
 
 man 3 , full 
 
 505 
 
 shen 1 , body 
 
 506 
 
 shao 1 , burn, burn- 
 ing 
 
 507 
 
 fang 3 , lie down 
 
 508 
 
 kai 4 , cover, build 
 
 509 
 
 wo 1 , nest, den, nook 
 
 510 . 
 
 kai 4 , the whole 
 
 18 
 
 77 
 
 109 
 
 109 
 
 75 
 
 53 
 
 106 
 
 40 
 
 144 
 
 70 
 
 IJ 
 
 m 
 
 511 
 
 chi 4 , dose 
 
 512 
 
 wu 3 , military 
 
 513 
 
 yen 3 , eye, opening 
 
 514 
 
 ching 1 , iris, eyes 
 
 515 
 
 ts'un 1 , village 
 
 516 
 
 chuang 1 , village, 
 farm-house 
 
 517 
 
 huang 2 , emperor, 
 imperial 
 
 518 
 
 kung 1 , palace 
 
 _* 519 
 
 chieh 1 , street 
 
 520 
 
 p'ang 2 , side
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 281 
 
 162 
 
 Ho 
 
 64 
 
 170 
 
 75 
 
 53 
 
 521 
 
 pien 1 , edge, mar- 
 gin, side 
 
 liu 1 , ramble, flow 
 
 ta l , add 
 
 524 
 
 pan 1 , troupe, rank, 
 class 
 
 525 
 
 ining 2 , personal 
 name, name, re- 
 putation 
 
 526 
 
 p'ien 4 , strip, slip 
 
 527 
 
 yung 2 , sun (with 
 t'ai), convex 
 
 shu 4 , tree 
 
 ti 3 , below 
 
 530 
 
 yin 1 , shade, cloudy, 
 concave 
 
 142 
 
 142 
 
 181 
 
 191 
 
 142 
 
 96 
 
 40 
 
 109 
 
 531 
 
 ma 3 , wasp 
 
 532 
 
 feng 1 , wasp, bee 
 
 533 
 
 ling 3 , collar, guide, 
 lead, receive, 
 draw 
 
 534 
 
 hung*, frighten off, 
 clamour 
 
 535 
 
 che 1 , sting (of a 
 wasp, scorpion, 
 &c.) 
 
 536 
 
 svan 4 , play 
 
 537 
 
 ling 4 , honourable 
 
 pao d , precious 
 
 539 
 
 chiian*, family 
 
 540 
 
 p'ien 1 , deflected, 
 partial
 
 262 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 134 
 
 85 
 
 108 
 
 130 
 
 85 
 
 64 
 
 m 
 
 64 
 
 30 
 
 541 
 
 chiu 4 , old 
 
 542 
 
 tsao 3 , bathe 
 
 543 
 
 p'en 2 , basin 
 
 544 
 i a , soap 
 
 545 
 
 p'ao 4 , soak, bubble, 
 blister 
 
 ning 2 , wring, twist 
 
 =i 647 
 
 shai 4 , dry in the 
 
 tieh 2 , fold up 
 
 660 
 
 san , 
 to, when) 
 
 oou 
 
 DWT tsan a ,wetwo(with 
 
 
 551 
 
 109 
 
 170 
 
 64 
 
 156 
 
 86 
 
 122 
 
 149 
 
 181 
 
 61 
 
 eye 
 
 552 
 
 yuan 4 , courtyard, 
 college, &c. 
 
 553 
 
 pai 3 , spread out, 
 arrange 
 
 554 
 
 yiieh 4 , exceed, the 
 
 555 
 
 ping 4 , all, more- 
 over, together 
 with 
 
 666 
 
 wu 2 , not 
 
 557 
 
 ma 4 , abuse, curse 
 
 558 
 
 lun 4 , discuss, dis- 
 course 
 
 550 
 
 yiian 4 , wish, desire, 
 a vow 
 
 560 
 
 ymg*,ought; ying 4 , 
 answer
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 263 
 
 154 
 
 76 
 
 167 
 
 on 
 
 22 
 
 118 
 
 166 
 
 b4 
 
 661 
 
 p'ei 3 , forfeit, make 
 good 
 
 562 
 
 t'i 4 , substitute, in 
 place of 
 
 563 
 
 tan 3 , courage 
 
 564 
 
 tz'u 4 , occasion, 
 order, interior 
 
 565 
 
 ching 4 , mirror 
 
 ko 4 , each, every ; 
 ko 3 , self 
 
 667 
 
 hsia 3 , casket, box 
 
 568 
 
 hsiang 1 , box, trunk 
 
 chung 4 , heavy, 
 grave 
 
 570 
 
 k'ang 2 , c..rry on 
 the shoulders 
 
 12 
 
 50 
 
 75 
 
 64 
 
 671 
 
 t'ai 2 , carry 1 etween 
 two, lift up 
 
 672 
 
 ch'i 2 , the, he, she, 
 it 
 
 673 
 
 ch'ing 1 , light 
 
 674 
 
 mao 4 , hat, cap 
 
 576 
 
 yiin 4 , revolve, 
 transport 
 
 576 
 
 pao 3 , protect, gua- 
 rantee 
 
 677 
 
 hsien 8 , danger, 
 dangerous 
 
 578 
 
 chia 4 , frame, stand, 
 staging 
 
 679 
 
 la 1 , drag, pull 
 
 680 
 
 sa 1 , let go, let loose
 
 264 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 681 
 
 huang 3 , lie, false- 
 hood 
 
 137 4ff- ch'uan 8 , boat, ship 
 
 159 I Imt l^n 2 , wheel 
 
 684 
 
 82 "TO chan 1 , blanket, felt 
 
 85 
 
 585 
 
 hai 3 , sea 
 
 173 lrfr tien *> electricity 
 
 587 
 
 32 Wf.l ^ P ao *> report, re- 
 quite 
 
 31 
 
 wei 2 , surround, en- 
 close 
 
 589 
 
 75 ~Mfc A" lin 2 , wood, forest 
 
 77 
 
 590 
 
 pu 4 , pace, step 
 
 166 
 
 134 
 
 167 
 
 75 
 
 120 
 
 157 
 
 75 
 
 86 
 
 64 
 
 50 
 
 591 
 
 yeh 3 , wild, rude, 
 desert 
 
 592 
 
 chii 3 , raise, intro- 
 duce 
 
 ch'iang 1 , gun, fire- 
 arm 
 
 594 
 ken 1 , root 
 
 595 
 
 pan 4 , trip, lasso 
 
 506 
 
 tieh 1 , tsai 1 , tumble, 
 fall 
 
 597 
 
 she 2 , snap ; che a , 
 decide 
 
 598 
 
 teng 1 , lamp 
 
 599 
 
 no 2 , remove 
 
 600 
 
 chang 4 , curfcain, 
 tent
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 266 
 
 154 
 
 601 
 
 huo 4 , goods, wares 
 
 ban 4 , perspiration 
 
 145 v > shanl > shirfc 
 
 119 
 
 120 
 
 141 
 
 75 
 
 68 
 
 149 
 
 116 
 
 604 
 
 ts'u 1 , coarse 
 
 605 
 
 hsi 4 , fine, delicate 
 
 606 
 
 ch'u 4 , place ; chu*, 
 
 punish 
 
 607 
 
 te'ai 8 , material 
 
 liao 4 , material, es- 
 timate 
 
 609 
 
 chiang 3 , explain, 
 expound, argue 
 
 610 
 
 chiu 1 , investigate 
 
 51 
 
 130 
 
 19 
 
 128 
 
 75 
 
 128 
 
 89 
 
 164 
 
 611 
 
 p'ing 3 , level, even 
 
 612 
 
 yu 4 , again, moie- 
 over 
 
 613 
 
 k'en 3 , willing 
 
 614 
 
 kungSmeritorious, 
 service, labour 
 
 615 
 
 erh, ear 
 
 616 
 
 to 8 , bud, lobe 
 
 617 
 
 lung 1 , deaf 
 
 618 
 
 ou 3 , accidental ; 
 with the follow- 
 ing, occasionally 
 
 619 
 
 erh 3 , with above, 
 occasionally; 
 you (classical) 
 
 620 
 
 tsui 4 , inLoxicated
 
 266 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 57 
 
 151 
 
 162 
 
 115 
 
 64 
 
 113 
 
 53 
 
 64 
 
 11 
 
 GL 
 
 kou 4 , enough 
 
 622 
 
 ch'i 3 , how ? 
 
 623 
 
 wei 
 regard 
 
 ch'eng 1 , stage in a 
 journey 
 
 625 
 
 t'o 1 , rely on, carry 
 on the palm 
 
 fu 3 , felicity, pro- 
 sperity 
 
 627 
 
 fu 3 , your house, 
 palace, prefec- 
 ture 
 
 628 
 
 ch'eng 2 , receive, be 
 recipient of 
 
 nei 4 , within, in- 
 terior 
 
 tien 4 , anxious, 
 think of 
 
 167 
 
 47 
 
 67 
 
 154 
 
 66 
 
 33 
 
 30 
 
 163 
 
 38 
 
 631 
 
 chin 1 , gold 
 
 chou 1 , depart- 
 mental district 
 
 wen 3 , civil, lite- 
 rary 
 
 634 
 
 chien 4 , common, 
 vulgar, cheap 
 
 cliiao 4 , teach, creed 
 
 shou 4 , longevity 
 
 637 
 
 na 1 , final particle 
 
 lang 2 , son, youth 
 
 639 
 
 ku 1 , girl 
 
 640 
 
 niang 2 , mother, 
 woman
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 267 
 
 38 
 
 172 
 
 177 
 
 162 
 
 107 
 
 172 
 
 30 
 
 156 
 
 187 
 
 641 
 niu 1 , lass 
 
 642 
 
 shuang 1 , double, 
 pair. 
 
 643 
 
 hsueh 1 , boots 
 
 644 
 
 t'ui 4 , reject, re- 
 treat 
 
 645 
 
 p'i 2 , skin, fur, lea- 
 ther 
 
 ku 4 , hire 
 
 647 
 
 ling 4 , separate, in 
 addition 
 
 648 
 
 tiao*, a thousand 
 cash 
 
 649 
 
 kan 3 , drive, by the 
 timethat,pursue 
 
 650 
 
 lo 2 , muls 
 
 154 
 
 85 
 
 651 
 
 sheng 4 , overplus, 
 balance 
 
 652 
 
 ni 2 , mud 
 
 653 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 140 1 1 ts'ao 3 , grass 
 
 85 
 
 145 
 
 112 
 
 li=t 654 
 
 shih 1 , wet, moist, 
 damp 
 
 m 
 
 655 
 
 wa 4 , stockings 
 
 656 
 
 ying 4 , hard, obsti- 
 nate 
 
 657 
 
 shih 4 , ssu 4 , like, 
 similar 
 
 85 
 
 19 
 
 21 
 
 659 
 
 chin 4 , muscle 
 
 660 
 
 hua 4 , melt, trans- 
 form
 
 268 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 159 
 
 681 
 
 Juan 1 , soft 
 
 '* 
 
 dCil 66 * 
 
 18 J2Z| I kua 1 , scrape 
 130 
 
 112 
 
 118 
 
 85 
 
 85 
 
 130 
 
 157 
 
 664 
 
 mo 1 , grind, rub 
 
 666 
 
 ta l , consent, reply 
 
 shen 1 , deep 
 
 667 
 
 ch'ien 3 , shallow 
 
 po 2 , neck 
 
 huai a , ankle-bone 
 
 670 
 
 _ -_ ku 3 , bone ; ku a t'ou, 
 188 t=i* a bone 
 
 64 
 
 104 
 
 186 
 
 671 
 
 tao 3 , pour, reverse,, 
 on the contrarv 
 
 672 
 
 sheng 1 , animals 
 
 673 
 
 ku 1 ,estimate,guess. 
 
 674 
 
 mo 1 , feel for, grope 
 for ; ma 1 , stroke 
 
 675 
 
 ch'iieh 2 , lame 
 
 676 
 
 hsiang 1 , fragment, 
 
 
 ^_ ^'iao 1 , drift ; with 
 
 85 v / . * A the following, 
 sleek 
 
 678 
 
 104 
 
 130 
 
 679 
 
 shou 4 , emaciated 
 
 piao 1 , corpulent (of 
 animals)
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 269 
 
 681 
 
 120 ^^"^ lei *' weary, to 
 weary 
 
 64 
 
 157 
 
 157 
 
 30 
 
 30 
 
 102 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 liao 1 , lift up 
 
 chiieh 2 , heels (of 
 horse) 
 
 t'i 1 , to kick 
 
 ya 3 , dumb 
 
 686 
 
 pa 1 , dumb, stam- 
 mer 
 
 687 
 
 ch'u 4 , cattle 
 
 ch'ou 3 , gaze at, look 
 at 
 
 ts'ui 1 , urge, hasten 
 
 an 2 , deceive, 
 hoodwink 
 
 38 
 
 117 
 
 19 
 
 154 
 
 61 
 
 64 
 
 I 
 
 149 
 
 162 
 
 691 
 
 hsien 2 , dislike, 
 aversion 
 
 ching 4 , only 
 
 603 
 
 ch'in 2 , diligent 
 
 694 
 
 lei 4 , class, category 
 695 
 
 Ian 3 , idle 
 
 696 
 
 san 3 , umbrella 
 
 697 
 
 ch'o 1 , poke, prod 
 
 chang 4 , rely on, 
 battle 
 
 hu 4 , screen, protect 
 
 700 
 
 pi 4 , avoid
 
 270 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 72 
 
 80 
 
 162 
 
 162 
 
 116 
 
 62 
 
 149 -^ 
 
 105 
 
 701 
 
 shu 3 , summer heat 
 
 702 
 
 mei 3 , each, every 
 
 703 
 
 feng 2 , meet with, 
 encounter 
 
 704 
 
 yn 4 , meet, happen 
 
 705 
 
 ch'iung 2 , poor 
 
 706 
 
 tai 4 , to wear on 
 the head 
 
 707 
 
 su 2 , common, 
 
 vulgar 
 
 708 
 
 yii 3 , language 
 
 709 
 
 teng 1 , ascend, 
 
 mount 
 
 fl'l 
 
 710 
 
 30 
 
 12 
 
 711 
 
 Jang 3 , bawl, shout 
 
 712 
 
 kung 1 , public, just 
 
 713 
 
 154 LJ-fctL chuan4 . make 
 money, sell at a 
 
 profit 
 
 r 
 
 30 n^\ ch'ao 1 - 3 , brawl, 
 
 clamour 
 
 188 
 
 188 
 
 64 
 
 30 
 
 149 
 
 162 
 
 62 
 
 Ji/L 
 
 714 
 
 ang 1 , filthy 
 
 SE 718 
 
 ^^* tenner 1 
 
 tsang 1 , dirtv 
 
 716 
 
 sao 3 , sweep 
 
 717 
 
 tsui 3 , mu/.zle, 
 mouth 
 
 718 
 
 ch'ien 1 , modest, 
 humble 
 
 719 
 
 hsiin 4 , humble, 
 modest 
 
 720 
 
 hsi 4 , theatre, th<^ - 
 tricals
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 271 
 
 120 
 
 yo 4 , yiieh 4 , treaty, 
 covenant wi;h 
 
 728 
 
 fang 1 , manufac- 
 tory, ward 
 
 32 
 
 18 
 
 38 
 
 782 
 
 fu 4 , woman, wife 
 
 733 
 
 pi 4 , must, certainly 
 
 734 
 
 ch'iao 3 , lucky, op- 
 portune, skilful, 
 artful 
 
 735 
 
 cheng 4 , straight, 
 . orthodox 
 
 736 
 
 tsu 2 , enough, foot 
 
 737 
 
 ts'ou 4 , collect, as- 
 semble 
 
 738 
 
 ch'ii 3 , to draw as 
 money, fetch 
 
 739 
 
 ts'eng 2 , a layer, a 
 point 
 
 740 
 
 k'ou 4 , deduct, 
 knock, button, 
 discount
 
 272 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 170 
 
 72 
 
 64 
 
 166 
 
 147 
 
 Ill 
 
 117 
 
 109 
 
 30 
 
 119 
 
 741 
 
 hsien 4 , limit 
 
 742 
 
 ching 3 , appearance 
 
 743 
 
 ch'ou 1 , draw out, 
 levy, shrink 
 
 744 
 
 li 2 , thousandth of a 
 tael 
 
 745 
 
 kuei 1 , rule, com- 
 passes, usage 
 
 746 
 
 chii 3 , rule, pattern 
 
 747 
 
 chang 1 , regulation 
 
 748 
 
 chih 2 , straight, 
 
 straight on 
 
 740 
 
 han 2 ,restrain;(with 
 the following), 
 reticent, vague 
 
 750 . 
 
 hu 2 ,to paste.f oolish 
 
 30 
 
 30 
 
 51 
 
 118 
 
 85 
 
 15 
 
 72 
 
 85 
 
 154 
 
 751 
 
 chin 3 , barely, 
 
 scarcely 
 
 752 
 
 lo a , annoying 
 
 753 
 
 so 1 , incite, stir up 
 
 754 
 
 kan 4 , do, attend to 
 
 755 
 
 chien 3 , concise, 
 abridge 
 
 756 
 
 ch'iu 2 , solicit 
 
 757 
 
 chiieh 2 , positively, 
 decidedly 
 
 758 
 
 nuan 3 , warm 
 
 f ao 3 , wash out 
 
 760 
 
 fan 1 , covet
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 273 
 
 86 
 
 44 
 
 49 
 
 188 
 
 142 
 
 142 
 
 18 
 
 140 
 
 761 
 
 nai 4 , endure 
 
 762 
 
 fan 2 ,annoy .trouble 
 
 763 
 
 wei 3 , i 3 , tail, end 
 
 764 
 
 pa 1 , (with lore- 
 going), tail 
 
 765 
 
 t'i 3 , body, sub- 
 
 stance 
 
 766 
 
 149 ^tt lian gV s u PP se > 
 
 consider 
 
 767 
 
 ts'ang 1 , house-fly 
 
 768 
 
 ying 3 , house-fly 
 
 769 
 
 shua 1 , brush 
 
 770 
 
 kuo 3 , fruit 
 
 162 
 
 12 
 
 154 
 
 32 
 
 85 
 
 130 
 
 118 
 
 I 
 
 164 
 
 85 
 
 50 
 
 771 
 
 t'ung 1 , go through, 
 thorough 
 
 772 
 
 kung 4 , all, whole 
 
 773 
 
 chang 4 , account, 
 debt 
 
 774 
 
 t'u 2 , daub, blot out, 
 stupid 
 
 775 
 
 hun 4 , muddy, wild, 
 disorderly 
 
 > 776 
 
 nao 3 , brain 
 
 777 
 
 pen 4 , clumsy, awk- 
 ward 
 
 778 
 
 p'ei 4 , fit to, worthy 
 to, match 
 
 779 
 
 kun 3 , roll, boiling 
 hoti 
 
 "780 
 
 t'ieh 1 , card, memo- 
 randum, slip
 
 274 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 GO 
 
 115 
 
 119 
 
 38 
 
 50 
 
 157 
 
 112 
 
 781 
 
 wang 3 , towards, go 
 
 782 
 
 chung 4 , plant; 
 chung 3 , seed 
 
 783 
 
 li 4 , grain, seed 
 
 784 
 
 t'o 3 , satisfactory 
 
 785 
 
 hsiang 4 , towards, 
 hitherto 
 
 786 
 
 k'u 3 , bitter 
 
 787 
 
 chia 3 , false ; chia 4 , 
 leave of absence 
 
 788 
 
 t'iao 2 , strip, clause 
 
 783 
 lu 4 , road 
 
 790 
 
 shih 2 , stone 
 
 32 
 
 120 
 
 145 
 
 18 
 
 141 
 
 63 
 
 76 
 
 61 
 
 791 
 
 hsiu 1 , repair 
 
 792 
 
 keng 1 , pit, hole 
 
 793 
 
 jao 4 , to wind 
 
 794 
 
 pu 3 , patch 
 
 795 
 
 p'ao 2 , dig 
 
 796 
 
 k'uei 1 , deficiency, 
 loss 
 
 797 
 
 shan 4 , fan 
 
 798 
 
 t'iao 1 , choose, carry 
 on a pole 
 
 799 
 
 hsieh 1 . rest 
 
 800 
 
 chi 2 , urgent, im- 
 pationt
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 275 
 
 Gl 
 
 801 
 
 46 
 
 72 
 
 130 
 
 75 
 
 74 
 
 men 4 , melancholy, 
 
 dull 
 
 80S 
 
 61 jPKu. huang 1 , agitated 
 
 UJ 
 
 shan 1 , hill, moun- 
 tain 
 
 804 
 
 miao 4 , temple 
 
 64 
 
 167 
 
 120 
 
 177 
 
 805 
 
 pan 4 , comrade, 120 
 companion 
 
 806 
 
 chan 4 , temporary, . 
 
 temporarily 
 
 . 
 
 807 
 
 ch'ieh 8 , moreover ! 86 
 
 808 
 
 t'o 1 , put off, avoid j 32 
 
 800 
 
 chi a , utmost, ex- 
 treme 
 
 810 
 
 wang 4 , to hope, to- , 
 wards, look to- , 
 wards 
 
 85 
 
 811 
 
 ssu 1 , tear 
 
 812 
 
 chen 1 , needle 
 
 813 
 
 hsien 4 , thread 
 
 814 
 
 ting, 4 a patch 
 
 815 
 
 chieh 1 , tie, form; 
 chieh 2 , finish 
 
 816 
 
 hsien 3 , apparent, 
 conspicuous 
 
 817 
 
 chao 4 , to reflect, 
 according to 
 
 818 
 
 chih 2 , lay hold on 
 
 819 
 
 t'ien 1 , to add 
 
 yin*, a seal, to 
 
 nrint
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 821 
 
 tu*, stomach 
 
 822 
 
 30 -w shan 4 , goodness, 
 
 virtue, virtuous 
 
 ,61 
 
 125 
 
 40 
 
 153 
 
 123 
 
 38 
 
 118 
 
 . 
 134 
 
 823 
 
 o 4 , wickedness; 
 wu 4 , to hate 
 
 824 
 
 chuan 4 , a record, 
 story ; ch'uan 3 , 
 to transmit 
 
 che 3 , a particle; -ly, 
 sometimes -ing 
 
 kua 3 , few, solitary; | ^ 
 with fu, a widow 
 
 827 
 
 mao 4 , air, manner 96 
 
 mei 3 , handsome, j ^49 
 beautiful 
 
 154 
 
 tan 4 , only, but 
 
 173 i 
 
 83Q 
 
 p'o 2 , woman, old gg 
 woman 
 
 831 
 
 shang 3 , bestow, re- 
 ward, gaze upon 
 
 ching 3 , a well 
 
 t'ung 3 , bucket, bar- 
 rel 
 
 k'uai 8 , wai 3 , dip, 
 
 835 
 
 tzu 4 , wait upon 
 
 836 
 
 k'o 1 , a bead ; nume- 
 rative of beads, 
 precious stones, 
 trees, etc. 
 
 837 
 
 chu 1 , pearl 
 
 838 
 
 pien 4 , to change, 
 transform 
 
 839 
 
 840 
 
 ts'ai 3 , variegated
 
 2 HE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 277 
 
 149 
 
 102 
 
 85 
 
 61 
 
 61 
 
 104 
 
 15- 
 
 841 
 
 p'iao 1 , whirled by 
 the wind, float- 
 ing in the air 
 
 842 
 
 ch'a 4 , to brag (clas- 
 sical), surprised 
 
 843 
 
 i 4 , strange 
 
 844 
 
 ya l , forked 
 
 845 
 
 lang 4 , waves, dissi- 
 pated, profligate 
 
 846 
 
 mien 3 , shy, bashful 
 
 847 
 
 t'ien 3 , shy, bashful 
 
 ch'ou 8 , ugly, offen- 
 sive 
 
 849 
 
 t*iao 4 , jump 
 
 850 
 
 chien 3 , pick up, 
 pick out 
 
 10 
 
 30 
 
 ft 
 
 75 
 
 1C2 
 
 38 
 
 851 
 
 mien 3 , avoid, dis- 
 pense with 
 
 852 
 
 t'u 8 - 4 , spit out, 
 vomit 
 
 853 
 
 hsien 1 , a fairy, 
 genii 
 
 854 
 
 wu 4 , things, ar- 
 ticles 
 
 855 
 
 ch'iian 3 , power, 
 authority 
 
 chih*, reach, arrive 
 at. liad. 133 
 
 857 
 
 yu, by, through, 
 by means of 
 
 858 
 
 ti 4 , hand to 
 
 yiian 3 , ongin 
 
 wei 3 , depute
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 861 
 
 yao 2 , shake 
 
 liu 3 , willow 
 
 kuan*, jar, mug, 
 
 canister 
 
 64 
 
 61 
 
 864 
 
 chiieh 1 , pout out -j^ 
 the lips 
 
 865 
 
 pao 4 , embrace, hold i 
 in the arms, 142 
 cherish 
 
 866 
 
 yuan 4 , resentment, 
 ill-will 
 
 ' 59 
 
 867 
 
 
 , reck- ,_ 
 
 nung 4 , make, pre- j 
 pare, bring about ! 1/0 
 
 chia 1 , household 
 furniture, effects ; 
 
 870. 
 
 ihuo 3 , household 
 furniture 
 
 90 
 
 140 
 
 871 
 
 tun 4 , time, turn, to 
 bow, numera- 
 tive of meals, 
 beatings, etc. 
 
 872 
 
 ma 1 , nurse, mother 
 
 shadow, 
 
 876 
 
 ai 1 , exclamation of 
 pain, pleasure or 
 surprise 
 
 877 
 
 kun 4 , a stick 
 
 878 
 
 ko 2 , separated, a 
 partition 
 
 879 
 
 ch'iang 8 , wall 
 
 ts'ang, hide, con- 
 ceal
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 279 
 
 881 
 
 40 
 
 184 
 
 30 
 
 167 
 
 61 
 
 61 
 
 61 
 
 mi 4 , close together, ^2 
 thick, secret 
 
 o*, hungry 
 
 k'u 1 , to cry 
 
 884 
 
 tsuan 1 , to bore, 
 pierce, a gimlet 
 
 ts'ai 1 , to guess 
 
 wang 2 , prince 
 
 887 
 
 ch'ia 1 , timely 
 
 tz'u 2 , kind, kind- 
 ness, mercy 
 
 pel 1 , pity, sym- 
 pathy, sad 
 
 890 
 
 jen 3 , endure 
 
 44 
 
 30 
 
 66 
 
 115 
 
 127 
 
 64 
 
 64 
 
 
 mi 2 , puzzled, be- 
 wildered 
 
 ch'ii 1 , bent, in- 
 justice 
 
 ni 1 , interrogative 
 particle, final 
 particle 
 
 chiu 4 , to rescue 
 
 895 
 
 hsiu 4 , elegant, 
 accomplished 
 
 896 
 
 chia 1 , good, excel- 
 lent, line 
 
 897 
 
 ou 3 , match, pair 
 
 fu 3 , assist, hold up 
 
 fu 3 , pacify 
 
 aoo 
 
 erh 2 , and, yet
 
 280 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 102 
 
 151 
 
 102 
 
 44 
 
 63 
 
 901 
 
 mu 3 , Chinese acre j 9 
 
 ^ ~ OOSi 
 
 B J tou 4 , bean 
 
 140 
 
 50 
 
 134 
 
 nan 2 , male, man 64 
 
 904 
 
 t'u 2 , to butcher 
 
 905 
 
 hu 4 , door, family i 87 
 
 116 
 
 906 
 
 31 IJFjl yuan 2 , round 
 
 907 
 
 Ian 3 , blue 
 
 903 
 
 lii 4 , green 
 
 909 
 
 hsi 1 , rare, seldom 
 
 910 
 
 122 ^ g* ban 3 , rare, seldom 
 
 148 
 
 167 
 
 167 
 
 180 
 
 30 
 
 911 
 
 sha 3 , f oolish,si in p ! t? 
 
 912 
 
 hsing 4 , spirits, 
 feelings 
 
 913 
 
 jeng 1 , throw, throw 
 away 
 
 914 
 
 ch'uang 1 , window 
 
 915 
 
 p'a 2 , climb, crawl 
 
 916 
 
 chieh 3 , explain, 
 undo, get rid oi" 
 
 917 
 
 ling 2 , small bell 
 
 918 
 
 tang 1 , pedlar's 
 gong 
 
 919 
 
 hsiang 3 , to souiuL 
 sound 
 
 rcj 
 
 ya 1 , exclamation, 
 final sound
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 281 
 
 G4 
 
 
 86 
 
 36 
 
 30 
 
 66 
 
 94 
 
 32 
 
 
 C4 
 
 921 
 
 shuai 1 , tumble, fall 
 from 
 
 hsiung 1 , malevo- 
 lent, cruel 
 
 923 
 
 lu 2 , stove, fireplace, 
 grate 
 
 924 
 
 meng 4 , a dream, to 
 dream 
 
 925 
 
 heng 1 , to grunt, 
 groan ; an ex- 
 clamation 
 
 926 
 
 cheng 3 , complete, 
 whole, entire 
 
 927 
 
 chu 1 , pig 
 
 928 
 
 fan 2 , earthenware 
 jar 
 
 hsiao 1 , melt, dis- 
 solve 
 
 159 
 
 31 
 
 109 
 
 86 
 
 64 
 
 30 
 
 30 
 
 187 
 
 64 
 
 162 
 
 p 
 
 pei 4 , a generation 
 
 932 
 
 k'un 4 , sleepy 
 
 933 
 
 tun 3 , nod with 
 
 934 
 
 shu a , ripe, mature, 
 well acquainted 
 with 
 
 chua 1 , grab, clutch 
 
 han 3 , cry aloud 
 
 937 
 
 ka 1 , cackle 
 
 ching 1 , alarm, ter- 
 ror 
 
 chia 1 , carry under 
 the arm 
 
 940 
 
 chui 1 , pursue
 
 282 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 30 
 
 30 
 
 130 
 
 30 
 
 75 
 
 154 
 
 32 
 
 18 
 
 39 
 
 941 
 
 ai l , an ejaculation 
 
 Iff 
 
 n|JL| 
 M 
 
 > an 
 tion 
 
 943 
 
 p'ang 4 , fat, corpu- 
 lent 
 
 944 
 
 ch'uan 3 , to gasp for 
 breath 
 
 945 
 
 69 -^-d^' fu 3 , axe 
 
 946 
 
 kan 4 , stem, trunk 
 
 947 
 
 ts'ai 2 , property, 
 wealth 
 
 948 
 mai 2 , bury 
 
 pao 1 , flay 
 
 950 
 
 ts'un 2 , retain, pre- 
 serve 
 
 61 
 
 85 
 
 85 
 
 120 
 
 85 
 
 120 
 
 40 
 
 61 
 
 951 
 
 en 1 , grace, favour, 
 kindness 
 
 952 
 
 chiang 1 , river 
 
 953 
 
 hu a , lake 
 
 954 
 
 hsien 4 , depart- 
 ment, district 
 
 955 
 
 chi 2 , register of 
 population, place 
 of domicile 
 
 956 
 
 P 
 
 of ships, birds, 
 etc. 
 
 957 
 
 yen 2 , bank, edge 
 
 958 
 
 pang 3 , bind, tie up 
 
 959 
 
 tsai 3 , slaughter 
 animals 
 
 960 
 
 ts'an 3 , pitiable, 
 pitiful, cruel
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 46 
 
 154 
 
 154 
 
 32 
 
 174 
 
 88 
 
 12 
 
 60 
 
 961 
 
 an 4 , shore, bank 
 
 962 
 
 shu 2 , ransom, re- 
 deem 
 
 963 
 
 tsei 2 , thief, robber 
 
 964 
 
 chtin 1 , equal, uni- 
 form 
 
 ch'eng 1 , to punt, 
 pole, push off 
 
 966 
 
 pi 4 , quiet, secluded 
 
 967 
 
 ching 4 , quiet, still 
 
 sha 1 , kill 
 
 ch'iian 3 , all, com- 
 plete 
 
 970 
 pi 3 , that 
 
 77 
 
 64 
 
 30 
 
 85 
 
 156 
 
 30 
 
 131 
 
 30 
 
 Jit 
 
 84 
 
 El 
 
 971 
 tz'u 3 , this 
 
 972 
 k'un 3 , bind 
 
 973 
 
 hsien 2 , hold in the 
 mouth 
 
 974 
 
 fou 2 , fu a , float, 
 swim 
 
 975 
 
 t'ang 1 , wade 
 
 976 
 
 k'en 3 , gnaw 
 
 977 
 
 lin 2 , to approach, 
 neighbouring 
 
 978 
 
 hao a , howl, wail 
 
 979 
 
 y ii2 sim P le ' foolish 
 
 980 
 
 min 2 , people, sub- 
 jects
 
 284 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 138 
 
 170 
 
 1G7 
 
 981 
 
 liang 2 , good 
 
 m 
 
 137 
 
 154 
 
 fu 4 , near 
 
 clien*,market-town 
 
 984 
 
 lung 8 , drag, lie 
 alongside 
 
 985 
 
 sou 1 , search 
 
 ts'ang 1 , hold of 
 ship 
 
 987 
 
 tsang 1 , booty 
 
 tit 
 
 154 
 
 123 
 
 dh 4 , the world, a 
 generation 
 
 fu 4 , ungrateful for 
 
 i 4 ,kindness,public, 
 public spirit, 
 loyalty, high- 
 mindedness 
 
 75 
 
 85 
 
 149 
 
 149 
 
 196 
 
 it 
 
 991 
 
 pang 3 , list of 
 names ; with 
 yang, example 
 
 yung 3 , everlasting 
 
 998 
 
 hsu 3 , to permit, 
 perhaps, might 
 
 yen 2 , words 
 
 niao 3 , bird 
 
 996 
 195 X|_B_p yii 2 , a fish 
 
 IV 
 
 997 
 
 ya 2 , teeth 
 
 119 
 
 69 
 
 209 
 
 Jf 
 
 mi 3 , uncooked rice 
 
 899 
 
 chin 1 , catty, 
 Chinese pound 
 
 1000 
 
 pi 2 , nose
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 285 
 
 INDEX OF CHARACTERS 
 ARRANGED UNDER THEIR RADICALS. 
 
 1. 51 
 
 7. H 52 
 
 f same as 18 
 
 -fc 57 
 
 ^ 832 
 
 ^ 835 
 
 ~ 53 
 
 as: 55 
 
 i 318 
 
 Jr. 47 
 
 g 40 
 
 ?fS 19 
 
 T 44 
 
 
 iS H3 
 
 3F~ Q 
 
 
 { 707 
 
 B. 807 
 
 8. -*- 
 
 ^ 576 
 
 ^ 418 
 & 555 
 ifi: 988 
 
 ^ 271 
 M 272 
 &678 
 
 ft 869 
 fl 89 
 if 791 
 i 467 
 
 2. | 
 
 
 ii 325 
 
 tf* 405 
 Y 844 
 
 9. A 30 
 
 ^ 161 
 
 iB 2 
 ffl 8 
 fl 671 
 
 3. \ 
 
 m 14 
 
 {^ 698 
 
 1 81 
 A !65 
 
 ife 177 
 
 j|Il 853 
 
 if 824 
 
 4. / 
 
 ft 537 
 1* 870 
 
 M 270 
 ig 787 
 
 fr 396 
 
 J^JL 289 
 
 $t 18 
 
 ^ 446 
 
 iqi 397 
 
 ffi 618 
 
 
 {4 194 
 
 ii 540 
 
 5. 2 
 
 fe 673 
 
 <5 430 
 
 A 59 
 
 it> 4 
 
 ^ 696 
 
 & 137 
 
 #805 
 
 fi 689 
 
 408 
 
 
 & 751 
 
 
 >{ 829 
 
 & 222 
 
 6. J 
 
 >g| 896 
 
 <fff 269 
 
 T 20 
 
 & 394 
 
 ii 9n 
 
 m 100 
 
 { 155 
 
 M 966
 
 286 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 10. ;t 
 
 $lj 224 
 
 24. + 60 
 
 ft 401 
 
 &l] 795 
 
 =f 62 
 
 3fc 131 
 
 ;fij 257 
 
 * 184 
 
 Jft 922 
 
 IN 662 
 
 j| 390 
 
 it 391 
 
 gj 142 
 
 
 ft 23 
 fe 851 
 
 $U 415 
 
 25. |* 
 
 
 14 250 
 
 
 11. A 
 
 H9 419 
 
 26. p 
 
 ft 629 
 
 fl*. 422 
 
 ft) 820 
 
 ^ 65 
 
 HIJ 115 
 
 
 969 
 
 M 216 
 
 if 949 
 
 27. r 
 
 ^ 486 
 
 12. A 58 
 
 Ifl 511 
 
 1^ 859 
 
 & 712 
 >> 56 
 
 19. -ft 215 
 
 28. A 
 
 ^fc 772 
 
 ?& 614 
 
 108 
 
 3 572 
 
 i& 659 
 
 
 
 ^Jj 206 
 
 29. X 612 
 
 13. n 
 
 H282 
 
 ^205 
 ft 693 
 
 ft 283 
 
 j 344 
 
 213 
 ^ 203 
 
 14. ~ 
 
 20. >^ 
 
 $C 738 
 
 is. ; 
 
 5J 211 
 
 30. p 469 
 
 % 281 
 
 ^ 337 
 
 ^ 439 ^ 
 
 # 123 
 
 
 JS 647 
 
 ft 757 
 
 21. fc 
 
 R 304 
 
 
 ft 660 
 
 ffi 648 
 
 16. JL 
 
 ^b 299 
 
 Pf 134 
 
 
 J|t 345 
 
 pf 95 
 
 17. |J 
 
 
 P 98 
 
 ffl 109 
 
 22. C 
 
 ^. 566 
 
 
 E 231 
 
 & 490 
 
 18. 7J 343 
 
 E 567 
 
 PI 144 
 
 # 436 
 
 tt 852 
 
 fc) 729 
 
 23. r WB 893
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 P 941 
 525 
 fo,785 
 PE 686 
 P 920 
 pj? 710 
 84 
 & 749 
 r 726 
 #481 
 l 385 
 *0 286 
 555 637 
 If 402 
 ft 753 
 flr 925 
 447 
 ^ 944 
 W 190 
 Rti 942 
 
 M 41 
 
 ! 883 
 
 ft 248 
 
 p* 976 
 
 & 685 
 
 ^ 822 
 
 Bg same as 292 
 
 f 550 
 
 $936 
 
 457 
 
 B 354 
 
 ft! 973 
 
 ^ same as 98 
 
 f. 355 
 
 i^ 503 
 
 BR 717 
 
 IS 711 
 
 ^978 
 
 864 
 937 
 752 
 876 
 
 31. 
 I 54 
 J 140 
 
 I 82 
 1 296 
 | 219 
 I 588 
 j 932 
 1 906 
 I 727 
 
 32. 
 
 : 15 
 
 j 300 
 
 r 728 
 
 [ 35 
 
 f 964 
 
 I 792 
 
 | same as 652 
 
 [ 500 
 
 I 273 
 
 t 239 
 
 | 948 
 
 I 818 
 
 i 587 
 
 774 
 
 \ same as 928 | 
 
 | 434 
 
 I 348 
 
 33. 
 
 ^ 338 
 
 $ 636 
 
 34. 
 
 35. 
 
 X 279 
 
 36. ^r 
 
 * 111 
 
 67 
 
 ( same as 621 
 & 428 
 m 924 
 
 37. ^ 
 
 5C83 
 
 472 
 -$ 496 
 
 38. 
 
 in 4 60 
 
 415 346 
 50 
 
 784 
 ^ 860 
 He 404 
 fi 403 
 46 639 
 fit 125 
 J& 640 
 Kg 830 
 
 38
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 3* 730 
 
 43. Jt 
 
 fiT 228 
 
 m 732 
 
 ffc 92 
 
 m 574 
 
 & 731 
 
 
 S 196 
 
 It 691 
 
 44. f 
 
 fn 
 
 jg 872 
 
 K 431 
 
 51. -p 
 
 
 ^ 763 
 
 2p 611 
 
 39. ^ 24 
 
 /i 365 
 
 ^ 160 
 
 ^ 78 
 
 J3 892 
 
 ^754 
 
 # 950 
 
 M 247 
 
 
 & 452 
 
 g? 904 
 
 A 
 
 52. 
 
 Jfl 433 
 
 ^739 
 
 M 69 
 
 40. ** 
 
 45. ^ 
 
 53. j*- 
 
 TC 150 
 *g 169 
 175 
 
 46. ilj 803 . 
 
 J^ 961 
 
 516 
 Jjg 529 
 
 ^ 306 
 
 S H4 
 
 
 M 62 7 
 
 305 
 
 47. ;i| 
 
 J 322 
 
 g 518 
 
 jN-j 632 
 
 
 ^ 258 
 
 
 
 ^ 110 
 
 
 54. ^ 
 
 ^475 
 
 48. X 471 
 
 
 & 881 
 
 -Fj 734 
 
 55. ^f 
 
 ^ 959 
 
 H 241 
 
 |^ 868 
 
 JT H6 
 
 
 
 >#? ^9 
 
 
 
 ^C 381 
 
 49. 445 
 
 56. -^ 
 
 ^ 538 
 
 a 191 
 
 
 826 
 
 El 764 
 
 57. ^ 
 
 41. -^ 432 
 
 so. ft 
 
 %, 400 
 
 ^ 621 
 
 % 88 
 
 rfr 310 
 
 
 ^240 
 
 ^j 414 
 
 58. a 
 
 }KF 199 
 
 # 909 
 
 
 
 tt 780 
 
 59. ^ 
 
 42. /h 46 
 
 |ft 600 
 
 ^ 840 
 
 /i? 68 
 
 IF 183 
 
 f 873
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 289 
 
 60. 
 
 ft 781 
 ft 459 
 $ 970 
 & 45 
 & 90 
 *f 71 
 t 376 
 
 61. 
 
 & 733 
 ft 197 
 }g 890 
 & 136 
 tfe 124 
 $ 498 
 & 440 
 
 t& 148 
 B 179 
 
 ; 800 
 
 ft 435 
 
 M 497 
 
 jg 180 
 
 te 887 
 
 J& 129 
 & 465 
 #& 866 
 | 252 
 
 & 951 
 
 & 979 
 
 fg| 801 
 
 Iff 101 
 
 fj 889 
 
 fjg 630 
 
 285 
 
 ft 888 
 ffl 847 
 tfi846 
 ^ 172 
 S 178 
 ^ 802 
 |g 823 
 ^ 152 
 ^ 960 
 454 
 76 
 560 
 695 
 
 * 
 If 
 
 m 
 w 
 
 m 
 
 63. 
 
 62. 
 
 399 
 ; 491 
 
 , 7 
 , 200 
 , 302 
 720 
 706 
 
 235 
 288 
 
 797 
 
 64. 3.,. 
 ff 135 
 yb 913 
 ft 625 
 JP 740 
 4T 570 
 
 905 
 
 368 
 
 tt 147 
 ^ 898 
 ^ 628 
 ft2 96 
 ft? 597 
 ft 935 
 *& 571 
 tt 743 
 ^ 805 
 ti 579 
 ^424 
 
 ^ 484 
 #J 724 
 KJP 599 
 ^ 238 
 :Jj^ 255 
 4* 233 
 ft 798 
 $939 
 f 201 
 ffll 972 
 #244 
 % 985 
 m 930 
 ^ 716 
 $ 374 
 
 } 
 
 fi 861 
 ^ 523 
 H 221 
 ^ 314 
 Jg C74 
 ^ 127 
 ^ 580
 
 290 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 fa 899 
 
 70. -ft 301 
 
 75. ;fc 230 
 
 if 811 
 
 3| 520 
 
 & 198 
 
 f& 682 
 
 
 616 
 
 #965 
 tt 549 
 
 71. ^,55 
 
 4* 468 
 ^ 607 
 
 JS 697 
 
 IE 225 
 
 515 
 
 tt 462 
 
 
 jfc 16 
 
 $448 
 
 72. H 77 
 
 ik 164 
 
 S^ 546 
 
 ^ 157 
 
 ^407 
 
 8t 850 
 
 Bj 74 
 
 *a 195 
 
 SI 553 
 * 413 
 
 ^ 476 
 ^ 277 
 
 5B 578 
 
 $fl 862 
 
 JSI984 
 
 B^ 133 
 
 
 
 nS 80 
 
 ^[3 
 
 65. ; 
 
 $C 89 4 
 
 (f^ OV 
 
 m ise 
 
 ft 788 
 
 
 1 547 
 
 ft 126 
 
 66. & 
 Jjfc 356 
 
 ft 151 
 JP: 742 
 
 ^g same as 833 
 |877 
 H 464 
 
 & 492 
 
 ^ 758 
 
 ^ 809 
 
 ft 367 
 
 H 701 
 
 i 991 
 
 $C 370 
 &378 
 
 806 
 
 ^^ 
 
 ^ 946 
 J&E 510 
 
 & 635 
 
 
 TM< 
 
 ^214 
 
 
 73. 
 
 & 722 
 
 31 926 
 
 ^ 437 
 
 j^ 562 
 
 M 153 
 m 528 
 
 67. ; 633 
 
 ifc 477 
 W 8 7 
 
 ft 375 
 $ 855 
 
 68. >|- 
 
 
 
 ft 608 
 
 
 
 
 74. ^ 443 
 
 76. ^ 
 
 69. /f 999 
 
 ^ 22 
 
 ^ 564 
 
 '# 945 
 
 J9B 212 
 
 ^ 799 
 
 Sr 307 
 
 | 810 
 
 468
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 291 
 
 77. Jh 
 
 & 21 
 
 86. ^ 298 
 
 j 735 
 
 J6J 245 
 
 1% 328 
 
 Jft 971 
 
 $1 658 
 
 M 556 
 
 ^ 590 
 
 ?i 207 
 
 ^ 186 
 
 a 512 
 
 ?g 545 
 
 ^ 326 
 
 ^461 
 
 %j 957 
 
 ffi 359 
 
 
 tig 652 
 
 ^398 
 
 78. ^ 
 
 ^ 316 
 
 88 817 
 
 ft 456 
 
 i5fc 4io 
 
 ^ 762 
 
 
 ^ p. 141, no. 143 
 
 S 934 
 
 79. 
 
 ffi 227 
 
 ^ 119 
 
 | 968 
 f$ 621 
 
 # 974 
 fH 585 
 ^| 759 
 
 ^ 598 
 m 506 
 Jg 923 
 
 80. # 
 
 ^ 845 
 
 87. fa 
 
 ^ 455 
 
 ^ 362 
 
 & 139 
 
 H 702 
 
 409 
 
 jNg 915 
 
 81. Jt 268 
 
 gjc 666 
 
 88. ' 187 
 
 82. 3g 263 
 
 IE 775 
 ^ 667 
 
 ^ 189 
 
 & 584 
 
 ^ 819 
 
 
 
 
 89. $. 
 
 
 jg 353 
 
 
 83. *t 
 
 ^ 332 
 
 M 619 
 
 
 m 737 
 
 
 m 
 
 
 90. # 
 
 84. J 
 
 fll5 ' 
 
 M 879 
 
 
 ig 522 
 
 
 980 
 
 \% 779 
 
 91. # 526 
 
 
 ^677. 
 
 
 85. ?jc 340 
 
 j^ 654 
 
 92. 5f 997 
 
 7*992 
 ^ 756 
 
 fi 542 
 fg 929 
 
 93. ^ 329 
 
 ft 952 
 
 $! 351 
 
 ft 672 
 
 ff 602 
 
 
 tj^ 854
 
 292 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 94. ^ 
 
 36| 204 
 ft 927 
 ^ 885 
 
 95. 
 
 96. 3E 
 
 886 
 lie 536 
 
 JK 524 
 $; 837 
 ^ 154 
 3 501 
 & 412 
 
 97. JfJi. 
 
 98. % 
 
 it 262 
 
 99. -ft 
 
 * 12 
 
 100. 
 
 463 
 
 101. 
 
 102. 
 
 b 857 
 5 903 
 p 426 
 ft 901 
 J 284 
 I 843 
 
 
 g 687 
 
 Iff 514 
 
 
 % 229 
 
 Si 260 
 
 
 If 265 
 
 8 690 
 
 
 
 HI 243 
 
 
 103. / 
 
 R 688 
 
 
 104. r 
 
 110. ^ 
 
 
 ^ 256 
 
 
 
 ^ 168 
 
 111. $c 
 
 
 $| 679 
 
 ^D 31 
 
 
 #g 675 
 
 ^B 746 
 
 
 105. y* 
 
 ^ 380 
 
 
 3 709 
 
 
 
 ft 253 
 
 112. ^ 790 
 
 
 106. Q 75 
 
 $493 
 
 
 If 61 
 
 ffifc 425 
 
 
 $J 5 
 
 656 
 
 
 M 517 
 
 ^E 339 
 
 
 
 ^ 320 
 
 
 107. j 645 
 
 SI 342 
 
 
 
 1$ 259 
 
 
 
 jj| 664 
 
 
 108. JHL 
 
 
 
 & 543 
 
 113. ^ 
 
 32 
 
 350 
 M 341 
 
 #{1 451 
 ^ 315 
 
 
 
 H 626 
 
 L7 
 
 109. g 551 
 
 ID 237 
 
 
 fit 933 
 
 
 
 lL) 748 
 
 114. ft 
 
 
 % 392 
 
 115. ^ 
 
 
 3f 28 
 
 f| 895 
 
 
 & 453 
 
 ft 280 
 
 
 ^ 539 
 
 624 
 
 
 Hft 513 
 
 M 782
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 116. 
 
 % 610 
 208 
 Q 120 
 ^ 382 
 W 914 
 $5 509 
 & 705 
 
 117. 
 &470 
 ft 692 
 ]t 747 
 
 118. # 
 
 473 
 $ 66 
 # 777 
 ^E 423 
 ^ 665 
 ^ 33 
 ft, W 833 
 278 
 ff 103 
 fi 568 
 ffi 755 
 ff 955 
 
 119. ^ 998 
 
 *fc 783 
 IE 604 
 
 II 293 
 H 335 
 ffl 750 
 
 fil 
 
 120. 
 
 i 721 
 357 
 130 
 146 
 681 
 605 
 595 
 815 
 
 IK 192 
 & 908 
 Ifil 813 
 K 264 
 If 958 
 
 $1488 
 H 954 
 ft 210 
 ft 793 
 fi 416 
 
 121. 
 
 Si 863 
 
 122. [< 
 ^ 910 
 P 444 
 
 JI& OO / 
 
 ft 149 
 
 123. 
 
 it 170 
 
 ^828 
 H 990 
 
 124. ft 
 
 125. ^ 176 
 ^ 825 
 
 126. fljj 900 
 
 lit 761 
 
 127. fc 
 
 IS897 
 
 128. 5 615 
 ^ 308 
 ^ 441 
 ^86 
 H 617 
 
 129. 
 
 130. ^J, 
 
 E 821 
 
 m 494 
 
 -g- 613 
 
 867 
 
 1^1 544 
 
 HE 91 
 
 JJS776 
 P 450 
 g| 668 
 fift 808 
 
 330 
 
 482 
 480 
 563 
 663 
 680 u 2
 
 294 
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 131. g 
 
 H 63 
 
 % 202 
 
 fig 977 
 
 ^427 
 
 ifc 487 
 
 Eh 234 
 
 m 334 
 
 ^ 485 
 
 
 ^ 387 
 
 m ) 
 
 132. Q 319 
 
 ^ 508 
 
 ni 13 
 
 
 n 384 
 
 fill 794 
 
 133. ^ 856 
 
 B 226 
 
 ^ 122 
 
 134. 
 
 ^ 907 
 
 flj. 489 
 
 g 834 
 5 592 
 
 H 483 
 1^880 
 
 HI 495 
 ^655 
 
 541 
 
 
 
 & 912 
 
 141.. /g 
 
 146. ^ 17 
 
 
 ^ 606 
 
 M 1 
 
 135. ^g- 
 
 t 295 
 
 
 f? 499 
 
 m 796 . 
 
 147. j| 29 
 
 
 142. ^ 
 
 m 745 
 
 136. $$ 
 
 
 H 188 
 
 
 ^ 331 
 
 ^ 261 
 
 137. ft 
 
 *& 582 
 
 $^ 532 
 *g 874 
 
 148. ft 
 
 61 986 
 
 $t 767 
 
 f$ 916 
 
 
 ^f 535 
 
 
 138. ^ 
 
 Jg 875 
 
 149. -g 994 
 
 & 981 
 
 tffi 768 
 
 fi-429 
 
 
 
 IE 70 
 
 139. , 267 
 
 143. fa 
 
 fF 193 and 993 
 ft 85 
 
 140. Jity 
 
 
 ft 363 
 
 & 174 
 
 144. ^ 93 
 
 f842 
 
 ^ 102 
 
 ff 309 
 
 IS 42 
 
 ^ 786 
 
 ^ 519 
 
 3 166 
 
 ^ 220 
 
 ft 371 
 
 E 182 
 
 & 333 
 
 
 fg 708 
 
 ^f 360 
 
 145. ;& 121 
 
 & 39 
 
 ^r 653 
 
 ^ 236 
 
 It 218 
 
 B 770 
 
 ^ 603 
 
 ! 766 
 
 3H 323 
 
 ^ 361 
 
 f& 558
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 295 
 
 m 
 ft 
 
 It 
 
 43 
 
 372 
 581 
 609 
 718 
 838 
 | 699 
 | 364 
 
 150. 
 
 151. ;& 902 
 ^ 622 
 
 152. a? 
 
 153. % 
 
 m 827 
 
 154. 
 989 
 
 ^ 601 
 ^ 947 
 ^ 760 
 
 foJc 963 
 
 g 369 
 
 ^ 36 
 
 ^ p. 14ft. no. 6 
 
 m 773 
 
 |g 561 
 
 $1 63 4 
 
 jj| 831 
 
 W 37 
 
 713 
 651 
 
 962 
 
 p. 139, no. 53 
 
 987 
 
 155. 
 
 156. ^ 
 
 & 158 
 554 
 ^ 649 
 II 975 
 
 157. 
 
 jgfc 596 
 gft 449 
 gfe 849 
 {^ 479 
 Kg 167 
 g& 789 
 j$ 669 
 % 684 
 K 6 83 
 
 158. S] 
 
 It 251 
 IS 507 
 
 49 
 
 736 
 
 505 
 
 159. ^ 128 
 ^ 931 
 ^ 573 
 ^583 
 
 160. 
 8 223 
 
 161. 
 
 162. 
 
 & 
 it 
 
 395 
 644 
 891 
 254 
 321 
 771 
 940 
 703 
 
 181 
 312 
 704 
 575 
 
 143 
 
 719 
 
 32 
 
 858 
 
 623 
 
 725 
 
 700 
 
 138 
 
 521 
 
 163. j 
 
 IP 638 
 IS 366 
 
 SB 72 
 
 n 141 
 
 164. 
 
 gfi 778 
 m 358
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 91 
 
 620 
 848 
 502 
 
 165. j 
 
 166. M 
 1| 569 
 f 591 
 -& 249 
 
 744 
 
 & 
 
 M 
 
 167. ^ 
 fl-812 
 
 tr 287 
 
 f$420 
 & 917 
 311 
 373 
 25 
 II 107 
 It 593 
 It 918 
 
 m 232 
 
 1*983 
 m. 349 
 ft 884 
 
 168. | 
 
 169. | 
 8 106 
 m 303 
 RB 406 
 M 104 
 
 276 
 
 631 
 
 162 
 105 
 
 170. J|L 
 
 ppf 
 
 same as 190 
 
 982 
 
 741 
 
 552 
 
 209 
 
 530 
 
 527 
 
 878 
 
 352 
 
 171. ^ 
 
 172. / 
 
 jf p. 151, 
 
 M 64 6 
 
 m 185 
 
 642 
 
 $| same as 327 
 
 m 275 
 
 & 474 
 
 10 
 
 173. jf 
 
 <t 64 
 ^ 839 
 m 586 
 
 174. 
 
 1& 967 
 
 175. 
 
 176. 1 
 177. 
 
 IT 8u 
 
 ft 643 
 
 159 
 
 274 
 
 178. ^ 
 
 179. M| 
 
 180. ^f 442 
 
 ^ 919 
 
 181. ]( 
 H 478 
 jig 393 
 S324 
 ijj@ 871 
 fl| 533 
 ffi 27 
 
 M 266 
 
 m 559 
 
 ^694 
 H 816 
 
 182. JS 388 
 
 I! 389 
 91 841 
 
 294 
 
 183. 
 184. g 
 
 ^| 466 
 ^882 
 H 723 
 ^ 292 
 
 185. - 
 186. 676
 
 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 
 
 297 
 
 187. ,B| 171 
 
 193. ^ 
 
 203. j| 242 
 
 M 313 
 
 
 K i 45 
 
 ft 291 
 
 194. & 
 
 
 fa 650 
 
 
 204. ft 
 
 ^ 938 
 
 195. & 996 
 
 
 
 & 347 
 
 205. ^ 
 
 188. ^ 670 
 It 714 
 
 196. j^ 995 
 
 206. iff| 
 
 fP 715 
 
 H327 
 
 207. ^ 
 
 ft 765 
 
 
 
 
 197. ^ 
 
 208. f(, 
 
 189. j|j 379 
 
 SI 336 
 
 
 
 
 209. M 1000 
 
 
 198. J^ 
 
 
 190. ^ . 
 
 
 
 
 
 210. ^ 
 
 1 421 
 
 199. ^ 
 
 
 & 383 
 
 
 211. ^ 
 
 
 200. Jfc 
 
 
 191. R 
 
 ^6 
 
 212. % 
 
 m 297 
 
 
 
 PJ 534 
 
 201. H 
 
 213. H 
 
 192. If 
 
 202. ^ 
 
 214. ^

 
 A 000 020 654 o